Updated: Wednesday December 02, 2009/AlArbia'a
Thoul Hijjah 15, 1430/Budhavara
Agrahayana 11, 1931, at 04:36:36 PM
Land Record Manual (Indian)
|
SN |
Subject |
|
1.
|
|
|
2.
|
|
|
3.
|
|
|
4.
|
|
|
5.
|
|
|
6.
|
|
|
7.
|
|
|
8.
|
|
|
9.
|
|
|
10.
|
|
|
11.
|
|
|
12.
|
|
|
13.
|
|
|
14.
|
|
|
15.
|
|
|
16.
|
|
|
17.
|
|
|
18.
|
|
|
19.
|
Part
1
PART 1—THE DIRECTOR OF LAND RECORDS
(Replaces standing order No.9,original issue dated 16th June,1909, Revised issue, dated 22nd December,1916. Second Revised Issue,dated 2nd September,1929)
Note:- for an account of the duties and origin of the office of Dirctor of Land Records see paragraph 207, 271, 274 and 275 of the Land Administration Manual.
1.1 Duties of the Director of Land Records - The Director of Land Records deals with the following:---
(a) Land records, the Kanungo and Patwari establishment and Patwari Revenue Training School and its establishment.(His duties with regard to settlements are defined in parts B and C of appendix VI to the Settlement Manual),
(b) Crops and price reports, returns of agricultural statistics and the cattle census,
(c) Rain gauges.
Note:- In dealing with (b) the Director consults the director of Agriculture in all important matters.
1.2 Control of certain charges - The Director is the Head of Department as regards income from
(1) Mutation fees.
(2) Copying and inspection fees of Patwaris records;
(3) Copying fee for the preparation of produce statement, and five-yearly abstracts of Yields; and
(4) All expenditure on contingencies connected with the Kanungo and Patwari establishment and with the revenue records.
1.3 Rule of cores incur expendi sanction to pondence with local authorities - In cases where ture is required or in which Government have to be addressed, the Director of Land Records shall write to the Financial Commissioner officially. Otherwise he will usually obtain the orders of the Financial Commissioner unofficially through the Revenue Secretary concerned, and in issuing orders so obtained will use the secretarial form of address.
On matters of routine or detail, the Director address Deputy Commissioners direct, but in important matters he writes to them through the Commissioner.
1.4 Inspection notes - A sepatrate inspection minute book with butts should be kept at each tahsil office and a copy of the notes written by the Director of Land Records should be pasted ionto this book.The Director of Land Records should put, in the ordinary tahsil inspection book, a note:-
" Inspected on_______See separate book".
A
separate minute book shall also be maintained at the district office for the
record of notes on the inspection of the district Kanungos Office and the
Revenue Record-room by the Commissioner, the Deputy Commissioner, the
officer-in-charge of Revenue Branches and the Director of Land Records.
1.5 Disposal of records by Director - In the case of districts not under settlement, all reports by the Director of Land Records regarding his inspections of the land record shall be submitted by him to Commissioners, who will themselves dispose of them or if they think it necessary, forward them for the information or orders of the Financial Commissioner.
In case of district under settlement,
the Director shall submit his reports to the Financial Commissioner who will
return them with his orders through the Commissioner.
1.6 Deleted
1.7. List of reports - The following a list of reports and returns submitted by
the Director of Land Records,
|
No. |
Name of report or return |
Period covered |
Remarks |
|
|
Economic and
Statistical Adviser to Govern ment of |
.. |
A copy is forwarded to:- |
|
1. 1. |
Retail sale prices current return |
Fortnight |
Controller,Printing
and Stationery, Punjab |
|
2. 2. |
Wholesale price current return. |
-do- |
-do- |
|
|
Director General of Observatiries |
|
|
|
3. 3. |
Rainfall returns |
Month |
Ditto |
|
4. 4. |
Annual statement of rainfall |
Year |
Ditto |
|
5. 5. |
Report on the working of rain gauges |
Year |
|
|
6. 6. |
Departmental Report of Director of Land Records. |
Year |
Economic and
Statistical Adviser to the Government of India Ministry of Agriculture New |
|
7. 7. |
Season and
Crop Reports of |
Do |
Ditto |
|
8. 8. |
Statement showing the approximate yield per hectare of principal crops in each district. |
Do |
Ditto |
|
9. 9. |
Live Stock Census Report and returns |
5 year |
Ditto |
REVENUE DEPARTMENT
REVENUE
The 18th August,1945
No.2718
–E- In exercise of the powers conferred by clause (b) of sub-section(1) and
clause (b) of sub section (2) of section 241 of the Government of India
Act,1935, the Governor of the Punjab is pleased to make the following rules
regulating appointments to the Punjab Kanungo Service, and prescribing the
conditions of service of persons appointed thereto:-
RULES
PART
1-GENERAL
1. Short Title - (i) These rules may be called the Punjab Kanungo Service Rules,1945.
(ii) These rules shall come into force with effect from the date of the publication of this notification.
2. Definitions - In these rules unless, there is anything repugnant in the subject or the context,-
(a) "Basic Kanungo" means the junior most permanent field Kanungo in the Kanungo cadre of a district who is on deputation to a settlement or colony as long as he is employed as Settlement or colony Kanungo.
(a) "Collector" includes Settlement Officer and Colonization Officer.
(b) "Direct appointment" means an appointment made otherwise thjan by the promotion of a member of the Service or a patwari includeing patwaris acting on the district establishment in position as such siah newis and wasil baqi nawis.
(c)
"Government" means the
Government of the
(d) "Kanungo" includes district, assistant district office, special settlement and field kanungos, patw ari moharrirs, and settlement mappers.
(e)
"Recognised university"
means any university incorporated by law in
(f) " The Service" means the Punjab Kanungo Service.
PART II –RECRUITMENT
3. Authorities empowered to make appointments -All appointments of basic kanungos and settlement mappers shall be made by the Director or Land Records,in consultation with Collector provided that the Director of Land Records may appoint basic Kanungos on the Mahal staff without such consultation. The appointments of special kanungos and patwari moharrirs shall be made by the Collector in consultation with the District Judge and in the event of a disagreement between these officers the matter shall be referreed to the Financial Commissioner, and the Collector shall appoint such persons as may be selected by the Financial Commissioner. Appointments to the post of district Kanungos, if substantive or officiating for mjore than six months, shall be made by the Collector in consultation with the Director of Land Records, and in the event of disagreemt between these two officers the matter shall be referred to the Commissioner, and the Collector shall appoint such person as may be selected by the Commissioner.
4. Nationality,domicile and age of candidates -No person shall be appointed to the service unless:-
(a) (i)
he is a Brithish subject as defined in section 1 of the British Nationality and
status of Aliens Act,1914, and is domiciled in the Punjab or Delhi Province
(the condition requiring a Punjab or Delhi domicile may requiring a Punjab or
Delhi domicile may be waived in the case of a European or Anglo-Indian
candidate if it is satisfactorily proved that such candidate was born of
parents habitually resident in India and not established there for temporary
purpose only) ; or
(ii) he has been made eligible under
section 262 of the Government of
(b) in the case of a person who is not already in Government service:-
(i) he produces certificates of character from the head of his University, College or school last attended, if any, and also from] two responsible persons, not being his relatives; who are well acquainted with him in private life and unconnected with his University, College or school, if any;
(ii) he produces the
certificates required by rule 3.1 of the Civil Services Rules (
PART
- III
CONDITIONS OF SERVICE
5. Educational and other qualifications of
person appointed to the service -
(i) No persons other than a Patwari shall be appointed to the service
unless he has passed the Matriculation Examination of a recognized University
or the Senior Oxford or Senior Cambridge Local Examination or such examinations
as are recognized by the
Provided that subject to orders regulating class and communal proportions preference shall be given to the candidate possessing the best educational qualification:
(ii) No Patwari shall be appointed to the service unless he has had three years' permanent field service as such, including officiating service provided that periods of officiating service of less than two months duration will not be counted towards the completion of this period of three years; and unless he has passed the examination prescribed in Chapter 2 of the Land Records Mannual and has undergone one year training as Settlement Patwari prescribed in the same chapter. No other person shall be appointed to the service unless he has qualified himself by passing the examination and undergoing the training prescribed in chapter 2 "ibid".
(iii) No person
shall be appointed settlement mapper unless he has passed the Draftsman Class
of the
Provided that the Financial Commissioner may, for special reasons to be recorded in writing, waive any of the provisions of this rule.
6. Method of appointment - Posts in the Service shall be filled -
(a) In the case of district Kanungo—
(i) by selection from among office, Assitant District, and Field Kanungos, who are matriculates and have served as Settlement Field Kanungos for at least two years.
(ii) by transfer from among officials already in government service who have previously served as Settlement Field Kanungos for at least two years and are matriculates.
(b) In the case of assitant district office and special Kanungo by selection from among field Kanungos;
(c) in the case of filed Kanungo—
(i) promotion from among the Patwaris who are accepted candidates for the posts of Kanungo and are in possession of a certificate of efficiency from the Director of Land Records:
(ii) by selection fom among accepted Kanungo candidates other than Patwaris, who are in possession of a certificate of efficiency from the Director of Land Records:
Provided that no more than one appointment in three shall be made under this clause.
(d) in the case of Patwari Moharrirs—
(i) by selection from among qualified Patwaris;
(ii) by selection from among qualified Kanungo candidates other than Patwaris.
(a) in case of settlement mappers by selection from among persons qualified under sub-rule (iii) of rule 5.
7. Number and character of posts - The service shall comprise the posts shown in appendix 'A' and all the Kanungos in a district shall constitute a separate cadre:
Provided that nothing in these rules shall affect the right of Government to make conditions to, or reductions in the service of posts specified in Appendix 'A' either permanently or temporarily.
8. Probation for members of the service - No person shall be appointed to a service post in a substantive or substantive provisional capacity whether the vacancy is permanent or temporary until he has undergone the following period of probation during which his appointment shall be regard as officiating—
(b) (b) (i) For a Patwari, who is a qualified Kanungo candidate, appointed as field Kanungo or Patwari Moharrir
…6 months.
(ii) For a directly appointed and duly quailfied cadidate. …2 Years.
(b) For a field Kanungo appointed as
office Kanungo ,Naib Sadar Kanungo or special Kanungo
… 6 months
(c) (i) For a field Kanungo,office Kanungo, Naib Sadar Kanungo or special Kanungo appointed as Sadar Kanungo
…1 year
(ii) For a person already in Government serviced who has previously served as Kanungo
2 years
(d) For mappers. 2 years.
9. Unsatisfactory Probationers - If the work or conduct of any member of the service during his period of probation is, in the opinion of the appointing authority, not satisfactory the appointing authority concerned may at any time dispense with his services or revert him to the post which he may have held before huis appointment on probation.
10. Action on expiry of probationary period - On the conclusion of the period of probation of any person,the appointing authority concerned may, if a vacancy exists, appoint him substantively with retrospective effect.If his work or conduct in the opinion of the appointing authority has not been satisfactory, the appointing authority may dispense with his services or revert him to any post which he may have held before his appointment on probation or may extend the period of probation, and on the expiry of the extended period of probation, pass such order as it could have passed on the expiry of the first period of probation:
Provided that the total period of
probation, including extension ,if any, shall not exceed 3 years.
11. A person whose services are dispensed with or who is reverted under rule 9 or 10 shall not be deemed to be dismissed or removed or reduced to a lower post for the purpose of these rules.
12. Seniority of members of the service - The seniority of the members of the Service in each class of cadre specified in Appendix 'A' shall be tetermined by the date of substantive appointment in that class:
Provided that if two or more members are appointed substantively in the same class of posts on the same date, their seniority shall be determined according to the order in which their names are entered by the Director of Land Records in the list of Kanungo candidates maintained in his office.
13 Pay of members of the Service - A member of the Service holding any appointment specified in Appendix 'A' shall from the date of joining his appointment be entitled to the pay shown in the Appendix.
14. Discipline, Punishment and Appeal - In matters relating to discipline , penalties and appeals members of the Service shall be governed by the rules in Section III, Chapter XIV of the Civil Service Rules(Punjab), Volume I, Part I, provided that the nature of the penalty which may be inflicted, the authority empowered to impose which penalties the authority empowered to impose such penalties and the appellate authority shall be as specified in Appendices B and C hereunto annexed.
15. General - For leave, pension and other matters, not specifically mentioned in these rules, the members of the Service shall be governed by the Punjab Civil Service Rules or other general rules framed by Government as modified from time to time.
APPENDIX A
|
Name of Distt |
No.of Kanungo |
No.of 2 Grade Kanungo |
No.of Office Kanungo |
No.of assisant distt. Kanungo |
No.of district Kanungo |
No.of patwari Moharirs |
Remarks |
|
Hissar |
17 |
1 |
5 |
1 |
1 |
1 |
|
|
Rohtak |
18 |
1 |
4 |
1 |
1 |
1 |
|
|
Gurgaon |
21 |
1 |
6 |
1 |
1 |
1 |
|
|
Karnal |
17 |
1 |
-- |
1 |
1 |
1 |
|
|
Ambala |
19 |
1 |
-- |
1 |
1 |
1 |
|
|
Simla |
-- |
1 |
-- |
1 |
1 |
1 |
|
|
Kangra |
21 |
1 |
7 |
1 |
1 |
1 |
|
|
Hoshiarpur |
24 |
1 |
4 |
1 |
1 |
1 |
|
|
|
18 |
1 |
4 |
1 |
1 |
1 |
|
|
|
15 |
1 |
3 |
1 |
1 |
1 |
|
|
Ferozpur |
20 |
1 |
5 |
1 |
1 |
1 |
|
|
|
16 |
1 |
3 |
1 |
1 |
1 |
|
|
Gurdapur |
21 |
1 |
4 |
1 |
1 |
1 |
|
*Moharir.
· Includes one Kanungo employed in connection with the temporary cultivation
· Government waste.
1. Pay of district Kanungo (except Simla) 80-5-110/5-150
2. 2. Pay of office Kanungo and Assitant
District Kanungo 50-3-80//4-100plus Rs.15 special pay.
Pay of patwari mooarrirs 50-3-80/4-100
Pay of Settlement Mappers 25-1-1/2—55/1—70/2—90
According as the incumbents
are in the revised or old
scales of pay)
Note :The prescribed proporation of Ist grade kanungos is one-fouth of the total number of mahal and basic kanungos in each district except Simla.
APPENDIX B
Designation Name of penalty Punishing Appellate Second Authority
of official Authority Authority Appellate compowered
Authority to entertain
revision
application
Penalties under rule 4 of the
(Punishment and Appeal)Rules
1.District Kanungo (i) Censure
2.Assistant
District Kanungo (ii)Withholding of Collector
increments or promotion,in
cluding stoppage at an afficiency bar
3.Special Kanungo (iii) Reduction to a
lower post or Commi Financial Financial
time scale or to ssioner Commis- Commissioner
a lower stage sioner.
in a time
scale
4.Office Kanungo (iv) Recovery from pay
of the whole or part of
any pecuniary loss caused
to Government by negligence
or breach of orders.
5.Field Kanungo (v) Suspension
Ist Grade
IInd Grade (vii) Removal from Civil
Service of the Crown,which
does not disqualify from future
employment.
6.Patwari Moharrir (viii) Dismissal from the Civil Service
of the Crown which ordinarily
disqualifies from fututre employment.
7.Settlement
Mappers Director of Financial Financial
Land Recod Commissio Commissioner ner
8.Basic Kanungo Director Financial Financial
Kanungo candidates of Land Commissioner Commissioner
on Director of Land Records.
Record list
APPENDIX C (Refferred to in Rule 4)
Disignation Name of penalty Punishing Appellate Second Authority emp
of official Authority Authority Appellatee owered to ente
Authority rtain revision
application
1.District (a) Reducing or withholding
Kanungo the maximum pension
admissible under the rules
governing pensions
2. Assistant
District
Kanungo
3. Special
Kanungo
5. Field Kanungo (b) Terminating Collector Commissioner Financial Financial
Ist Grade and appointments Commissioner Commissioner
IInd Grade otherwise than upon his reaching the age fixed for superannuation
6.Patwari
Moharrir ©Altering or inter-preting to disadvantage any ruleby which conditions of service are regulated.
7.Settlement a) Reducing the maximum
Mapper pension admissible to him
under the rules governing
pensions.
8.Basic
ungo and appointment Land Record Commissioner Commissioner
Kanungo otherwise than candidates on upon reaching Director of the age fixed Land Records for superannuation list.
© Altering or inter-preting to disadvantage any rule by which conditions by which conditions of service are regulated.
Sd/Secretary
to Government ,
Revenue Department.
KANUNGOS
PART B—EXECUTIVE ORDERS
2.1
to 2.20 Deleted.
IV –KANUNGO STAFF
2.21. Scale or the Kanungo establishment - The Kanungo establishment in each district consists of field kanungos, an office Kanungo at each tahsil headquarters and a district Kanungo, at least one special Kanungo or patwari moharrir and at least one assistant district Kanungo at the district headquarters. Its strength in each district can only be altered with the sanction of the State Government. All proposals for such increases should be submitted by the Commissioner to the Financial Commissioner through the Director of Land Records.Ordinarily there is one field Kanungo for about 20 patwaris.It is the duty of the special Kanungo or patwari Moharrir to produce revenue records before courts and to help the district Kanungo in his ordinary office work.
2.22 Peons to kanungos - A peon is allowed to every field Kanungo, district Kanungo and special Kanungo.
2.23 and
2.24 Deleted.
V GENERAL
2.25 Residence with in their charge - Every field Kanungo shall, under penalty of dismissal, reside within the limits of his charge unless he has received the written permission of the Deputy Commissioner to reside elsewhere. He shall not leave his charge except on duty or with sanction.
2.26 to 2.28
Delted.
2.29 Kanungos to be employed only on their proper work - All kanungos must be strictly confined to their own allotted work. It would, for example, be improper to allow the district Kanungo to be used by the Assitant Collector,Ist Grade as a Reader, or a Tehsil office Kanungo to be used for case work.
2.30 Kanungos in district under settlement - When a district is being re-assessed for land revenue, the Kanungo staff works under the orders of the Settlement Officer.
2.31 to 2.32
Deleted.
2.33. Equipment - Each field Kanungo is supplied, free or cast, with two steel rods adjusted to the length of mater. These should be made locally according to the pattern supplied by the Director of Land Records.When not in use, these rods should be kept in hollow bamboo cases. The Director shall also supply a steen measuring tape, free of cost, to each district Kanungo. This should be used to check chains and addas. Four sketching frames (Tattis) will be supplied by the Government to each office kanungo for use of Patwaris when preparing the Shajra Kishtwar (paragraph 4.30 L.R.M.
2.34 and 2.35 Deleted.
2.36. Making over records on vacating - On dismissal, resignation or transfer, a Kanungo is legally bound to make over his papers, records and equipment to his successor in office, who shall give him a receipt for these things. But this receipt should not be a valid discharge until endorsed by the tahsildar, or in the case of a district Kanungo, by the Officer Incharge of the Revenue Branches of the district.
2.37. Grant of copies or extracts from character of rolls is prohibited- Character rolls of kanungos are condidential documents and the giving of copies of extracts there form is prohibited. It is, however, [permissible
2.38 to 2.44
Deleted.
VIII—DUTIES
OF FIELD KANUNGOS.
2.45. Responsibility of field kanungos for the work and conduct of patwaris - A field Kanungo is responsible for the conduct and the work of the patwaris in his charge; and it is his duty to report bad work, or neglect of duty, or misconduct on the part of any patwari for the orders of the revenue officer to whom he is subordinate.
He will be held personally responsible if the mutation work of any patwari's circle is in arrears, unless he is able to show that he has taken all measures in his power to prevent it and has reported any patwari who has failed to carry out his instructions. In particular, he will be called to account if the procedure laid down in paragraph 7.54 to 7.57 is not properly carried out. Instructions for the systematic inspection of the work of field kanungos are contained in paragraphs 8.4 to 8.10.
2.46 Field Kanungo to report certain matters to tah sildar - Whenever a field Kanungo visits a patwari's circle he shall carefully read the entries in the patwari's diary made since his last visit; and make inquiries on the matters noted in paragraph 3.15 and 3.16 . He shall report to the tahsildar any of these matters which are important or require his order.
2.47 Supervision of the work of patwaris during the time of their inspection of crops and pre paration of bachh mutations and Alluvion or Diluvian papers- During the time, the patwaris of his charge are inspecting the crops and preparing the bachh and mutation and valluvion or diluvian papers of their villages, the filed kanungo's whole attention shall be given to the supervision of their work.(See appendix III to Land Records Mannual.)
2.48 Field Kanungos to visit each patwari's circle monthly - At other times of the year he will visit each patwari's circle once in a month, and supervise the timely and accurate completion of the jamabandis and the statements which accompany them(See appendix III to Land Records Mannual.)
2.49. Kanungos state ment of tours -To ensure that the touring of field Kanungo is systematic, each filed Kanungo should forward a statement in the form annexed for each quarter to the district Kanungo, who should send it to the Officer Incharge of Revenue Branches for submission to the Deputy Commissioner.
This
form shows the patwari's cirlcle visited in each month, and the dates of the
field kanungo's inspections and a glance at it will enable the supervising
officer to see whether all circles are duly visited, whether anyare being
neglected, and also if the touring is being systematically and properly carried
out. Printed forms shall be supllied by the Controller, Printing &
Stationery, Punjab,
Statement whowing touring of Field Kanungos_________________
for the quarter ending ___________________Teshil_______________
District________________________________
Month Patwaris Days
spent in sick and spent laneous
the tehsil leave with
officer
A table for each circle in his
charge should be given to each field Kanungo, showing the arrangements approved
for the division of circles for the purposes of
preparation of detailed jamabandis, etc, this table being so arranged
that the work of each year shall cover about one fifth of the kanungo's whole
circle.
2.50. Field Kanungo to check jamabandis - The jamabandis having been filled at the end of August, the field kanungos will spend September at tahsil headquarters checking them in the manner prescribed in paragraph 7.61.
Patwaris shall nmot be detained at
the tahsil office while this check work is going on. Any inquiries that are
necessary should also, as far as may be convenient, be reserved for the same
occasion, or be made by the field Kanungo on his return to the circle.
If errors are numerous and
important, they should be brought before the tahsildar for his order.
Field kanungos shall not be detained
at the tahsil for office checking later than the end of September, and if the
state of the harevest so requires, they should be released sooner.
2.51. Registers of work of patwaris - The field Kanungo shall keep a register, in the form annexed, showing the character of each patwari's work.The field Kanungo shall send this Register to every tahsildar or any other Revenue Officer who enters his circle for inspection duty and that officer will, before leaving the kanungo's circle, enter briefly the result of his inspection against each patwari whose work is inspected, and return the register to the field Kanungo.The attendance of the field Kanungo is not necessary.
REGISTER OF PATWARIS TO BDE KEPT BY FIELD KANUNGO
(N.B.-There shall be 6 pages for each patwaris
circle, on pages 1 and 2 of each circle will be entered by the field Kanungo,.
data of each year's ordinary work and on pages 3 & 4 shall be shown the
quinquennial return work of the year; on pages 5 and 6 shall be entered remarks
by superior officers, register may last about 12 or 15 years. A patwari may be
allowed to take copies of the entries relating to his own work. if he so desires.)
Form of
pages 1 and 2
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
7 |
8 |
9 |
10 |
|
Agricul turl year
|
Patwaris name and date of appoi ntment with name of circle |
Date by by which Kharif Crop statem ents were filed
|
Date of com pletion of annu al bachh papers |
Date of comple tion of alluvion and diluvion papers |
Date by which Rabi crop state ments were filled |
Date by which extra rabi statem ent was filed |
Date of filing jama bandis
|
Reports or compla ints against patwari during the year |
Result and final order by whom given |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Form of pages 3 and 4
Quinquennial "attestation and petty survey works"
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
7 |
8 |
9 |
10 |
11 |
12 |
Village attested Preparation of new jamabandi
|
Agri culture year |
Name |
Holdings |
Fields |
Area |
Date of attest ation of old Jamab andis (para graph 7.57) |
Date of com pletion of measur ement work (para graph 4.24) |
Date of comm. ence ment by Patwa ri |
Date of compl etion by Patwa ri |
Date of comp letion of kanun gos final attes tation |
Date of atte station by Tehsil dar or Naib Tehsil dar |
Remarks stat ing particu lars and area of any other petty survey work necessitated by alluvion or other special cause |
|
Date of visit by superior officer includeing District Kanungos |
Brief remarks of superior officers showing character of patwaris work in each year
(N.B.Entries should be very brief.) |
2.52. Diary of field Kanungo - Every field
Kanungo shall keep a diary, in which he shall state day by day the manner in
which he has been employed.The entery for each day shall be made not later than
the following morning. A copy of the diary for the previous month shall be
posted by the field Kanungo to the
tahsildar on the first of each month and will be forwarded by the tahsildar to
the district Kanungo.Each month's diary shall close with an abstract of the
month's work in such form as may be prescribed from time to time. Diary books
for field kanungos shall be obtained from the Controller, Printing and Stationery,
Punjab,
|
Date and day
of week and name of village visited and work in hand |
Dater of
previous visit to circle |
Abstract of
entry in Partal Diary and other work of the day |
If
the work in hand consists of the checking of Girdawari, bachh or mutation
entries, column I should show against each village the number of fields,
holdings and mutation checked respectively. If reverain measurements or
supplementary maps are being tested, the number of fields inspected should be
entered. Similarly, the preliminary attestation of the old, and the local
attestation of the new Jamabandi and shajranasab (paragraph 7.57 and 7.60) the
Tehsil check of the new jamabandi(paragraph 7.61) and the check' of annual and quinquennial
statements should benoted. The above details should be given in red ink.
2.53 Sketch Maps - Every field Kanungo should keep with his diary of note book a sketch may of his charge on small scale (1 or 2 centimeter to a kilometer). The map should show village sites and boundaries, main roads, cannals and limits of patwari's circles. It should be drawn on paper of a quality.
IX –DUTIES OF TAHSILDAR OFFICE KANUNGO
2.54 Returns showing the progress of patwaris work to be prepared by office Kanungo - Office kanungos shall submit to tahsildar, in such form and on such dates as may be prescribbed, periodical returns showing agricultural data and the progress of various branches of the work of the kanungos and patwaris.Tehsildar shall be responsible to see that such returns are forwarded to the Deputy Commissioner in due order, correctly and by due date.
Office kanungos have charge of the
rain-gauge at the tehsil (paragraph 12.2)
2.55 Registers maintained by office Kanungo- The Office Kanungo of each tahsil shall maintain (a) note-books chapter 10 of this manual for each estate, for each assessment circle, and for the tahsil.
(c) (b) any other registers especially prescribed or made over to him by the order of the Financial Commissioers.
The office Kanungo is also responsible for-
(i)
custody of all patwari and assessment records filed in the tahsil.
(ii) the custody of blank forms and their issue to the patwaris and kanugos;
(iii) the accounts of the patwari and Kanungo establishment of the Tehsil;
(iv) the accounts of mutation fees.
(v) the supply of any information required by the Deputy Commissioner or tahsildar respecting entries in records in his charge;
(vi) bringing to the immediate notice of the tahsildar reports of calamities submitted by patwaris in order that they may be forwarded to the Deputy Commissioner.
2.56 Tehsil Registers - Of the registers maintained in tehsil offices, a certain number are under the charge of office Kanungo.On this subject see paragraph 8 of Standing Order 55 (Registers)
2.57 Supply of books - Sadar Kanungos and tahsil office kanungos should be in possession of a complete set of the revenue books of reference detailed below :-
(1)
(2) Settlement Mannual.
(3) Land Administration Manual.
(4) Land Administration Acts.
(5) Financial Commissioner's Standing Orders.
(6) Direcftor of Land Records' Circulars.
These officials are responsible fore keeping up to date of all the books of reference and Standing orders.They are also personally responsible for loss of these publications . The sadar and office kanungos should also keep separate files of instructions issued by the local offiocers and the Financial Commissioners.
X DUTIES OF THE DISTRICT KANUNGO
2.58. The district Kanungo shall receive in the Deputy Commssioner's office all returns and records due from tahsil offices relating to the work of kanungos and patwaris, submitting them to the Deputy Commissioner, or the officer in charge of the department for his order. He shall issue all orders passed in connection with this work.He shall prepare all statistical statements connected with his department that may be required by the Deputy Commissioner.
As regards his touring and duties
relating to the inspection of patwaris' field kanungos and office kanungo's
work, part III of Chapter 8 may be consulted.
Note: For employment of office and district kanungos to represent the Government in suits under section 45 of the Punjab Land Revenue Act, see note to Rule 12 in Part G of the Punjab Law Department Manual.
2.59 Register main tained by Kanungo - A certain number of registers maintained in the district office are under the charge of the district Kanungo.See paragraph 7 of Standing Order 55 (Registers) The registers of revednue free tenures (Muafi and Jagir registers) should be maintained by the district Kanungo, but in some districts owing to the fact that nuimber of muafis and jagirs is large, these registers are in the charge of a muafi or Jagir moharrir, who should work un der the supervision ofthe district Kanungo and no0t under that of any other official.
He shall keep for each assessment
circle , for each tahsil,and for the entire district note books in the same
forms as those prescribed for office kanungos at tahsils,any other registers
specially prescribed or made over to him by orders of the Financial
Commissioner and also all statistical returns furnished to the Deputy
Commissioer by the Kanungo and patwari agency.
2.60 Register of patwari circle - 2.60. He shall also keep up a register of the patwari circles of each tahsil in form annexed.
DISTRICT
KANUNGOS REGISTER OF PATWARI CIRCLES OF TAHSIL.
Note: The register shall open with an index of circles in alphabetical order giving the page at which each will be found.
(2) The index shall be followed by a page for each field kanungo's charge in the same form as the rest of the register, except that column 2 will be left blank; and in column 3 to 9 shall be entered the total figure of the charge instead of the details of each patwari's circle.
3. Then shall follow the entries for each patwari circle, a page for each circle, the circles being arranged in their serial order.
4. A copy of the register, the last column excepted shall be kept by the office Kanungo at the tahsil.
5. The entries in column 3 shall be kept up-to-date; those in column 4-9, shall be corrected for each village, whenever is quinquennial returns are received, by drawing a line through the previous data of the village and entering its new data below the last village of the circle.
6. Entries regarding the circle of a field Kanungo shall be amended quinquennially when jamabandis of all the villages in that circle have been prepared and not annually.
Details of villages included in circle
|
Name of Field Kanu ngo's Circle |
Number and name of Patwari Circle |
Name of Patwari father's name and grand father name 's nativet village, date of appoint ment and date of birth |
Mauza |
Total area |
Culti vated area
|
Total land reve nue assess ment |
Num ber of khasra ntries |
Numb er of khat auni entries |
Num ber of jama bandi entries |
Year |
Special remarks on the charac ter of the work |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.60. Maintenance of register containing particulars of patwaris and kanungos - The sadar Kanungo should maintain a register in the annecxed form showing seniority, qualification, tetails of service, pubishment, praise, reward etc.about kanungos and patwaris.The entries in this register should be kept up to date.
Register
of Patwari's /Kanungos
(To
be kept by the Sadar Kanungo)
Showing Seniority, Qualifications,
details of service, punishment ,etc.
|
SN according to Seniority |
Name of Patwari Kanungo |
Educational qualifications |
Date of Birth |
Date of entry in service |
Date of confirmation |
Station of posting |
Date of posting |
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
7 |
8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Details of
punishment awarded
|
Details of
praise and reward
|
||||
Date of order with designation of punishing authority |
Nature and quartum of punishment |
File No. |
Date of order with designation of officer passing the order |
Nature of service of good work with briefnote aboput praise and reward |
File No. |
9 |
10 |
11 |
12 |
13 |
14 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.61 District kanungos diary to be submitted to collector - On the day following his return from tour the district Kanungo, shall submit his diary to the Deputy Commissioner, through the Sub Divisional officer, if his inspection relates to the work of patwaris and kanungos in a sub division, otherwisethrough the officer incharge. His diary should be in the same from as that of a field Kanungo.
2.62 Deleted.
2.63 Arears of mutation - In order to keep the Deputy Commissioner informed of the state of mutation arrears , the sadar Kanungo shall be responsible for the preparation of an abstract showing the mutations pending in the circle of each revenue officer and laying it before the officer incharge and the Deputy Commissioner alongwith the diaries. To enable the sadar Kanungo to get hold of this information,the patwaris shall note in their monthly diaries, the number ofmutations pending in their circles. When forwarding these diaries to the sadar kanungos office, the office Kanungo shall attach a statement showing the number of mutations ending in each revenue officer's circle.Where are rears in any circles are heavy, the Deputy Commissioner, should ascertain to which patwaris circle they relate and the reasons why the revenue officer concerned has not visited that circle recently.
2.64. With regard to contingent expenditure - The District Kanungo shall keep a register in Form14 given in the Civil Account Code(Volume I) in which he shall enter all contingent expenditure under its proper heads, It is the duty of the District Kanungo to see that the budget allotments are not exceeded and, if necessary, extra allotments are applied for in good time. Monthly detailed contingent bills shall be submitted to the Director for counter signatures by the 10th of the following month.
2.65 Advances for contingent expenditure -The Deputy Commissioner apportions permanent advances to each tahsildar and to the district Kanungo from which which petty expenses can be met. The accounts of these advances should be kept by the district and office kanungos quite apart from the accounts of any other permanent advance. Both district and office kanungos should from time to time report to the Deputy Commissioner all items paid from their permanent advances and obtain recupment of the amount expended. The accounts are kept in the following form :-
FORM
Register of Contingent Expenditure met from the office Kanungos permanent advance of Rs.________________and subsequent adjustments_____________
Tehsil
_______________District.__________________
Date Serial No.of details of expenditure Receipts Expenditure Balance Remarks
of each each or receipt after
expenditure each
transa
tion
Rs Rs Rs
Advance 30.00 .. 30.00
5th July1963 Freight of forms received .. 3.25 26.75
from Government press
10th July1963 2.Binding of Register …. 1.75 25.00
12July 1963 3.Hire of Rckshaw for carriage of
bank paper … 1.50 23.50
15thJuly1963 4. Repair to flags and chairs
16th July1963 Received on account of items 5.00 .. 27.25
1& 2 by cheque No.15 of 1963
20th July,1963 Hire of a Rickshaw for carriage
of note books received from
Government press.
2.66 Disease among animals - The sadar Kanungo is responsible to see that the return showing the statistics of disease among animals is received from each patwari through the field Kanungo quarterly.He shall send such returns when complete direct to the Veterinary Assistant Surgeon concerned.
2.67 Village birth and death register - District and field kanungos when on tour should occasionally test village birth and death Registers. When it is proved to their satis faction that the registers are defective, the matter should be reported to the Deputy Commissioner for necessary action.
PATWARIS
(This chapter supersedes standing order No. 15, original issue, dated 24th August ,1909 first reprint, dated 31st October, 1911 , second reprint, dated 28th May, 1925 , standing order No. 6, Ist reprint, dated 8th March, 1910 , second reprint,dated 13th May, 1929 , and third reprint , dated 11th October,1929, and paragraph 19 to 27 of standing order No.16.)
PATWARIS
SERVICE RULES PART –A
EXECUTIVE
ORDERS INDEX PART –B
Section Subject Paras
1 Patwari circle 3.1,3.3. to 3.5
II Patwari candidate 3.6
III Patwari School 3.10
IV. IV. Deleted
V Assistant Patwaris 3.13
VI General duties 3.14 to 3.17 A
VII Police duties 3.18 and 3.19
VIII Revenue collections 3.20 to 3.23
IX Deleted
X Deleted
XI Patwari Service Book 3.29
XII Deleted
XIII Deleted
XIV Account Rules 3.44 and 3.45
Section Subject Paras
XV Deleted
XVI Fees 3.48 to 3.50
XVII Rewards and honoraria 3.52
XVIII Deleted
XIX Patwarkhanas 3.57
XX Deleted
XXI Transfer and promotion 3.59
XXII Patwari paper 3.62 to 3.67
XXIII Equipment 3.68 to 3.78
XXIV Diary etc. 3.79 to 3.88
XXV Stationery for Patwaris 3.89 to 3.98
XXVI Custody and destruction
of patwaris records 3.99 to 3.106
Appendix A-Curriculum of Patwaris
school
Appendix B –Examination of Patwaris
Appendix C-Deleted
Appendix D-Instruction regarding the
repairs of Patwarkhana
Appendix E –Employment of patwaris
and temporary establishment
in settlement.
Appendix F-Deleted
Appendix G- Forms
PATWARIS
PART-A
The
REVENUE
DEPARTMENT
NOTIFICATION
The 4th January, 1966
No.G.S.R.3/C.A.17/87S.-With reference
to the Punjab Government Revenue Department, notification
No.GSR.225/C.A.17/1887/S.28/65, dated the 10th September,1965 and in
exercise of the powers conferred by sub section (I) of section 28 of the Punjab
Land Revenue Act,1887,the Governor of Punjab is pleased to make the following
rules:-
1.
Short title, commencement and application
(1) These
Rules may be called the
(2) They shall come into force at once.
(3) They shall apply to the post
specified in Appendix 'A' to these fules.
2. Definitions : - In these rules, unless the context otherwise requires:-
(a)
'Board' means the Subordinate
Services Selection Board,
(b) 'Collector' means the Collector of the District and includes the Settlement Officer and the Colonization Officer,
(c) 'Commissioner' means the Commissioner of the Division or any other officer authorized by a general or special order of Government to perform the functions of the Commissioner;
(d) 'Direct appointment' means an appointment made otherwise than by promotion or by transfer of any official already in the service of the State Government;
(e) 'Financial Commissioner' means the Financial Commissioner, Revenue or any other officer authorized by a general or special order of Government to perform the functions of the Financial Commissioner;
(f) 'Government' means the Punjab Government in the Administrative Department;
(g) 'Head of Department' means the Director of Land Record s,
(h) 'Patwari'
means a Revenue Patwari including an Assistant Patwari;
(i) any University incorporated by law in any of the States of India ; or
(ii) in the case of degrees or diplomas obtained as a result of examination held before the 15th August, 1947, the Punjab Sind or Dacca University; or
(iii) any other university which is declared by Government to be a recognized University for the purposes of these rules;
(iv) Service means the Punjab Revenue Patwaris Classs III Service.
2. Number and character of posts:- The service shall comprise the posts shown in Appendix 'A' to these rules.
Provided that nothing in these rules
shall affect the inherent right of the Government to add or to reduce the
number of such posts or create new posts with different designation and scales
of pay whether permanently or temporarily.
3. Mode of acceptance of Patwari candidates:- (1) As and when a requisition is received by the Board from the Collector, the Board shall recommend to the Collector such number of candidates for acceptance as Patwari Candidates as the Collector may specify in the requisition.
(2) For the purpose of direct appointment to the Service a register of Patwari candidates shall be maintained by the Collector in each district in which the names of Patwari candidates shall be entered in the order in which they are recommended by the Board.
(3) The number of Patwari candidates that may be enrolled on the register of a district shall be such as may be determined by the Government from time to time.
3. Nationality, domicile, character and age:- (1) No person shall be accepted as a Patwari candidate, unless he is:-
(a) a citizen of
(b) a subject of
(c) a subject of Nepar or
(d) a subject of
(e) A tibetan refugee who came over to
(f)
a person of Indian origin who has
migrated from
Provided that a candidate belonging to categories (c),(d) ,(e) and (f) shall be a person in whose favour a certificate of eligibility has been given by the competent authority, and if he belongs to category (f) the certificate of eligibility will be issued for a period of one year, after which such a candidate will be retained in service subject to his having acquired Indian citizenship.
(2) A candidate in whose case a certificate of eligibility is necessary may be admitted to an examination or interview conducted by the Board or any other recruiting authority on his furnishing proof that he has applied for the certificate and he may also provisionally be accepted as a candidate subject to the necessary certificate being given to him by the competent authority.
(3) No person shall be accepted as a Patwari candidate unless he produces a certificate of Character from the Principal academic officer of the University, college, school or institution last attended, if any, and similar certificates from two responsible persons not being his relatives, who are well acquainted with him in his private life and unconnected with his University College, School or institution.
(4) No person who is less than 17 years or more than 25 years of age or such age as may from time to time be fixed by Government for new entrants into service , shall be accepted as a Patwari candidate;
Provided that in the case of candidates belonging' to the Schduled Casts, Schedules Tribes or other Backward Classes, the maximum age limit shall be such as may be fixed by Government from time to time.
(6) Disqualifications:- (i) No person,who has more than one wife living or who having a spouse living, marries in any case in which such marriage is viod by reason of its taking place during the life-time of such spouse shall be eligible for being accepted as a Patwari candidate, and (ii) No woman, whose marriage is void by reason of the husband having a wife living at the time of such marriage or who has married a person who has a wife living at the time of such marriage shall be eligible for being accepted as a Patwari candidate.
Provided that the Government may, if satisfied that there are special grounds for so ordering , exempt.
7. Academic qualifications:- No person shall be accepted as a Patwari candidate for appointment to the service unless he—
(i) has
passed the Matriculation or Higher Secondary examination of a
(ii) Possesses qualifications in Hindi and Punjabi upto Middle standard or such standard as may be specified by the Government from time to time, and
(iii) has a good knowledge of a rural economy and culture.
7. Qualifications for appointment—(1) No Patwari candidate shall be eligible for appointment to the Service unless he qualifies that Patwar examination after attending the Patwar School for a minimum, period of one year, and after passing the examination undergoes such practical field training for a period of six months as may be specified by the Collector.
(2) If the candidate fails to pass the Patwar examination within a period of 3 years from the date of his acceptance as candidate his name shall be struck off from the register of candidates.
(3) Nothing in this Rule shall apply to a candidate who has already passed the Patwar examination before he is accepted as a candidate and has also undergone particlal field training as specified in sub rule(1)
(9) Appointing authority—Appointment to posts in the Service shall be made by the Collector.
10. Method of appointment—(1) Appointment to the Service shall be made :-
(a) in the case of Patwaris.
(i) by promotion from amongst the Assistant Patwaris;or
(ii) by direct appointment from amongst the accepted patwari candidates, or
(iii) by transfer of an official already in the service of the State Government and
(iv) by absorption of the retrenched or likely to be retrenched officials of the Punjab Consolidation Department" (No G.S.R.5 P.A.17/87/S.28 Amd: (1)/71dated 7th January,1971.
(b) in the case of Assistant Patwaris by dirdect appointment from amongst the accepted Patwari candidates.
(2) When any vacancy arises, the appointing
authority shall determine the method in which the same shall be filled
in.
(3) All promotions shall be made by
selection on the basis of seniority-cum-marit and seniority alone shall not
give any right to appointment.
11. Order in which appointments are be be made from amongst candidates. Appointments from amongst patwari candidates shall be made in the order in which their names appear in the register of patwari candidates.
12. Consequence of failure to join
appointment. If a candidate , on appointment to the Service, is unable for any
reason, other than the orders of Collector, to join his appointment within one
month from the date of receipt of orders of appointment, the Collector may
cancel; the order of appointment and may also remove his name from the
register.
13. Removal of name of patwari candidates
from register, without prejudice to the provisions of sub rule(2) of rule8, the
Collector may at any time order the removal of the name of any person from the
Register of patwari candidates for any reason which he may deem fit.
Provided that no order under this rule shall be passed without giving the candidates, whose name is sought to be removed, an opportunity of making any representation that he may desire to make, and unless such representation has been taken into consideration;
14. Probations—(1)Persons appointed to the Service shall remain on probation for a period of two years, if recruited by direct appointment, and one year if recruited otherwise.
Provided that---
(a) Any period, after appointment to the Service spend on deputation on a corresponding or a higher post, shall count towards the period of probation fixed under this rule;
(b) In the case of an appointment by transfer, any period of work on an equivalent or higher rank prior to appointment to the Service may at the discretion of the appointing authority, be allowed to count towards the period of probation fixed under this rule; and
(c) any period of officiating appointment in the service shall be reckoned as a period spent on probation but no member who has thus officiated shall, on the completion of the prescribed period of probation, be entitled to be confirmed ,unless he is appointed against a permanent post.
(2) If the work or conduct of a person appointed to the Service during the period of probation is , in the opinion of the appointing authority, not satisfactory, it may—
(a) dispense with his services, if recruited by direct appointment , or
(b) if recruited otherwise;
(i) revert him to his former post; or
(ii) deal with him in such other manner as the terms and conditions of his previous appointment permit.
(3) On the completion of the period of provation of a person, the appointing authority may;-
(a) if his work or conduct has, in its opinion, been satisfactory;--
(i) confirm such person from the date of his appointment if appointed against a permanent vacancy, or
(ii) confirm such person from the date from which a permanent vacancy occur, if appointed against a temporary vacancy;or
(iii) declare that he has completed his probation satisfactorily, if there is no permanent vacancy, or
(b) if his work or conduct has not been, in its opinion, satisfactory:-
(i) dispense withbhis services, if appointed by direct appointment, or if appointed otherwise, revert him to his former post, or deal with him in such other manner as the terms and conditions of his pre vious appointment permit , or
(ii) extend his period of probation and there after pass such orders as it could have passed on the expiry of the first period of probation:
Provided that the total period of
probation, including extension, if any, shall not exceed three years.
15. Seniority:-The seniority inter-se of members of the Service in each cadre shall be maintained district wise and shall be determined by the length of contenuous service on a post in that cadre:
Provided that in the case of two or
more members appointed on the same date, their seniority shall be determined as
follows:
(a) a member recruited by direct appointment shall be senior to a member recruited otherwise;
(b) a member appointed by promotion shall be senior to a member appointed by transfer;
(c) in the case opf members appointed by promotion or transfer, seniority shall be determined according to the seniority of such members in the appointments from which they were promoted or transferred and
(d) in the case of members appointed by transfer from different cadres, their seniority shall be determined according to pay preference bering given to a member who was drawing a higher rate of pay in his previous appointment if the rates of pay drawn are also the same then by their length of service in those appointments and if the length of such service is also the same, an older member shall be senior to a younger member.
Note.1
- This rule shall not apply to persons appointed on purely provisional basis
pending their passing the qualifying test.
Note 2 - In the case of members whose period of probation is extended under rule 14, the date of appointment for the purpose of this rule shall be deemed to have been deferred to the extent the period of probation is extended.
16. Pay - The members of service shall be entitled to such scales of pay including special pay, if any, as may be authorized by Government from time to time. The scales of pay at present in formce in respect of specifield post given in Appendix 'A' to these rules.
17. Conduct - (1) In matters relating to conduct, the members of the Services shall be governed by the Government Servants conduct Rules, 1955, as amended from time to time.
(2) Unless
the Collector for reasons to be recorded in writing considers imposition of a
punishment lesser than dismissal, a member of the Service shall be liable to
dismissal,--
(a) if he engages in trade or lends money to Agriculturists or has any interest, direct or indirect, in such transaction either in his own circle or in any other circle, or
(b) If he purchases land at auction sale with out the previous sanction of the Head of epartment. Such land shall be deemed to include agricultural land and land in town sites auctioned for building or other purposes; or
(c) If he receives any fee not authorized by in structions issued by the Government for the performance of any of his duties; or
(d) If he without sufficient cause fails to enter in the register of mutations.
(i) any case of inheritance within three months of the entery of the death of the right holder in the Chaukidar's register.
(ii) any transfer by registered deed within one month of the receipt of the registration memorandum from the Field Kanungo;
(iii) any case of consolidation of holdings with in three months from the date of receipt of an order passed under section 21 or 42 of the East Punjab Holdings (Consolidation and Prevention of Fragmentation) Act, 1948, and
(iv) any transfer by unregistered deed or by verbal transfer within six months of the date of the transaction, unless he can prove that he had no means of discovering the transfer at the first harvesting inspection which was made after the saiod date, or
(e) if he fails to produce the records when called upon by the consolidation staff unless he can give cogent reasons for not producing them; or
(f) if he introduces a client to a legal practitioner or in any way acts as an intermediary between inhabitants of his circle and legal practitioners, whether or not it is proved that he requested for or accepted any remuneration.
18. Discipline, punishments and appeals.—(1) Save as otherwise provided in these rules, in matters relating to discipline punishment, appeals and revisions, the members of the service shall be governed by the Punjab Civil Services (Punishment and Appeal) Rules, 1952 , as amended from time to time subject to the modifications given in Appendix 'B' to these rules.
Provided that the nature of
penalties which may be imposed the authority empowered to impose which
penalties, the appellate authority and second appellate authority shall be as
specified in Appendix 'C' to these rules.
(2) The authority competent to pass an Order under clause (c) and (d) of sub rule(1) of rule 10 of the Punjab Civil services(Punishment and Appeal) Rules, 1952 and the appellate authority shall also be as specified in appendix (D) to these rules.
19. Pension Leave, traveling allowance and other matters.-In respect of leave, pension, general provident fund traveling allowance compensatory allowance, joining time, subsistence allowance and all other matters not expressly [provided for in these rules, the members of the service shall be governed by such rules and regulations as may have been or may here after be adopted or framed under the Constitution of India or any law or rules made hereunder for other Class III Government employees.
20. Liability to transfer.-Every member of the Service shall be liable to transfer under the order of :-
(i) Collector anywhere with in the District, or
(ii) Heads of Department anywhere within the State or
(iii)
Government anywhere within
21. Power of relaxation - Where the Government is of the opinion that it is necessary or expedient so to do, it may, by order, for reasons to be recorded in writing , relax any othe provisions of these rules with respect to any class or category of persons.
22. Repeal and saving.—The rules contained in paragraphs 3.2 to 3.12, 3.24 to 3.28 , 3.38 to3.40 , 3.46 to 3.47 , 3.54,3.56-A , 3.58,3.60 and 3.61 of the Punjab Land Records Manual are hereby repealed.
Provided that any order made or action taken under the rules so repealed shall be deeded to have been made or taken under the corresponding provisions of these rules.
APPENDIX
'A'
(see
rule,13 and 16)
1.
Designation of post (Scale of pay)
(i) Patwaris 60-4-80/5-120/5-175
(ii) Assistant Patwaris 50-3-80/4-100
2. Number of post in each district:-
Sr.no. District Patwaris Assistant Patwaris
1. Hissar 316 5
2. Rohtak 348 6
3. Gurgaon 374 5
4. Karnal 342 ..
5. Ambala 392 6
6. shimla 1 ..
7. Kangra 305 5
8. Hoshiorpur 493 ..
9. Jullunder 412 4
10.
11 Ferozepur 401 6
12
13. Gurdaspur 329 11
14
15 Sangrur 408 ..
16 Bathinda 234 ..
17 Mohindergarh 121 ..
18 Kapurthla 172 ..
19 Lahaul and spilit 4 ..
20 Kulu 43 ..
APPENDIX
‘B’
(See rule 18)
1. In rule 4 after clause (1) and (1a) fine".
2. In rule 8,between the figures and brackets "(1) " and (ii)" insert the figure letter and brackets "in".
3. Omit rule 9.
4. In sub-rule (I) of rule 10,omit sub – clause (ii) of clause (a),
5. for rule 14,subsititute the following:-
14. Revision- The Financial Commissioner,or the Commissioner amy suo moto or on an application made to him,subordinate authority paqssed any order under rule 10 or has inflicted any of the penalties specifed in rule 4 or in wich no order has been passed or penalty inflicted and after making further invertigation,. if any,may confirm,remit,reduce or subject to the provisions of sub rule (I) of rule 11, increase the penalyty or subject to the provisions of rule 7 and 8 inflict any of the penalties specified in rule 4.
6. In rule after sub rule (I) substiture the following:-
(1) An appeal or application for revision may be withheld by an authority subordinate or revisionary authority as the case may be if:-
(a) It is an appeal or application for revision in a case in which under these rules,no appeal or application for revision lies.
(b) It does not comply with the provisions of rule 16 or
(c) It is an appeal or an second appeal and is nto preferred withing sixty dayrs of the date on which the appleant was informaed of the ordeder appelaed against excluding the time spent in obtaining the copy of the said order and no resonable cause is shown for the delay or
(d) It is an application for revision and is not preferred within a period of ninety days of the date on which the applicant was informed of the order of the appelate authority excluding the time spent in obtaining the copy of the order sought to be revfised and not reasonable cause is shown for the delay:
(e) It is repetition of a presiour appeal or application for revision and made to the same appellate or revisionary authority by which such appeal or application for revision has been decided and no new facts or circumstances are aduced which afford ground for a reconsidertation of the case.
Provided that in every case in which an appeal or application for revision is withheld, the appellate or applicant shall be informed of the fact,and the reasons fror it and copy thereof forwarded to the appellate authority, if any together with a copy of the appeal or application for revision so withheld.
Provided further that an appeal or application for revision withheld on account only of failure to comply with the provisions of rule 19 may be resubmitted aat any time within one month of the date on which the appellant or applicant has been informed of the withholding of the appeal or application, and if resubmitted in a form which complies with those provisions not be withheld."
APPENDIX ‘C’
(See rule 18(1) )
Sr.no. Design. Of the Natureof penalty Punishing authority
Official authority
1. Patwari 1.Censure Tehsildar or an Assistant Coll
ector Ist Grade.
2. Assistant Patwari (ii)Fine Tehsildar upto a limit of Re1
on any occasion ,Assistant co
llector Ist grade,upto limit of
Rs.2 on any one occasion.
Collector upto a limit of Rs.
20 on any one occasion.
(iii)Withholding of increm Collector
ents or promotio inclulding
stoppage at an efficiency bar
if any.
(iv)Reduction to a lower Collector
post or time-scale or to a
lower stagein a timescale
(v)Recovery from, pay of the Collector
whole or part of any pecuiary
loss caused to Govt.bynegli-
gence or br. Of orders
(vi) Suspension Collector
(vii) Removal from the civil Collector
Service which does not disqu
Fy from furture emp.
(viii) Dismissal from the Civi Collector
l service which ordinary
disqualifies from future
employment.
Note- The power to infilict fines should be used with care and the Collector should in ordinary cases,look into the matter at tehsil inspections,Fines on patwaris should be recovered by short drawalson salary bills.
First Appellate authority Second appellate authority
Collector Commissioner
Collector when the punishing authority Commissioner when first appellate authority
Is Tehsildar or4 Assistant Collector is Collector, Ist grade.
Commissiner When the punishing autho- Finnacial Commissioner,when first appellate
Is Collector authority is Commissiner
Commissioner Financial Commissioner,
Commissioner Financial Commissioner,
Commissioner Financial Commissioner,
Commissioner Financial Commissioner,
Commissioner Financial Commissioner,
Commissioner Financial Commissioner,
APPENDIX
‘D’
(see
rule 18.2)
Sr.No. Design. Of the Official Nature of orders
1. Patwari } a)Reducing the maximum pension or withholding the whole amount
} of pension admissiable under the rules governing pensions.
2. Assistant Patwaris }
b)Terminating appointment otherwise than upon reaching the age fix
ed for superannuation.
Authority empowered` First appellate Second appellate
To pass orders authority authority
}
}
}Collector Commissioner Financial Commissioner,
}
}
PATWARI
PART
“B” EXECUTIVE ORDERS
1. PATWARI CIRCLES
3.1. The number of patwaris circles into which each tahsil shall be divided shall be requlated under the orders of the Financial Commissioner and the limits of each circle by the Commissioner. A Patwari shall be appointed to each circle, and for special reasons an assistant patwaris may be added with the consent of the Financial Commissioner.
3.2 Deleted.
3.3
Sattlement Officer should ,as
soon as possible after the commencement
of sattlement operations,submit an estimate of the probable number of patwaris
that will be requied in each tehsil after the completion of settlement. In
framig this estimate regarding should be had (I) to the existing number of
patwaris and the amount of work. They have had to do;(2) to the probable amout
of workthat will be required of the patwaris after the close of settlement
operations and the number of patwaris necessary to perform it.
3.4 In estimating the number of patwaris
requied ,the following averages for the state may be taken into consideration:-
Average per patwari
Total area 3200 hectares
Cultivated area 1300 hectares
Assessment 3300 hectares
Mauzas 4.5 hectares
Khasra Numbers 4,440 hectares
Khatauni holdings 1,200 hectares
In applying these averages to the
statistics of the district, attention should be paid to exceptional
circumstances ,such as the distances to be traversed, the level or mountainous
Character of the Country,the simplicity or complicated nature of tenures, or
the absence of prevalence of fluctuating assessments.
3.5 Application should then be made after
consulting the Deputy Commissioner, through the commissioner and Director of
Land Records to the Financial Commissioner for any icrease necessary in the
number of patwaris and when the increse hass been sanctioned the patwaris
circles should be rearranged so as to give as nearly as possible the same
amount of work to each patwari,and the man should be appointed to each circle
who will carry on the work of settlement operations close, Some readjustments
of circles will probably still be necessary towards the close of settlements
operations, but the changes then required will be reduced to a minimum.
(Application for increase in staff)
II. PATWARI CANDIDATES
3.6 3.6 For each district a register of candidates is kept in form P.I. given in appendix G . In this register candidates shall be entered in order of merit determined by the recruiting authority. The total numbeer of candidates in any district should never exceed 15 percent of the total number of patwaris and assistant patwaris employeed in the district. Any further increase in these percentages by the Deputy Commissioner or Settlement Officer requires the previsous sanction fo the Financial Commissioner.
3.7 to 3.9 Deleted.
(patwar school)
3.10 (i) A patwar school shall function at the State level under the control of the Directo r of Land Records as and when considered necessary. Candidates entered in the register by the Collectors will be required to attend the schoool and present themselves for the patwar examination. The teaching staff will consist of the field or office kanungos to be appointed by the DLR.
The Director of Agriculture shall depute the local agricultural staff for imparting instruction in agriculture of the candidates. Similarly the Development Commissioner shall make necessary arrangements for giving intructions in the rural reconstruction work.
(ii)(a) When it has been decided to open a patwar school the Director of Land Records shall ask collectors of the District to sent candidates for training:
(b) Direct Kanungos candidates shall also be admitted to the Patwar school. Such persions shall be given the same training as in imparted to the Patwaris candidates.
(iii) The curriculum of the school shall be as laid down in Appendix 'A'
(iv) Candidates shall be examined in the subjects mentioned in appendix 'B' and direct Kanungo Service Rules. Examiners shall be appointed by the Director of Land Records from amongst officers fully conversant with the subjects of examination. Such examiners should be appointed from amoungst P.C.S. officers or Tehsildars having adequate experience of Revenue work. The result of the exmaination shall be announced within a month of the last date of the examination.
(v) The Director of Land Records shall issue certificates to the successful candidates. On application the Director of Land Records may supply a duplicate copy of the Patwar certificate. if the original certificate is lost,on payment of Rs.2, this fee shall be credited to the head "IX-Land Revenue –B-Misc.-Misc. receipts-other items".
(vi) Candidates who are awarded Patwar Certificates by the Director of Land Records, shall undergo practical training fo a period of six months as specified by the Collector of the Director to which the candidate belongs as required by rule 8 of the Punjab Revenue Patwari Class III Service rules 1966.
(vii)
The result of the teaching given
in the
IV- DELETED
3.11 to 3.12 Deleted
V- Assistant Patwaris
3.13. (1) The most important duty for which assistant patwaris are required is to help as permanent naibs to the patwaris in heavy circles. Deputy Commissioners should see that as a general rule. The assistants in such cases are not given an independent charge, but are subordinate to the patwari of the circle.
Each assistant patwari should ,however ,be given the papers of one village of the circle to which he is attached and should keep them up to date,under the general supervision of the patwari of the circle whose responsibility for the records of this circle will be thereby be affected. He should also keep a separate diary for that village. The diary of the rest of the villages in the circle shall be kept bythe patwari.
(2) The remaining assistant partwaris who are not attached to definite circles, should be set to work in such a way that they will acqure a good knowledge of their duties before their turn comes for appointment as patwari. They will acquire a good knowledge of their duties before their turn comes for appointment as patwari. They should help overworked patwaris or act for them when the patwari is engaged on heavy partition cases and they should assist in a servere girdawari and be ready at hand 5to fill temporary vacnacies amongst the patwaris. In this way a valueable resrve of trained men will be kept up
(3) When an Assistant Patwari is acting for the patwari,a candidates should be appointed to act as assistant patwari, however short the vacnacies may be. This will aid in training the reserve and will be a small inducement to candidates to remain present in the tehsil.
(4) Except for the purpose of assisting office Kanungos in the preparation of pay bills, bills for travelling allowance and contigencies and in the disbursement thereof,assistant patwaris are not intended to work as assistant to the tahsil officekanungos with this exception they should be lent to the tahsil offfice kanungo only in times of stress of work and for s5tricly limitied period. No assistant patwari should be allowed to work with the distirict kanungo or to act as a moharrir.
VI-General Duties
3.14. The patwaris must make any rusvey ,field
inspection,record of crops, revision of maps, or reprots relating to mutations,
partitions, rev, of rent, takavi, or other circumstances of his circle that he
may be ordered to make by the revenue officers, He must also give such
assistance as mey be required of him by the Govt. rules for the relief of
agricultural distress, or in elections, Such orders shall ordinarly be issued
through the kanungo to whom he is subordinate. Besides he should nender all
possiable assistance to the village postman while passing the night in the
village in safeguarding the cash and other valuables that he carries. The
orders relating to the report by potwaris of deats of pensioners are to be
found in standing order no7 (Land rev. assignments and pensions) Rules relating
to the dutiess of patwaris in relation to irrigation will be found in standing
orddre noi.61 (Canals) read with paragraph 3.17A of this manual.
3.15. 3.15. Report of calamity or disease - (1) It is the duty of every patwari to submit at once a report in writing regarding:-
(a) the outbreak of plague, cholera, small pox or any other epidemic disease among human beings to the Cheif Medical Officer of the District.
(b) Calamities affectiong corps includings croppest ,to the nearest officer of the agrucultural Department and
(c) The ourbreak of any epidemic amount livestock to the Veterinary Assistant of the ilaqa . This can be done by a post card in form P XIII of appendix G supplied for this purpose by the Civil Veterinary Depatt.
In addition ,information regarding livestock mortality should be sent to the Verterinary assistant Surgeon of the ilaqa quarterly on the 1st day of every quarter on the form P.XIV of appendix G supplied by the Civil Veternary Deptt. for the purpose. Under Financial Commissioner Circular letter no. 3162-R dt. 21.9.1934 to all Commissioner,lambardars are required to report to the patwari any out break of epi9demic amount livestock and also to furnish him information regarding deaths amongst the livestock whenever requiered.
2) The patwaris should also report in writing to the tahsildar through the field kanungo the occurrences withiun his circle of any calamity involving serious culturists. These reports will of course give the gist of those mentioned in sub paragarph (1) supra
3) The patwari should record in his diary a brief note regarding the gist and the date of despatch of the reports mentioned in sub paragraph (1) and (2) supra
3.16. When the circle of a patwari is visted by the kanungo,naib tehsildar, tahsildar or other rev. officer, the patwari shall obtain the visiting officers signatures to his didary and shall give these offices alll the assistance in the proper discharge of their duties.
In particular the patwari shall , when visited by the kanungo or rev.officer bring to his notice:-
1) all matters of recent occurrence referred to in parapraph 3.81 infra
2) any alluvion or diluvion that may have occurred with approximate areas thereof.
(3) Cases in which the Govt.is specially concerned such as encroachment on government lands, decease of pensioneers of rev.assignees marriage or re-marriage of females drawing family pensions and residing in the estate,cultivation of groves held free of rev.contrarty toa thecondition of the grant and progress of takavi works.
(4) Emigration or immigration of cultivators.
3.17. 3.17. Patwaris must not be employed on miscel laneous work not connected with their propper duties,and the irregular practice of calling patwaris to some central place or to tahsil headquarters for the more convenient preparation of jamabandis and other returns or to assist the ordinary tahsil establishment in the discharge of its duties must be strictly checked . It may occasinally be unavoidable in order to obtain from a patwari returns which have not been submitted by due date. Patwaris and kanungos must on not account be called upon to assist in the certification of the result of coverings of branded mares..
3.17-A In paragraph 2 of Appendix E of the
Rev.Manual of the Irrigation Branch of the Public Works Deptt.Punjab ,It is
laid down that the figures of areas on which the prepartion of a warabadndi or
any modification thereof (as required by section 68 of the Northern Indian
Canal and Drainage Act VIII of 1873 ) are based. must be verified by the Civil
Patwari before the
VII-Police Duties
3.18
(1) Under section 45 Criminal
Procedure code, patwaris are under the same legal obligation as owners and
occupiers of land, in the matter of reporting crime,and the reporting of
speeches made at meetings held within the limits of their circles,when called
upon by the District Magistrate to do so. Thus if a patwari has reason to
believe that a crime has been committed and has not been reported, he should
convey information of the suspected or ascertained crime to the nearnest
Magistrate of Police Station Officer. He can do this orallly or in writing as
circumstances require. It is not intended that patwaris should do the work of
lambardars or chaulkidars.
Note:- The approval of Government to the issue of such
instructions has been communicated in Chief Secty. confidential demi- official
No.13155-s-b. dt.4.12.1931 to all District Magistrates in the
2) In particular the patwari should
report confidentially to the excise Inspector concerned or the Sub Inspector of
the Police Station concerned any illicit distillation or sale of liquor that
may take place in his circle.
3.18. 3.18. In some cases patwaris can be called on to make maps to illustrate Police enquiries . The instructions on the subject are noteds below:_
i) In ordinary cases no demands for such maps will be made upon patwaris.
ii) In the cases of heinous crime. especially in cases of murder or riots connected with land disputes,the Police Officers investigating the case(not being belowthe rank of a Sub Inspector)will,,if he considers that an accurate map is required ,summon to the scene of the crice the patwari of the circle in which it occurred ,and casue him to prepare such maps as may be needed to illustarte the statements of the withnesses . He will be carefull not to detain the patwari longer than is necessary for the preparation of the map.
iii) The Police Officer will indicate to the Patwari the limits of the land of which he desires a map,and the topographical items to be shown therein.The patwari will then be responsible for drawing the map correctly ,for making accurately on the mapo all these items and entering on the map true distances . He will not write on the map any explanations.
iv) It is for the Police Officer himself to add to the map such remarks as may be necessary to explain the connection of the map with the czse under enquiry. He is also responsible equally with the patwari for the correctness of all distances.
v) It will be convenient if all the entries made by the patwari are made in black and those added by the Police Officer in red ink.
vi) Patwari will not in any case be requied by the Police Officer to make a map of an inhabited enclosure.or of land inside a town or village site.
VIII-Revenue
Collections
3.20 When revenue collections are in progress
the patwaris must furnish may information or explanation of accounts that may
be requied to facilitate the collections. But he must not himself receive
payments or take any part in the collection of the rev.He should ,if so ,
required. assist the headmen in giving acknowledgement for payments and furnish
them with a proper memorandum (Arzirsal (1) village(2)Amount (3) on what
account (4) by whom tendered and by whom conveyed to tahsil) when they proceed to the tahsil to pay the
revenues.He is forbidden to take any fees for the performance of the duties
stated in this paragraph. When the demand is remitted by money order it is the
duty of the patwari to complete the
coupon by entering the amounts to be paid under each head. of demand and by
signing it.
3.21 The patwari prepares each year a bachh
paper showing the demands due from each contributor to the village bachh. In
villages under fluctuating assessment the bachh papers will be made after the
girdawari on which the assessment is based . In all other villages the bachh
papers must be prepared by the patwari for every village immediately after the
khrif girdawari. And the patwari must, if necessary,correct the bachh paper at
the second harvest of the year, so far as may be necessary,to make it agree
with the events thath have occurred since its preparation.
In the case of village
for which a quinquennial jamabandi has not been prepared it is necessary to
take special precautions to ensure the correctness of the bachh paper., It
should be prepared in duplicate,one copy being intended for the sue of the lambardars
and the other for that of the patwari.The field kanungo should carefully check
the patwari copy with the last jamabandi and mutation register,and sign it
after having satisfied himself of its correctness. He should of the lambardars
and if that is correct ,he should sing it also,and should initial all erasures
and corrections in both copies.The superior revenue officers should also be
required to check some of the entries and sign them. The detail of dakhalas of
the sums paid after the due date,which is prescribed by the foot note to column
11 of the jamabandi from should in cases where no jamabandi is prepared ,be
added at the end of the patwaris copy of the bachh statement, the form of fard
bachh should be as brief and simpole each village. The copy intended for the
use of lambardars should be retained by them . The patwaris copy should be kept
by him in a register till the next detailed jamadandi is filed,and should then
be sent with the jamdbandi to the tahsil office where it should be kept until the
next jamabandi is filed with its fards.
(parcha
books)
The
patwaris is bound to supply to every owner and cultivator on demand a parcha
book, containing a copy of the jamabandi entries in which the applicant is
interested and printed receipts forms for 20 years. Parcha books in the form
sanctioned by the Settlement Officer can be obtained from the Director of Land
Records. Their cost will be charged by the Deputy Commissioner to budget head
"68-Stationary and Printing " but the books are not issued to a
patwari by the tehsildar,excapt on cash payment of their cost price which will
be credited to miscellaneous in the stock register of patwari forms to show the
sale of these books and the account should be regularly checked by the Revenue
Officer.
The orders of Government also
require the issue of parcha books at the close of settlement operations and on
exceptional cases the Collecter may see reason to follow the same course at
other times also. Ordinarily parcha books are only given when asked for.
3.23 Any owner or cultivator on presenting his
parcha book to the patwari is entitled to have the demand due from him for the
current year at once endorsed thereon by the patwari and no fee shall be
charged for such endorsements.
3.24 to 3.28 deleted.
XI Patwaris Service
Books
3.29 Patwari Service Book and Character Roll - The service books and the character rolls of patwaris (whether officiating or permanent) should be maintaining in form A.T.C. 4 and F.C. 210 by the office kanungo and Sadar kanungo respectively. In the month of March each year the character rolls should be forwarded by the Sadar Kanungo to the Tehsildars for recording remarks for the year. The tehsildars after having recorded tjeir remarks therein regarding the work and conduct including reputation for honesty should forward the same to tje SDM/Extra Assistant Settlement Officer/Assistent Settlement Officer/Settlement Officer for counter signatures adding their remarks. The character rolls should then be returned to the Sadar Kanungo for record.
(2) The remarks of Deputy Commissioner, if any given at the time of inspection of the Patwaris work, should be communicated to the Sadar Kanungo for incorpation in the character roll under the attestation of the Officer incharge roll under the attestaion of the Officer incharge of the Revenue Branches.
(3) A register showing senoirity,
qualifications, details of service, punishemnt, praise, reward, etc., about
patwaris should also be maintained by the SadarKanungo in the form prescribed
in paragraph 2.60-A. The entries in this register should be kept up to date.
(
3.30 to 3.43 (Deleted)
XIV- ACCOUNT RULES RELATING TO PATWAR CHARGES
3.44 Budget - Receipt connected with the patwari establishment are credited to State revenues, shown in the running register prescribed in paragraph 23 of Standing Order No. 31 and included in the tauzi of Miscellaneous land Revenue under "Other items". The Director of Land Records is responsible for the preparation of the budgets of all expenditure on account of the kanungo and patwari establishments. The control of the expenditure of patwari contingencies also rests with him.
3.45 Contingent charges - Contingent charges will be dealt with Chapter 6 of the Civil Account Code. The heads are : -
|
(i) (i) |
Survey equipment |
Budget Head 9-Land Revenue Land Records. |
|
(ii) (ii) |
Patwari school contingencies |
|
|
(iii) (iii) |
Money order commission for transmission of pay etc |
|
|
(iv) (iv) |
Other Charges |
Budget Head 65-Pension and other retirement benefits. |
|
(v) (v) |
Rewards |
|
|
(vi) (vi) |
Gratuities |
|
|
(vii) (vii) |
Stationery |
Budget Head 68-Purchase of stationery and stores. |
|
(viii) (viii) |
Lithographic charges |
3.46 to 3.47 (Deleted)
3.48 Inspection of records of pat wari and grant of certified extracts therefrom (land Revenue Rule 71) - (i) The partwari shall allow any one interested to inspect his records and to take notes therfrom in pencil in his presence.He shall give to applicants his diary a note of the inspection allowed and extracts given. The following charges shall be made:-
|
SN. |
Nature
of work |
Charges |
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
A-Copies or extracts From
|
|
|
|
1 1 |
Jamabandhi including extracts called for
by courts or officers in connection with the preparation of abstracts of
yields
|
60 Paise per Khatauni holdingup to 8 holdings and above that number 15 paise for every additional holding. |
|
2 2 |
Inspection notes attached to
Jamabandis. |
(a) For the first 200 words or under, Rs 1.15 Paise |
|
3 3 |
Farad Badar |
|
|
4 4 |
Copy of pending mutation |
(b) For every additional 100 words or fraction therof 60 Paise |
|
5 5 |
Interrogatories in pending mutations |
|
|
6 6 |
Counterfoil of mutation sheets |
|
|
7 7 |
Misl Haqiat |
As for serial no. 1 |
|
8 8 |
Farad Haqiat consisting of names of proprietors (or occupancy tenants), total total number of fields,area,land revenue and rates and sesses |
A fixe charge of 60 Paise irrespective of the number of khewats |
|
9 9 |
List of co-shares of proprietary or occupancy holdings |
Rs.1.15 Paise for each application |
|
10 10 |
(i) Geneological trees of land holders, occupancy tenants or muqarritars |
As per serial No. 2 |
|
|
(ii) Statement of wells and other sources of irragation |
|
|
|
(iii) List of pensions and assignments |
|
|
|
(iv) Wakib-ul-Arz |
|
|
|
(a) Naqsha haquq Jandrat wa panchaki |
|
|
|
(b) Fard Bachh or that dhal batchh(Asamiwar) |
|
|
|
|
Rs.1.15 Paise for each application provided that each application shall be limited to not more than two haravests. (No fees being charged if copies are required for recovery of arrears of land revenue) |
|
|
(c) Demand statement (canal) |
Rs.1.15 Paise for each application |
|
|
(v) Traqa bachh and |
As per serial No.2 |
|
|
(vi) Orders of Settlement Officers |
|
|
11 11 |
Khasra Girdawari including extracts from Khasra Girdarwari called for by country or officers in connection with the preparation of 5 yearly abstracts of yields |
60 Paise for entries in a single volume relating to one field and 30 Paise for each additional field |
|
12 12 |
Diaries |
60 Paise for each entry made on one subject on any one date |
|
13 13 |
Field books |
60 Paise for first ten fields or under and 30 paise for every additional 4 fields or part therof |
|
14 14 |
Statement of grazing dues |
Rs 1.15 Paise for each application no fee being charged if copies are required by lamberdars for recovery of arrears of grazging dues and Chakidari tax. |
|
15 15 |
Extracts from Chowkidars assesments list |
Ditto |
|
16 16 |
Statement contained in village note |
60 paise per statement irrespecitve of years |
|
17 17 |
Abstract of quinquennial averge of mutation |
Rs. 2.25 paise per statement |
|
18 18 |
Fard taqsim (list of allottees of colony land) |
Rs 1.15 paise per rectangle |
|
19 19 |
Parcha books |
Cost price of the book plus 15 paise per Khatauni holding |
B - INSPECTIONS
|
|
|
|
20 20 |
Inspection of papers relating to one quinquennium including relevant entries of the mutation registers |
Fixed charges of Rs. 1.15 paise for each inspection |
C-PREPARATION PLANS AND TRACINGS
|
|
|
|
21 21 |
Tracing of field map |
15 paiseper each field number up to 32 every additional fields and 30 paise for4 fields subject to a minimum chage of 60 paise |
|
22 22 |
Taracing of tatima shajra |
15 paise for each field up to 32 fields and 30 paise for every additional 4 fields subject to a minimum charges of 60 paise. |
|
23 23 |
Preparation of plans called for by courts or officers in connection with civil and revenue suits |
15 paise for each field up to 32 fields and 30 paise for every additional fields subject to minimum charge of 60 paise |
For the purposes of fee for copies or extracts from jamabandi in rent cases the total number of Khatauni holdings should be taken into account irrespective of the fact whether they are cultivated by the owner himself or by a tenant and in calculating the fee the number of khewats of which the extracts are given may be ignored .
Notes-(1) For
extracts under Serial Nos 1 and 11 and plans under serial No. 23 if prepared in
connection with the temprorary alienation of land in satisfaction of a decreee
of a Civil Court the charges shall be
subject to a maximum of Rs 15.00 in a
single case irrespective of the fact whether the extracts are prepared from a
jamabandi or khasra girdawari or both and whether or not they involve the
preparation of plan.
(2) The patwaris shall not be
entitled to retain any share in respect of copying and inspection fees.
Consequently the fees thus realised should "IX –Land Revenue-
B-Midc-Copying and Inspection Fee of patwaris record."
(3) Patwaris are forbidden to prepare and supply copies
or extracts of papers not shown in the above table.
(4) List of co-shares shall not be
prepared and supplied without the previous sanction of the Collectr unless
required in connection with a revenue civil or criminal case.
(5) In the case of inspection of the
patwari's record by Sub-Inspectors or Inspectors of Co-opertaive Societies
under serial No. 20 the fee chargedd shall be 60 paise only and the whole amont
will be deposited into Government Treasury.
(6) In the case of parcha books the
whole fee so recovered shouls be credited into Government Tresury.
(ii) No fee for doing work for the
state Government such as the preparation of ans extract from the revenue
records to show the property owned by an absconding criminal shall be charged.
Patwaris should however not be required to furnish such an extract without a
special order of the Deputy Commissioner in each case and such an order of the
should only be passed if the case is of real imprtance.
Copies required for public purposes
by Public officers of the Central or State Government as defined in section
2(17) of the Code of Civil Procedure shall be supplied free of charge.
(iii) The Patwari is forbidden to give copies except on lithographic
forms which are supplied to him. On the top of each of these forms the words
"Receipt No." are printed . The number of the receipt handed over by
the patwari to the applicant (paragraph 3.48(v) infra) should invariably be
entered by the patwari . Where the entry receipt No. is not printed on the form
the patwari should record this entry in his own hand and insert therein
relevant receipt number. He should note in red ink in the copy of the jamabandi
entry required by rule 15 of the rules under the
(iv) The account of fee realized by patwaris should be kept in the
register in form P-XII given in appendix G,which will be supplied to them. The
fee reakized by the patwari during the month should be deposited into the
Treasury by the 10th of next month . The field kanungo should check
the register every month when he goes to the patwaris circle and should sign it
in token of his having done so. The tehsildar or the naib-tehsildar when
inspecting the patwaris work should also check it. During September when the
patwari comes to the tehsil he should bring the register with him for check by
the tehsil wasilbaqi nawis.
(v) Supply of print ed copies fo re ceipt books for copying and in spection fees of parwaris records - The patwari willo be supplied with a printed receipt book in trplicate in which every amount realized by him shall be relizes by him shall be recorded .One foil will be handedover to the payee and the second sent to the tehsil wasil bawui nawis baqi nawis through the field kanungo with the half yearly demnd statements. As soon as the receipt book is exhausted the patwri will return the counterfoils to the office kanungo and obtin from him a new receipt book in exchange.
3.48A - Supply of copies through value payable post - (1) Any person wishing to obtain certified copies of revenue records from the patwari by value payable post (V.P.P) may apply to the patwari for this purpose giving sufficient information to enable the patwari to make out the copy provided a post office is located within the circle of the patwari. The application need not bear any court fee stamps. Only one application would suffice for any number of copies asked for. The patwari shall supply the required copies through value payable post (V.P.P) within four days of the receipt of application and shall charge the following charges in addition to those already prescribed under the rules for preparing copies of revenue records:-
(i) Postage charges by weight for the packet containing copies of revenue records to be sent.
(ii) Value payable post (V.P.P.) charge.
(iii) Registration fee.
(iv) Fifty Paises as remuneration for inconenience and extra work caused to him.
(2) The charges mentioned at (i) to (iv) above will be deemed as "other chartges" under section 98(a) of the Punjab Land Revenue when the packet containing copies of revenue records sent by value payable post is refused by an applicant.
3.48-B Receipt Books - (1) Each parwari should have at a time only one receipt book bearing printed book and receipt number and only one copying fee register.
A requisition form as in the case of cheque books should be posted in the printed receipt book to enable the patwari to communicate his demand to the office kanungo well in time so that as soon the receipt book is exhausted, the former will return the counter foils to the latter and obtain from him a new receipt book in exchange which should contain a certificate from the Tehsildar that the receipt book contains so many certified No. of pages which are numbered in proper consecutive order.
(2) The office kanungo of the tehsil concerned should be held persinally responsible for the issue of receipt books and copying fee registers to patwaris. The patwaris should submit a report one month ahead through the field kanungo of the circle, who should verfiy the report of the patwari and send it to the Tehsildar concerned. The Tehsildar should order the office kanungo to issue the copying fee register/receipt book to the patwari after satisfying himself that the ones issued previosly have been actualy exhausted and deposited with him and that accounts in this behalf have also been rendered by patwari.
(3) In case the patwari sends the exhausted register to tehsil office kanungo earlier than September before it is checked by the Wasil Baqi Nawis the tehsil offoice kanungo should hand over the said register to the patwari cencerned in the month of September when he comes to the Tehsil for filing the annual and quinquennial statement and jamabandis in the tehsil land records office and the latter should then get it checked by the Wasil Baqi Nawis and return the same to the office kanaungo .
(4) The patwari should also retain a copy of the entries of the Register made after the despatch of the last half yearly demand on account of copying and Inspection fee to the Tehsildar to enable him to prepare the demand for the next half yearly.
(5) A copying fee register should be issued only after a certificate has been recorded on it by a revenue officer to the effect that it contains so many pages and has been issued under his signature with the seal of the court.
(6) The office kanungo should keep a clear record of "Book Nos." of the receipt books issued to each patwari.
(7) The tehsil office kanungo should maintain a ledger account for each patwari in which should be recorded the number of receipt book issued to the patwari and the number of receipt issued by the patwari every half year. The latter information can be had from the second foils of received by th Wasil Bqi Nawis through the field kanungo with the half yeaarly demand statements. While posting receipt numbers in the ledger any gap in numbers should b viewed with suspicion and investigated immediately.
(8) Since the ledger account will be kept by the tehsil office kanungo any omission on his part in the observance of instruction relating to the issue of copying fee receipt books and registers and in the nmaintenance of ledger accounts should be viewed seriously and dealt with severely.
3.49 Entry in diary - (i) The patwari should enter in his diary (a) the field numbers and khatas to which an extract applied for relates (b) the fees charged for the extract and (c) the name of person from whom charged. Inspecting officers should verify from time to time by enquiry from the parties concerned whether the sums entered in the diary were actually paid.
(ii) Copies of the schedules of rates to be charged for extracts etc. should be printed in Gurmukhi and distributed and broadcast in every village. The schedule should also contain a note to the effect that the applicant should insist on obtaining a receipt from the patwari for the amount paid and should see that the receipt number is given on the copy supplied to him and that any person who is required to pay for work for which no fee is prescribed or to make any excess payment should report the matter to the tehsidar .
(iii) A printed copy of the schedule should also be exhibited at parwarkhanas tehsils,Panchayargarhs,village schools and other places of public resort.
(iv) If a patwari fails to supply a copy of the revenue records or charges a fee in excess of the prescribed rate, disciplinary action shall be taken against him.
3.50 Payment into the treasury of fees realized for inspection of record and extracts granted therefrom (a) Each patwari should prepare a statement showing the fees realized from 1st April to 30th September and submit it to the field kanungo of hiscircle by the 10th of October. He should prepare a similar Statement for the period. 1st October to 31st March and send it on to the field kanaungo by the 10th of April . These statements will show the name of the village and the amount of fee recoverable during each month of the two periods noted above together with the total of the circle. When submitted these statements the patwari should note in the register maintained by him under the rules the dates of their submission together with the period to which they relate. The field kanungo should prepare a consolidated statement by villages giving the total of his circle and submit it to the tehsil wasil baqi mawis will see that the amount deposited by the patwari at the end of each month tallies with these statements.
(b) On receipt of those statements the tehsil wasil baqi nawis should prepare in duplicate a consolidated statement for the whole tehsil and submit it through the sadar wasil baqi nawis to the Collector for sanction so as to reach his office on the 15th November and 15th May at the latest. After obtaining the necessary sanction the sadar wasil baqi nawis should note the demand in his register and return the duplicate copy of the statement to the tehsildar by the end fo November and May at the latest. These statements will be attached to the qistbandi as demand statements of copying and inspection fees of patwaris records.
(c) The half yearly demand statements together with the receipt referred to in paragraph 3.48(v) supra will be destroyed after three years,while the books of counterfoils referred to in the presence of the whole tehsil that forms a part of the qistbandi, will be desrtoyed along with the latter,i.e. when the new settlement is sanctioned.
3.51
3.51
(Deleted)
XVII - REWARDS AND HONORARIA
3.52 Rewards for good work - Rewards may be paid to patwaris, permanent or temporary, provided exists. These rewards may be given to patwaris in districts whether under settlement or consolidation of holdings opertions or not for conspicuous good work in the didcharge of their ordinary duties.
3.53 to 3.56 (deleted)
XIX- PATWARHANAS
3.57 Rules as to patwarkhanas:- The following are the orders regarding patwarhanas:-
(i) No demands of any kind are to be made on lambardars or landowners or on the village residents for the construction or repairs of patwarkhanas.
(ii) Except in the cases mentioned below (iii) and (iv) infra patwaris will be required to make their own arrangements for housing themselves and providing a separate room for their records and office work at some village within their circle. Reasonable help in enabling them to do this should be given by the Government .
(iii) Government has now accepted a
policy of adding slowly year by year to the number of patwarkhanas (at the rate
of about 20 patwarkhanas each year in each division),preference being given to
those cases where it is difficult or expensive for a patwari to get
accomodation for his residence and office in his circle . The Deputy
Commissioners have been empowered to sanction expenditure on repairs of
patwarkhanas up to Rs. 1500 in each case
the Director of Land Records Punjab has power to sanction expenditure up
to Rs. 2500 the Commissioner of the Division up to Rs. 5000 and the Financial
Commissioner any amount exceeding Rs.5000. A rough plan and specification with
an estimate of cost should be submitted with every
such application. A completion report shall be sent to the Director of Land
Records. It is for the Deputy Commissioner to decide as to the agency to be
employed for the repair of patwarkhanas. Ordinary repair to Patwarkhanas will
be carried out by the patwaris living in them.
(iv)
Where a patwarkhanas exists the patwari shall live in it and keep it in
repair provided that if any such patwarkhanas is in the Collecter opinion for
any reason unsuitable for this purpose he may with the previous sanction of the
Director make over the building to the lambardars of the village to be used for
their own purposes and call upon the patwari to make his own arrangements for a
residence and office.
(v) When a patwari retires or is transferred he will hand over the patwarkhanas to his successor who will sign a certificate to the effect that he has received it in good condition. This certificate will be endorsed by the field kanungo of the circle and sent to the tehsil office for record .Both parwais should sign the entry to be made in the village diary that the building has been made over in good condition should the patwarkhanas be in need of repair the outgoing patwari will be responsible for having such repairs executed unless they come under the category of special repairs as defined in clause (iii) supra.
(iv) No expenditure for repairs of patwarkhanas will be sanctioned except in case of special repairs due to serious damage from floods or other circumstances beyond the control of the patwari . Application for sanction to such expenditure must be submitted to the Director .In making recommendations for grant of funds for repairing patwarkhanas in need of special repairs facts should be reported in detail and it should be expressly stated.
(a) that suitable action has been taken against any patwari who has been responsible for the special repair having become necessary through neglect of ordinary repairs or.
(b) that the special repairs have not become necessary owing to the neglect of ordinary repairs.
(vii) To prevent irregularities in carrying out repairs to patwarkhanas and in disbursing money allotted for the purpose a set of instruction has been given in appendix D and the Collector shall see that these are strictly followed and defaulters suitably dealt with .
(viii) Field kanungo shall be required to report to the tehsildar by the 1st January every year:
(1) In regard to patwarkhanas : -
(a) their condition ;
(b) whether the patwaris live in them
(2) In regard to parwarkhanas circles where there are no patwarkhanas :-
(a) whether the patwari is living in his circle;
(b) whether he has made proper arrangements for his office.
The tehsildar will submit the reports to the Sub Divisional Officer (C) who will bring to the notice of the collector any cases in which the orders contained this chapter are not observed.
3.58 (deleted)
XVI TRANSFER AND PROMOTION
3.59 Transfer of patwari - A patwari should not be transferred from one circle to another merely as a punishment vide Revenue Ruling 3 of 1885.
On resignation or transfer a patwari is bound to make over his papers records equipment and the patwarkhanas ,if there is one in his circle to his successor,who will forward to Deputy Commissioner through his superiors a charge report showing the detail of all papers, record and equipment received, the condition of the patwarkhana ,if there is one and also the date and place on which he received charge : but in case of dismissal or suspension a patwari must make over charge to the field kanungo.
No patwari holding charge of a colony town should be allowed to stay there for for more than five years; the transfer should be affected as soon as the quinquennial jamabandi is filled.
3.60 to 3.61 (Deleted)
XXII-
PATWARI'S PAPERS
3.62 Record to be maintained by patwari - The patwari keeps up the following records for each estate in his circle :-
Khasra girdawari and jamabandi each with abstract appendices and reigsters relating thereto as prescribed in chapters 7 and 9 registers of mutatuons, field map, generalogical tree of landowners and other papers detailed in chapter 9 (Harvest inspections) annual record of rights and agricultural statistics and in appendices VII, VIII and IX to the Settlement Manual and a diary of his whole circle .
A tin cased strong box or almirah will be supplied to each patwari for his records. The charge in connection with these items will be included in the ordinary patwari contingent bills.
3.63 Records for grant of Government land - The papers for lands leased or sold or granted free by Government with the object of their being cultivated should be prepared and filed in the same manner as for all other agricultural estates.
3.64. Era to be used - The agricultural year begins with the 1st September.The year should be described inthe terms of the Christian era.
3.65. English numerals to be used in patwaris
papers - All registers or documents kept up by Patwaris as such, i.e.
Jamabandi, village note-books, mutation registers, etc., are to be kept in
English numerals.
3.66. Responsibility of patwaris for custody of maps etc. - The Patwari is responsible for the safe custody and good condition of all the records,maps and equipment of his circle that are in his charge. When the original field maps in the possession of a patwari are worn out new copiesshould be made by the patwari himself. The copy should be made on ruled English mapping sheets which will be supplied by the Director, if available, and if not, on ruled country-made mapping sheets and not on one continuous sheet.
3.67 Copies not required by rules not to be called for.A patwari must not, in any circumstances, he called on for copies of his annual papers over and above those required of him by the instructions on the subject; copies must be prepared only on the lithographed forms supplied to him.
XXXIII-Equipment
Equipment, Stationary,etc., for Patwaris
3.68. 3.68. Survey equipment - The following survey equipment will be supplied to each Patwari,the cost thereof being met from the Patwari contigencies:-
1 1 Chain with 10 iron pins.
1 1 Cross staff.
12 or 15 Bamboo flag staves
1 1 Board 75x60centimetres.
Note:- In hill circles planetable and sighting
and will be supplied in place of board.
3.69. Metric rod - The Patwaris metric rod should not be of wood, but of bar iron (about eight milli-metre square). Two should be supplied to each Patwari. The field Kanungo is responsibile for their agreement with his own rods. These should be kept safe in hollow bamboos.
3.70. Addas - At every village where a patwari resides,there should be marked out on a level piece of uncultivated land a standard length(adda) exactly corresponding with the patwaris 20 metres chain. the extreme ends should be marked by two pegs driven deep (60 centi-metre, if possible) into the ground. the measurement of the adda should be reckoned from the outside edge of the other; that is to say, when the handle of one end of the chain is placed over one peg, the other end should touch the inside of the other peg. If the adda itself needs correction, it can be shortened by cutting from the outside of the pegs, or lengthened by cutting from the inside.
Importance is
attached to the correct maintance of these addas, and revenue officers in their
visits to patwaris offices should see that
the orders for their maintenance are duly observed and that the length
of the adda is strictly accurate. Field Kanungos should be held responsible for
any inaccuracies in the addas and for
any neglect of the orders relating to them. Full instructions for prepartion of
these addas will be found in the Mensuration Manual.
3.71. Patwari’s chain:- The patwaris chain should be made of soft iron and constructed exactly as directed in the Mensuration Manual. Variations of pattrens are forbidden. Chains should be made up locally not at other distant workshops; In testing the length of a chain, see that it is well shaken out and stretched only to the tension at which it is used. Test either on the adda or by rods as may be convient. In the latter case use two rods, placing them on the ground alternately and see that they touch truly.
3.72. Patwaris cross staves - The Patwaris cross-staff- A pattern will be supplied to each district by the Director of Land Records. It should be made up locally, strictly in accordance with this pattern. Ela orations and additions to the pattern are forbidden.
3.73. Measuring flags for patwaris - Bamboo flag-staves- A patwari cannot survey on the square system with less than 12 or 15 flags. Of these 4 or 5 should be 450 Centimetres high, and the rest three hundred centimetres. Each should have a pointed iron ferrule at foot,and completed in this way.
3.74. Plane-tables sometimes re quired - Plane-tables are necessary only for hill surveying. When necessary for this purpose,a pattern should be obtained from Director of Land Records and they should be made up locally according to the pattern so supplied. Patwaris of plain villages requie only a board, in size 75x60 centimetres strengthned on the underside with battens. Care should be taken to employ brass, not iron, in repairing the sockets etc.,of plane-tables.
3.75. Sighting rods - Sighting rods are not required except in hill tracts, where it is necessary to use plane-table. In such case a pattern should be obtained from the Director of Land Records and the sighting rods should be made up locally according to the pattern.
3.75. Plotting Scales - (i) The Director of Land Records shall appointe any firm dealing in the manufacture of plotting scales as an approved contractor, for one year, for the supply of plotting scales,with the previous approval of the Financial Commissioner. Before making a selection,the Director of Land Records will invite tender, quoting the minimum price of the plotting scales acceptable, from reputed firms. The firm approved shall be callled upon to enter into an agreement with the Director of Land Records for the supply of plotting scales at fixed prices. A proposal for fresh sanction should be submitted to Financial Commissioner by the 15th may, every year.
(ii) The Director will send to each Deputy Commissioner and Settlement Officer a pattern of each scale to be kept in his office and used for comparison with scales supplied by the contractor. Any scales which are not made according to the pattern should be rejected and returned to the contractor. The Director shouyld be informed of such rejections.
(iii) The points as to which a careful examinationof scales should be made are the following:-
(1) (1) Thje Sub divisions must be accurate.
(2) (2) The sub divisions must be deep and black and not broader than in the pattern.
(3) (3) The metal must not be glittering.
(4) (4) The measuring edge must be thin and absolutely true.
(5) (5) The scalse must be backed with white paper.
(6) (6) The weight must be not less than 125 grams.
3.77 Return of mathematical instruments - Settlement Officer should submit at the end of every official year a list in form P IX given in Appendix G, of the mathematical instruments in stock on the 31 st March. When new mathematical instruments are required the indent for them(the form of which will be found in the rules published in part II of the Gazette of India for April 9 th 1887) should be sent through the Director of Land Records' Office. When survey instruments are transferred from one settlement to another, or to the Director of Land Records' Office, the date on which, and the officer by whom, they were orininally received from the instruments Office, should be noted.
3.78 Books of reference - The following books of reference should be supplied to the patwaris, the correction slips being issued to them from time to time through the tahsil office kanungo.,The filed kanungo and higher inspecting officers should see that these books are kept up to date:
1 1 Land Records Manual.
2 2 Financial Commissioners standing order No.32 (taccavi loans).
3 3 A copy of the rules contained in paragraphs 441 and 505 of the Settlement Manual.
4 4 Mensuration Manua;.
5 5 Rules showing the duries of lambardars and chaukidars (part 11-Jantri Patwarian).
6 6 A Ready Reckoner regarding the calculation of areas.
XX1V-Diary,etc.
3.79. Diary - The patwari is required to keep diary (Roznamcha Waqisti work book (Roznamcha Karguzari) and diary of his movement (Roznamcha Harkat).
3.80 Village Diary and file of instruction - The roznamcha waqiari is the book in which village diary occurrences relating to the parwari's duty and his file of diary incircle are to be entered day by day.
Ordinarily there shall be one diary fir each circle. But if a patwari has one or more assistants,each will keep a separate diary under such instructions for the division of business as the Collector may issue in each case.
The patwari will also maintain a file called "File of instructions" in which he will place copies of all orders and instructions in which he will place copies of all orders and instructions received by him. He should enter in his diary the receipt of such orders and instructions.
Sheets of blank should paper issued to a patwari for the purpose of his diary should be stitcvhed in a volume before they are issued to him.On the opening page of the volume the office Kanungo should certify in his writing and under his signature the total number of leaves,and each lraf should also be stamped with the tahsil seal.
3.81 Occurance to be done in diary - The following
occurrences must be noted in the diary on the day on which they come to the
patwari's notice and the manner in which they came to his Knowledge, the
signature or seal of one of the village headmen concerned being added at the
time of entry, if possible:-
(1) Any clamity which he reports to the tahsildar thtough the field kanungo as mentioned in paragraph 3.15 supra.
(2) All alluvion or dilluvion(with approximate area giving detai;s as known at the time)
(3) Fall of rain with its duration and whether slight medium or heavy.
(4) Deaths of owners, village officers, pensioners or revenue assignees, and the marriage or remarriage of female drawing family pensions in the estate.
(5) Such change of cultivating occupancy and rent as have to be noted under chpter 9.9
(6) The execution of any decree of court affecting land,its rent,or its produce.
(7) Takavi advances on long term basis made by government,repayments of these loans as also notes regarding progress of completion of works for which a takavi loan has been granted.
(8) Orders of revenue officers or kanungos received by the patwari or executed in the circle.
(9) Attachment proceedings affecting land,its cultivation,or its produce or cattle.
(10) Any encroachment on or damage to nazul or Government property on roads.
(11) Any alienation or resumption of revenue by government suspensions or remissions of revenue.and any alteration of the rate of cases.
(12) Cultivation of land occupied by groves held free of revenue.
(13) Infringement or neglect of conditions attached to grants of land revenue made by Government .
(14) The erection.destruction or decay of survey marks and the alteration of village boundaries.
(15) Payments of revenue to Government or to Government assigness.
(16) The visit of any revenue officers to the circle.
(17) Any fact relating to land or its revenue or rent specially reported to the patwari by a person interested therein,with a request that it be entered in a diary and which the patwari may consider important.
(18) Any alteration in the cultivating occupancy or rent of land which may have been recorded in the crop-inspection register in accordance with chapter 9 (Harvest Inspection).
(19) Any case of brick-burning.When it is suspected that the crime is due to incendiarism,this should be mentioned.
(20) Any cases of increase of mortagage money,with detai;s of the amount, parties and village.
For mentry in the diary of alterations of entries in the khasra girdawari see chapter 9.9
For entry of rgistration momos see chapter 7.32 (111) and for entry of the first four columbs of lists of mutations see chapter 7.38(v).
It has been noticed that in some districts patwaris take undue advantage of instructions in this paragraph and record detailed reports about transfers of land getting the parties concerned to affix their signatures to the entries made by them.This practice is irregular.The only person whose signature can be affixed to the entry made in the diary is the village lambardar.Reports made in the diary should be brief.
3.82 Numder and dating of entries - the patwari must assign to every entry a separate serial number in large and clear figures.Every entry should be closed by an esterisk mark and no blank line should be left betbeen two consecutive entries.Such orders order and instructions as relate to rules of practive must be entered in red ink. The date of each day's entries shall be given according to the Saka calendar calendar.the English date being added.
3.83 Order to be entered - The patwari must enter in his diary all orders and instructions communicated to him by the kanungo and must obtain the Kanungo's signature to all entries relating to facts reportes to the Knungo.
3.84 Condition of crops etc, to be entered - The patwari must enter in his diary,at the end of each Saka month the general condition of the crops,husbandry and cattle of his circle,noticing specially all facts which have affected them favourably or unfavourably.This entry must be made with special care and after sufficient inquiry and inspection of the crops.
3.85 Workbook for patwari - In the Workbook the patwari will enter from day to day the work done by him. Detailed instructions will be printed at the brginning of the work-book. Each book will contain 24 leaves. New books for each year should be distributed to each patwari at the same time as he receives his stationery patwari at the ame time as he receives his stationery supply,and the cost should be oppend by each contingencies. A new book should be opened by each contingencies.A new book should be opend by each contingencies.A new book should be opened by each patwari from the brginning of September in each year.
3.85A Deleted
3.86 Partial book prescribed during measurements - When measurements are commenced in any village,the patwari will be furnkshed with an inspection-book (partwari Ki Kitab) for that village,and all entries made by inspection officers of the result of their inspection in that village will be made ,not on the patwari's work-book,in this inspection book will contain only entries relating ti the village for which it is drawn up.including lists of mistakes,and reports as to their correctioins.Any entry an inspection officer may have to make about on the patwari's work-book.
3.87 Reports to superiors - the communivcations of patwaris with their superior officers should as a rule be sent by hand, where they have to submit reports or papers direct to the tahsil or sadr or to officers of of above the rank of a thasildar they may.should no other more convenient means of communication be available forward the necessary documents by post 'bearing'.For the purposes of paragraphs 353 (2) of the post Telegraph Guide patwari have been recoginised as Government officials and the ;bearing payable on official postal articles sent by them is the prepaid rate (vide letter No. 7931. of 26th January,1902 from the postmaster-Generial Punjab,to the Revenue Secretary to Government Punjab).
3.88 Maintenance of the registers of survey equipments, furniture and record in patwari's coustody - A register of the survey equipment and furniture supplied to patwari aty Government expense and remaining in their custody should be maintained in fron P-X,given in Appendix G by each patwari and a consolidated copy of the same with the omission of colomns 4 and 5 should be kept by each tahsil office Kanungo. When the patwaris come to the tahsil in September.they should bring their registers with them and the tahsil office Kanungo should compare them with his copy note the result of the comparison in the last column of the latter, and make any corrections that may be necessary.
Any loss of survey equipment should be immediately reported by the field Kanungo to the tahsildar who will,of the loss has been due to the patwari's negligence.order the replacement of the equipment by the patwari concerned,and in order cases report to the Deputu Commissioner for its replacement at Government expense.
(b) A register in form P-X1 given in appendix G/ should also be maintained by each patwari showing the records in his coustody.It should be in the same volume as register in form P-X but no consolidated copy of it need be kept at the tahsil nor need it be checked by the tahsil office Kanungo except under special orders of the Collector.
XXV—STATIONERY FOR PATWARIS
3.89 Covers of jamabandi etc - Every patwari will provide out of the stationery allowance a leather outside cover (patta) for his diary and paper bindinga covered with chintz or thin cloth for the jamabandi of each village. These covers will be used to protect papers actually to be used by the patwari,and will not be sent to the tahsil office.
3.90 Petty items of stationery - All patwaris (temprory or permanent) and assistant patwaris will receive from Governemnt a stationary allowance as sanctioned from time to time.
3.91 Patwaris almance - Arrangements have been made for the annual issue of a patwaris almance, and the issue will be ready two months before each year commences. A copy of the almance should be supplied to every patwari and to every Kanungo.
3.92. Forms and blank paper - Collectors should indent for forms and blank papers for patwaris and kanungos in the manner described in paragraphs 3.93 to 3.97 infra. The Director of Land Records has been specially authorized, where necessary, to make local purchases of paper and cloth for the use of patwaris and kanungos and also to have patwari and kanungo forms lithographed at private presses.
3.93 Standard and special forms - Forms are of two kinds-(a) Standard and (b) Special. A sample book of the standard forms in common use throughout the state has been supplied to all Deputy Commissioners who should keep this book up-to-date by adding to it new or modified forms approved by the Director of Land Records and corrections issued by him from time to time.Specimens of standard forms included in the sample book need not be sent with the indents for these forms,but samples of special forms must always accompany the indents for such forms.
3.94. Preparation of indents for forms and blank paper - (1) A quinquennial list of all kanungo and patwari forms supplied to each patwari and each field, tahsil and district kanungo during the 5 years to which the last quinquennial jamabandi relates has been prepared and keept in tahsil and district kanungo's offices. With the aid of this list and suppliment ed by information supplied by patwaris when they come to the tahsil office during September as to their requirment in thew following year,the tahsil kanungo should prepare in duplicate three indents for(1) standard forms,(2) special forms and(3) blank paper. He will send one copy of each indent to the sadar office by the 15th September,keeping the other copies in his own office. Mapping sheets, abstract village note-books, mutation registers and lal kitabs when required in the standard forms should be included in the indent for these forms.
(2) Blank paper to be used by patwaris and kanungos should be indented for according to the following scale:-
|
(i) |
For each patwari |
(a) Unbleached Royal 60x84 Centimetres One quire or less for his diary and for reports to come on the permanent files. |
|
|
|
(b) unbleached Royal 60x84 Centimetres Not more than three quires. |
|
(ii) |
For each tahsil and district Kanungo |
Double
foolscap unbleached 42x60 Centimtres Not
more than two reams. |
If more paper is required,the approval of the Director of Land Record should be obtained.
Patwari and kanungo forms should be printed on following kinds of paper:-
|
(1) (1) |
For printing forms of permanent nature |
Royal white 60x84 Centimetres |
|
(2) (2) |
For printing forms of double foolscap size |
Double foolscap unbleached 42x60 Centimetres |
|
(3) (3) |
For printing forms of ephermeral nature |
Royal unbleached 60x84 Centimetres |
3.95 Submission of indent - The district kanungo should check the tahsil indent very carefully with the quinquennial list kept in his office,and the scale of blank paper laid down above, and then prepare three consolidated indents for (1) standard forms(2) special forms and(3) blank paper for the district by tahsil and his own office. The consolidated indent should be throughly checked in detail by the Office Incharge so that waste of forms and the submission of supplementary indents may be avioded. On the back of the indent should be entered the full addresses of the officers to whom forms and paper ought to be sent. The name of the railway station to which consignments are to be booked must always be mentioned in the address.
The district
indents for standard and special forms should be sent in dupicate to the
Director of Land Records so
as to reach his office on the Ist October each year at the latest. A
consolidated indent for the State will be prepared in the office of the
director of Land records and forwarded to the Controller, Printing and
Stationery, on the Ist December, each year along with one copy of the district
indents.
The
district indents for bland paper in duplicate should be forwarded to the office
of the Diorector of Land Records by 15th April,each year whence they will be
forwarded to the Controller of Stationery, Punjab, so as to reach his office on
Ist June. No indent for forms and blank paper will be complierd with unless it
is forwarded through the Director of Land Records.
3.96 Supply
of Stationery - Supplies
from the Controller, Printing and Stationey, Punjab, should reach district
officers not later than the end of May.Distribution to patwaris will be made by
the 15th June.
As
soon as supplies are received both forms and blank paper should be examined to
see that the paper is of the requisite quality, that the forms are well lithographed
and that the number is complete. Should there be any deficiency or other cause
for complaint the Deputy Commissioners should address the Controller, Printing
and Stationery, Punjab, direct. One copy of the invoice receipted or amended
should be sent within a week to the authority from whom the consignment is
received and the second copy of the invoice relating to forms should remain at
the tahsil, while that relating to blank paper should be signed by the
tahsildar and sent to the Sadar Kanungo after entry ion the stock register kept
in the tahsil.
3.97. Stock
register- The tahsil kanungo shall keep up a stock register opf forms used
by patwaris kanungos and tahsildars(revised sample No.21 of the sample book).
In
column 2 of the Stock Register the date on which supply was last made to the
patwari should be entered, so that it may readily be seen that he is not
exceeding his estimate. In column 3 of the register, the number of the patwari
circle should be entered under the patwari's name. The signature of the patwari
should be obtained in the column of remarks of the register. Whenever a patwari
exceeds his estimate a remark explaining the reason of the excess should be
recorded by the office kanungo after the patweari's signature in the column of
remarks.
When supplies are received or
issued to patwaris they should be entered in the stock register at once. The
receipts and issues should be totalled and the balance of forms and blank paper on hand should be
struck on the forst pf each month. The office kanungo shall keep with each kind
of form and blank paper on hand a memorandum showing the number of forms or
quality of blank paper received and issued and the date of their receipt and
issue and the balance on hand so that there may be no difficulty in checking
the stock on hand with the stock register.
3.98. Indent
for forms,mapping sheets and sta tionery require ed for use in settlements - Indents for patwari and kanungo forms (standard and non standard) and
mapping sheets required for use in settlements should be sent to the
Controller, Printing and Stationer, Punjab, through the Director of Land
Records and those for other forms, blank paper and stationery to the
Commissioner in the manner laid down in the Punjab Printing and] Stationery Manual.
XXVI –CUSTODY AND DESTRUCTION OF PATWARIS'
RECORDS
(Replaces Standing Order No. 6
; Ist reprint, dated 8 th March, 1910, 2nd reprint, dated 13th May, 1919; and
3rd reprint, dated 16th October, 1929.)
3.99 Period
for which khasras girda waris etc. should be pre served - When the patwari brings the jamabandis to
the tahsil at the beginning of September, he should bring with him all khasra
girdawaris, work books (paragraph 3.85) consisting of counterfoils and notes of
inspection and obbreviated jamabandis in his possession that are more than
twelve years old. These papers should be at once destroyed by the office
kanungo. He should also bring all fards bach in his possession prepared for
villages, the jamabandis of which are being filed, Counter foils of register
auraqintiqalat manzur shuda wa na manzur shuda relating to the same jamabandis
and copleted registers reltaing to the realization of copying and inspection
fee of patwari's records.
The
fards bachh referred to here are the fards bachh asamiwar or dhal bachhs which
are prepared from year to year gfor the purpose of showing the sums recoverable
from different individuals or groups of individuals on account of land revenue,
cesses, occupier's rate, etc.Fards bachh khatewar, which are prepared at settlement
for the purpose of calculating the sums chargeable on different holdings on
account of land revenue and cesses, are settlement records and should be dealt
with in the manner prescribed in paragraph 3.100 and 3.102 infra.
3.100 Period
for which settlement re cords, etc, remain with the patwari - The
remainder of the records with the patwari,viz:-
(i) coies of settlemtn records, including fard bachh khatewar;
(ii) mutation registers;
(iii) detailed jamabandis and the maps, statements of irrigation and
customs, genealogical trees and lists of revenue assignments appended
thereto;
(iv) shajra parchas until replaced by new ones and field
books;
(v)
village note-books.
(vi)
Village diaries(roznamcha ) ,
(paragraph 3.80)"
(vii) Field Book prepared in Consolidation of Holdings
Operations.
(viii) Shaira Parcha prepared in the Consolidation
of Holdings Operations, until replaced
by new ones.shll remain in his custody during the currency of the
settlement to which they relate.
3.101 Papers
relating to expired set tlements to be withdrawn from patwaris - All the opapers referred to in the last
two paragraphs which relate to expired settlements, also fards bachh of the
last years of expired settlements not filed with ajamabandi,should be withdrawn
from the patwari on the introduction of a new settlement except:-
(1)
The khasra girdawari until the new settlement has been in force for three
hyears or until twelve years elapsed since the khasra girdawari was written,
whichever period is longer'
(2)
Current mutation registers;
(3)
Village note-books until the new settlement has been in formce for five
years;
(4)
Field books in villages not subjected to remeasurement at settlement.
(5)
Field books prepared in the Consolidation of Holdings Operations of the
villages which are not subjected to remeasurement.
3.102
Disposal of papers so withdrawn - The papers so withdrawn shall be disposed
of thus:-
|
1. 1.
|
(a) khasra girdawaris, |
shall
be destroyed at once. |
|
|
(b) diaries, |
|
|
|
(c) abbreviated jamabandis, |
|
|
|
(d) village note books, |
|
|
|
(e) mutation registers with duplicate orders only in them |
|
|
|
(f) fards bachh not filed with a jamabandi, |
|
|
|
(g) fard bachh khatewar, |
|
|
|
(h) old shajra parcha which has been replaced by a new one, |
|
|
2. 2.
|
(a) field books (when not bound up with the records of rights) |
shall be destroyed at once if twelve
years old.Otherwise shall be kept in the Tahsil till they are12 years old and
then destroyed |
|
|
(b) detailed jamabandis and connected statements, |
|
|
3. 3.
|
(a) records of rights and all papers bound up with them, |
shall
be kept in the tahsil for ever. |
|
|
(b) filed maps (part tahjsil), |
|
|
|
(c) mutation registers containing original orders (if not
required in the sadar |
|
|
|
(d) Mussavi Parat Tahsil and Shajra Sabiq on which theb plotting
of new Shajra has been done and list of Filed Numbers. prepared in
Consolidation of Holdings Operation |
But,
with regard to(1) and (2) in any
Sub-division where there is sufficient accommodation, the Deputy Commissioner
may preserve any of the records in the tahsil for a longer period if he thinks
fit.
3.103. What
records should be bound - Patwaris papers have to be filed in Government offices should not be bound
in boards. But standing records prepared at settlement should be bound in stiff
boards covered with leather. This applies both to the copy filed in the record
room and to that kept by the patwari.
3.104. Treatment of records.filed by
patwaris in tahsil - The records filed by the patwari in the
tahsil from year to year shall be treated in the following way:-
(1) Abstract Statements:- The
abstract statements from which the entries in the office kanungo's copy of the
village note-book are obtained shall be destroyed one year after date.
(2) All Jamabandis filed in the
tahsil shall be sent to the district office in the month of April, following or
any later date not exceeding 6 months fixed by the Director of Land Records,
Punjab alongwith all the maps and papders attached there to except to the fards
bachh.
(3) Fards bachh filed with a
jamabandi shall be kept at the tahsil until the next jamabandi is filed along
with its fards and shall be then destroyed.
(4) Completed registers relating
to realization of copying and inspection fee of patwaris records shall be kept
by the tehsil office kanungo for a period of 3 years and then destroyed.
(5) Counterfoils opf Register
aurag intiqualat manzur shuda wa na manzur shuda filled under paragraph 3.99 by patwaris shall
be destroyed at once by the office kanungos.
(6) Proceeding book(both parts)
shall be kept in the tehsil office for 12 years.
(7) List of consolication fee
shall be kept till the preparation of next jamabandi.
3.105. Records
to be permanently kept -
The following records
shall be permanently preserved in district office:-
(1)
(1)
Records of expired settlements.
(2)
(2)
Mutation registers containing original orders which have not been bound with
the jamabandi.
(3)
(3)
Detailed jamabandis and all the maps and papers attached thereto (excluding the
fards bachh)
(4)
(4) Khatauni
Surat Sabiq and Draft Scheme without the list of filed numbers.
The
office kanungos copies of the village, assessment circle, and tehsil
noter-books shall be permanently preserved in the tahsil.
3.106. Destructions of khataunis and
abbreviated ja mabandis filed in district office (i)
Khataunis and abbreviated jamabandis filed by patwaris shall be transferred to
the District Land Records Office, where the former will be preserved for the
term of settlement top which they relate and destroyed after the Khataunis for
the next settlement have been prepared and filed and the latter shall be
destroyed 12 years after the date of receipt.
(ii) The list of names of right holders, khatauni
paimash and Naqsha Haqdarwar (prepared in the consolication of holdings
operations) filed by the patwaris will be transferrede to the District Land
Records Office where they will be preserved for 12 years and then destroyed.
APPENDIX
'A'
(Rule 8)
Curriculum of Patwari's Schools
BOOKS
|
(1) (1) |
Arithmetic |
Upto Middle Standard with special
reference to Percentages, Average, Ratio proportion and Proportional Parts,
Vulgar Fractions and square Roots.- |
|
(2) (2) |
Mensuration |
Patwaris Mensuration Manual. |
LAND RECORDS MANUAL
|
||
|
(3) (3) |
Chapter 3 Patwaris |
Paragraphs 3.14 to 3.23,3.48 to 3.52,3.57
3.62 to 3.76,3.78 to 3.90 to 3.101. |
|
(4) (4) |
Chapter 4 Surveys |
Paragraph 4.1,4.2,4.6 to 4.10,4.13
4.16,4.17(16) and Part D (excluding paragraph 4.18 ,4.28 and 4.33 ) and Part
F. |
|
(5) (5) |
Chapter 7 Records of Rights |
Whole (except) paragraph 7.22 clauses(2)
to (9) 7.37 ,7.39 and 7.68 |
|
(6) (6) |
Chapter 9 Harvest inspection |
|
|
(7) (7) |
Chapter10Agricultural Statistics |
Paragraph 10.1 |
|
(8) (8) |
Chapter 18 Procedure in partition |
Paragraphs 18.5 (first five lines)
18.120 cases (last 16 lines) 18.19 (first four lines) |
|
(9) (9) |
Standing
order No.7 Assignment of land
revenue and pension. |
Paragraph 62 (1) and (11) first sub
paragraph of paragraph 63(VII) |
|
(10)
(10) |
Settlement Manual |
Paragraphs 142,143,260,261 Appendix VII
(paragraph 1 to 21 ,25 and 27) Appendices VIII and XIV (whole ) and Appendix
XXI(paragraphs 12 to 25) |
|
(11)
(11) |
Local rules for alluvion and diluvion
and fluctuating assessment. |
|
|
(12)
(12) |
Minor mineral rules (except rules
Nos. 13 and 16 to 18) |
|
|
(13)
(13) |
Instruction in agriculture. |
|
|
(14)
(14) |
The East Punjab Holdings Consolidation
and Prevention of Fragmentation) Act1948, and fules framed thereunder. |
|
|
(15)
(15) |
Instruction for the guidance of
Consolidation Staff. |
|
|
(16)
(16) |
Instruction on rural reconstruction
work. |
|
PRACTICE
1. Field
survey on the square system or in hilly tracts by traingulation, and map
correction as defined in Appendix XXI to the Settlement Manual and part D
of Chapter 4.
2. Preparation
of the various measurement papers connected with 1.
3.
Copying of settlement and annual records. Also partition, mutation,
diluvion and fractuating assesment papers.
4.
Copying of maps.
5.
Dictation, Composition and Caligraphy.
6.
Preparation of electoral rolls of the Punjab Legislative Assembly.
7.
Theory, law and practice of Consolidation of Holdings.
AGRICULTURE
Instruction
both in the form of lectures and practical demonstration, in the identification
of different varieties of seed, insects and pests, their indentification and
control; improved implements and other aspects of improved agriculture, a
knowledge of which patwaris can use practically in the course of their ordinary
duties, will, give for about two weeks by the local agricultural staff deputed
by the Director of Agriculture.
RURAL RECONSTITUTION
The instruction will ver for two weeks by—
(i)
informal talks and discussion, particolarly on the principles of Soil Conservation.
(ii)
private study of books and other publications issued by Government on rural reconstruction work.
(iii)
Visits to forms of Agricultural Department and tyupical villages.
(iv)
Cinema or lantern shows or other popular interludes of an instructional nature.
INSTRUCTIONS
Seven hours daily should
usually be spent in tution. Holidays shall be the same as are fixed for
Government offices from time to time.
The
teaching of the books can be organised as in other schools; but at least half
of each day should be given to pratical work, and the practical work of two out
of every three days should consist of field survey. Each pupil should be
required to copy, clearly and accurately, settlement records, jamabandis, mutations,
partition and diluvion papers and other specimens of the current work of the
patwaris of the district, being taught at the same time the chief rules
applicable to the work and the meaning of the papers.
Each
pupil should be madt to draw up milan rakbas and other statements from existing
jamabandis and jinswar abstracts from khasra girdawaris.He should also be
taught to write up mutation entries from tyhe remarks of changes in the khasra
girdawari, and to make new etries in the jamabandi in accordance with the
changes sanctioned in the mutation register. To practice him in area
calculations, he should be given a field map without its khasra and be required
to write up the areas in field book forms. For field surveying the school
should work in squads of 4 or 5, one pupil directing the squad and the others
working the chain and flags. Different villages will be selected for practice
in field survey on a the square system and in map correction. Land free of
crops should be chosen for the survey work, and no marks other than flag
bamboosd should be put into the ground.
In
the first two months of the course the duties of each member of the squad
should be changed daily After that each pupil should retain the direction of
the squad in turn and work at mapping for at least 8 days continuously.
In
field survey on the square system each candidate must measure two squares of
land with his own hand, and prepare the field book and khataunis of the fields
measured by him. He must also map 50 fields by the tarmin system and prepare
the connected measurment papers. When each squad has finished field work, the
candidate should prepare the jamabandi of the areas mapped by them
Each
candidate should also be given particular instruction in the porcedure for
correcting field maps in the interval between two settlements (Part D of
Chapter 4)
All
the maps and papers made after the first two months of the course should be
carefully preserved, and care should be taken that each map and other paper is
really the handiwork of the pupil by whom it professes to be made. The maps and
papers will be produced at the examination. No pupil should, on any pretext,
bne allowed to remove from the school the papers prepared by him.
APPENDIX 'B'
( Rule 8)
EXAMINATION OF PATWARIS
SN
|
Paper |
Marks
|
|
(1) |
Arithmetic and Mensuration(without
books) |
80 |
|
(2) |
Viva Voce examination in Patwaris
Mensuration Manual |
70 |
|
(3) |
Chapters of the Punjab Land Records
Mannual (without books) |
80 |
|
(4) |
Viva Voce examination in Chapters of
Land Records Manual |
70 |
|
(5) |
Copying of records |
100 |
|
(6) |
Survey Work |
100 |
|
(7) |
Dictation,Composition and Caligraphy |
50 |
|
(8) |
Preparation of elcetroal rolls(without
books) |
30 |
|
(9) |
Theory, Law and Practice in
consolidation of holdings(with the aid
of books) |
100 |
|
(10)
|
Agriculture(without books) |
60 |
|
(11)
|
Rural Uplift- Elementary (without books) |
|
Under subject 5 the examinees will produce
the whole work done by them during the term and will be examined on the
contents of the papers in order to ascertain whether they understand them.
Marks will be given with reference to the excellence of the writing and to the
intelligence shown by the replies.
To
pass, a candidate must obtain half of the total marks in each subject. If a
patwari candidate, after regularly attending the patwar school, fails to pass
in one subject or more excepting survey-work and copying of records, he may
subsequently be allowed not more than two occasions, to sit for re-examination
in that subject or those subjects. Candidates failing in survey-work or and
copying of records, will have to attend the school again for the term during
which the trainees are taught that subject or those subjecvts, as the case may
be and will be required to sit for re-examination therein.
The
papers on the subjects of Agriculture and Rural Upolit" will be set and
the answer books examined by the Officers of the Departments concerned.
APPENDIX C –DELETED
APPENDIX "D"
(Paragraph 3.57)
Instructions
regarding the repairs of patwarkhanas.
1. The
tahsildar or naib tehsildar should invariably be required to inspect the
patwarkhanas requiring repairs before an application for funds is made to the
director of Land Records.
2. The
estimate of cost hwne preparede should be checked by the tahsildar or naib
tehsildar who inspected the patwarkhana or patwar-khanas to be repaired with a
view to see that the estimate does not contain any items for which the Government
is nmot repsonsible
3. The
funds placed by the Director of Land Records at the disposal of the Deputy
Commissionder for this purpose should not be drawn from the treasury unless the
repairs are actually taken in hand and the money allocated for the repairs of
one patwarkhana should not be utilized for the repairs of another patwarkhana
without the Director of Land records sanction.
4. The
work of repairs should not be left entirely in the hands of a contractor or
lambardar;revenue officers should inspect it from time to time. Payments should
be made by the tahsildar or if this be not possible by the kanungo of the
circle in his own presence and proper rceipt taken from the payee.
5. The
account should not be finally settled till the tahsildar or Naib Tahsildar has
seen the building and signed the completion certificate which should from part
of the file relating to those repairs. The file should not be consigned to the
record room till the prescribed certificates and not receipts have been
attached to it, and for this the sadar kanungo should be held
responsible.
6. A
register should be kept for each tahsil in the sadar kanungos office
showing:-
1) Name of patwarkhana
requiring repairs.
2. Name of the officer who
prepared the estimate together with the name oif the officer who checked it,
with brief details.
(3) Amount sanctioned for the
purpose, with the No. and date of latter.
(4)
Name of the person to whom work was entrusted and the date
(5)
Name of the person reporting that the repairs according to estimate have
been carried out.
(6)
Date of completion with the name of the Tahsildar or naib tehsildar who
inspected the completed work on the spot.
(7)
Name of the tahsildar or naib tahsildar who signed the completion
certificate.
(8)
Date of sending completion report to sadar kanungo for submission to
Director of Land Records.
4725
4523
APPENDIX
'E'
(This appendix replaces paragraphs 19 -
27 of standing order No.16) Employment of patwaris and temporary establishment
in settlements.
1. Settlement
recorded, be patwaris - No
one should except for special reasons to be employed as a settlement colony
patwari unless his name has previously been duly entired in accordance with the
rules in the register of candidates for patwarship of some district in the
Punjab, and if the candidate's name has been so entered in the register of some
other district than that in which he wishes to be employed he should be
required to produce a certificate to that effect and the permission of the
Deputy Commissioner of his district to his taking service in the settlement,
Preference should be given to candidates, who are residents of the district
under settlement colony or whose names have been duly entered in the list of
candidates of that district, and among them to these candidates who have passed
the patwaris examination.
2. Pay
of kanungo naib tahsildar candidates - These rules did not apply to accept candidates for
the pose of kanungo or for any higher post.
3. When
dispensing with the services of any members of his temporary establishment the
Settlement Officer should give him a discharge cvertificate in the form
annexed. So, too in filling up posts in his temporary establishment, the
Settlement Officer should require candidates to produce discharge certificates
of the nature herewith prescribed and should any man come without such a
certificvate, he should not obtain a post until he can give a satisfactory
reason for leaving his last employment.
Discharge Certificate
PUNJAB SETLEMENT DEPARTMENT
|
Name |
Presentage and age |
Residence |
Appointments held |
Reason for discharge |
Remarks |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date________________19
Place__________________
Settlement
Officer
4. In
regard to chairman employed in map correcdtion the following instructions are
issued with the approval of Government. At measurements or remeasurements
chainmen are constantly at work chaiuning the sides and diagonals of squares,
off sets to the corner of fields, and field boundaries. Their work is skilled
labour, and much time is lost if they are changed frequently, as new men have
to be taught their work. A village can nearly always produce two men to carry
the chain for a week or 10 days at a time without payment, but if a man is
required for a longer period, he demands wages. It is right that the State
should pay those wages when they have to be paid. But for the work of map
correction such chaining as has to be done can be done well enough and quickly
enough by the zamindars themselves, or their menials, each taking a shift of 8
or 10 days or even less, and no payment need be made by the State for such
services. In map correction, therefore, sub clause(1) of section 106 of the
Land Revenue Act should be enforced but sub clause (2) should be applied only
in case of contumacy and not in order to secure trained chainmen.That is while
chainmen should be paid by the State in all villages or portionsn of villages
which are re-measured,. they should be provided by the zamindars in the
villages in whihc map correction is adopted instead of remeasurement, but in
such villages frequent changes in the personnel of the chainmen should not be
objected to. They should also be provided by the zamindars for the
remeasurement of reverain villages for which skelton maps with traverse points
have been supplied by the Survey Department, as little chaining is required
insuch cases.
5. Owing to the large number of chainment
who are employed when re-measurement is in full swing in a district and to
their being scattered among the villages of the district great difficulty is
experienced in getting their pay for any one month completely disbursed before
the end of the succeeding month, and a Settlement Officer is consequently
precluded from drawing their pay for the latter month at the proper time in the
month next following for he is required to certify at the foot of the bill that
all the salaries included in the bill drawn in the last preceeding month have
been disbursed to the proper persons. To overcome this difficulty the
Comptroller General of India Treasuries, Calcutta, agreed in his letter No.1393
,dated 18th July 1908, to the address of the Accountant General,
Punjab, to the undisbursed salaries of chairmen employed on settlement
operations being retained in the hands of the Settlement Officer for two
months, provided that a certificate as prescribed in Article 64(d)(2), Civil
Accountant Code, is given with the monthly pay bill.
6. Temporary office muharrirs colourists
and clerks need not be office muhar accepted patwari candidates, but they
should, as far as possible be rirs, etc. selected from that class, and even if
not accepted candidates should be encouraged to pass the patwaris
examination.
7.
The
APPENDIX F
--Deleted
Register of accepted candidates of the post of Patwari in District.______
(N.B.This register will be kept in the Collector's Office and should not be sent to the tahsil)
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
7 |
8 |
9 |
10 |
11 |
|
serial No.of entry
|
Date of entry |
Name father's name ,grand father's name and residence of candidate |
Date of birth |
Where educated what examin ation passed and date of passing also copy of any details given in the certificate |
Detail of offices held by candidate at or before date of the entry |
Signature of officer directing entry to be made |
Date of passing patwari examin ation with copy of details entered in Pass certificate |
Subsequent entries Note of officiating or other appoint ments held by candidate from time to time after date of entry of his name |
Final result i.e. substan tive appoin tment cancella tion of entry with dates thereof |
Signature of officer by whose order the previous column is finally filled up |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FORM P II TO
III (Deleted)
FORM P IX
(Paragraph 3.77)
List of Methematical Instruments for the year ending 31st March 19 of District
|
Balance in Store on 19 |
|
Total in Store on 19 |
||||||||
|
Name of instrument |
Serviceable |
Repair able |
Unservice albe |
Total |
Received during the year |
Service able |
Repair able |
Unservi ceable |
Total |
REMARKS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LAND RECORDS MANUAL
FORM P X
(Paragraph 3.88)
A-Register showing Survey equipments and Almirahs or boxes in charge of
Patwari or ___________Circle_____________Tehsil
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
7 |
|||||||||
|
No. |
Article |
date of Supply |
Condition in April |
Signature of patwari responsible for its custody |
Orders for removal of item from the register withdate |
Ramarks |
|||||||||
|
1930 |
1931 |
1932 |
1933 |
1934 |
1935 |
1936 |
1937 |
1938 |
1939 |
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note
:- 1.On transfer of charge the Patwari taking over should attest the entries
and sign his name, with date in column 5 as token that he has done so.
2. Inspecting officers should enter brief remarks in column 7.
3.
In April of eacgh year the stock
of each patwari should be verified and examined by the field Kanungo and the
condition of the article duly noted by himin column 4.
FORM B-XI
(Paragraph 3.88)
A- A- Register of Records in the custody of Patwari of _________
Circle __________Tahsil_______________
District________________
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
7 |
|
Name of |
Serial No. |
Year in which the record was prepared |
Description of rec ord |
Date of filing in the tahsil office for destruction or other wise and the office Kanungo's signature |
Signature of Patwari responsible for the custody of the record |
REMARKS |
Note: 1. In column 4th documents of the standing record should be entered first and afterwards the annual records in the order in which they are prepared during a year. Where any record consists of more than one volume this should be stated.
2. When any record is filed in the tehsil
the entries relating to it in columns 2 to 4 should be scored through.
3.
Four blank sheets should be
allotted for each village and four sheets should be left at the end of the
register for the entries of papers which relate to the whole circle, such as
diary of occurrences , diary of instructions, work book Jantris,
manuals,etc.
4. The patwari should sign his name (with
date) in column 6 in April of each year, as evidence that the records entered
in the register and not scored through are in his possession. The filed Kanungo
should check the entries in the same month and sign in column 7 as proof that
he has done so.
5.
On transfer of charge, both the Patwaris concerned should sign in column 6 in
attestation of the fact that the one has handed over, and the other has
received all the records entered in the register and should date the
entry.
FORM P- XII( Paragraph 3.48(iii)
Register showing the amount of fee realised for inspection of records and grant of certified extracts there of
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
7 |
8 |
9 |
10 |
11 |
12 |
|
Serial No.as given in the village diary |
Name of village |
Date |
Name of appli cant |
Whether the applic ation was presen ted by the applic ant person ally or received by post |
Nature of paper of which copy or inspection is desired |
Khatauni Nos.(S.No .1&2) |
No.of words (S.No.3) |
Field Nos.(S Nos. 4,6,8 ,9,10) |
Date of entry (S.No. 5) |
No. of inspe ction (S.No.7) |
Amount of fee realized by the applicant person ally |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13 |
14 |
15 |
16 |
17 |
18 |
19 |
20 |
21 |
22 |
23 |
24 |
25 |
|
Amount of fee of extracts by V.P.P supplied |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Fee |
Postage charge |
VPP Charge |
Regis tration Fee |
Remuneration for inconvenience and Extra work to the Patwariat 0.50 Paise |
Total of clumns 13 to 18 |
No.and date of V.P Letter |
No.of receipt given by the patwari to applicant in acknowledgment of amount of fee |
Signature of patwari |
Signature of Kanungo |
Date of receipt given by the patwari to applicant in acknowledgement of amount of fee |
Amount credited to Govern ment with date and dakhil No. |
Remarks and attes tation of W.B.N. and other officers |
N.B. The Serial Nos. referred to in columns 7-11 refer to the serial Nos. in the table given in paragraph 3.48
Price LRe0-0-6.
FORM P X III (Paragraph 3.15)
Form
of Post card showing disease among livestock . The Veterinary Assistant of
____________Tehsil____________is hereby informed that contagious disease
among___________exists in village___________Tehsil_________
District_________The name of the Disease is _________and upto the present
_____________animals have died and ____________animals are now affecte
To
The vetrerniary Assistant Surgeon
Incharge Verterinary Hospital_________
Tehsil_____________District_______________
FORM P- XIV(Paragraph 3.15)
Report regarding epidemic disease among livestock in the village in circle________for quarter ending_______________19
|
Name of district |
Name of Tehsil |
Name of village |
Name of disease |
Number attacked in the quarterly under report |
Number died in the quarterly under report |
REMARKS |
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Horses include mules and donkeys cattle include buffaloes others in clued sheep and goats
Date 19 Patwari
Circle
To
The Veterinary Assistant Surgeon
Incharge Veterinary Hospital____________
Tahsil______________District___________
Note.This
form should also be submitted on the Ist day of every quarter to the Sadar
Kanungo of the District after filling in figures for the preceeding
quarter.
SURVEYS
Replaces Standing Order 16.Origianl issue , dated 16th August,1909 First reprint dated 27th October, 1911 second print dated 3 rd November, 1920 and standing Order 17 dated 15th June 1907
PART A SURVEY MARKS
Note:-
Chapter 12 and Appendix VII of the Settlement Manual should be read in
connection with this Chapter 4.1 As regardfs the erection of survey marks
Survey marks sections 100-103 of the Land Rev enue Act rules 32 and 33 under
that Act , and paragraphs 241 ,250 and 251 of the Settlement Manual may be
consulted.
The chief survey marks are,---
- Placed by The Survey marks are,---
(1) Great Trigonometrical Stations.
(2) Base line stones placed in the course of riverain surveys.
(3) Travers stations supplied in estates not surveyed on thesquare system.
(4) Other traverse data (such as corner stones indicating bloks in the rectangulation carried out by the Survey Department in the Sind Sagar Doab and in the colonies)
Note: Traverse data supplied by the Survey Department are not inteded to be a guide to patwaris in the execution of their survey except.
(a)
Where the ground is so hilly or
broken that accurate squares cannot be laid down
(b)
Where for special reasons e.g.in
riverian tracts a scientific traverse has been made as the foundation for the
patwaris field survey.
B. Placed by the Revenue Department—
(a) Trijunction
pillars or platforms or sihaddas erected at every point where the boundaries of
more than two estates meet.
(b) Burjis (mud
pillars stone slabs)set up at every angle on the boundary line between two
sihaddas.
(c) Masonry or
stone pillars at the corners of survey
squares or rectangles
(d) International Boundary pillars.
4.2 Masonry marks at the corner of one square where estate is measured on the square system - In estates surveyed on the square system the extremities of a side of one square are marked by survey marks of stones or concerete each mark being not less than 45 by 15 by 15 centimetres in size.
4.3 Powers of Collector to dispense with rules - Where boundaries are marked by rivers or hills or where land is exposed to the action of rivers or floods, or in other cases, for sufficient reason the Collector may by order dispense with the construction of the survey marks prescribed in the foregoing rules.
An in that case to issue special orders - In such cases the ollector may direct the erection of such other survey marks as are necessary to furnish a base or guide from which the boundary of the estate can from time to time be marked out and its interior survey be accurately renewed.In cases in which the site of a tri-junction pillars is immediately exposed to diluvial action, no pakka pillars need be erecated. Ordinarily no other exception should be allowed to the rule requiring tri-junction pillars to be made of masonry or stone.
4.4. Tri-juction pillars-The completion and maintenance of tri junction pillars in every village is a matter of great importance , because , under the existing system of village survey these points from the connecting link between the patwari survey and the Survey of India furnishing a basis(1) on which the result of the patwari maps can be checked against the data of the Survey of India and (2) by the aid of which the topography of the patwari maps can be incorporated in to the sheets of that survey.Section 103 (1) of the Punjab Land Revenue Act requires the Revenue Officer to give the land owners 30 days with in which to erect pillars.As regards tri-junctions he should give the legal notice, at the same time informing the landowners that he is willing to arrange to etect tri-junctions for them at a given cost.Probably all will leave it to him, and after 30 days he can arrange to do the whole work through a contractor.
4.5 Preference of stone to masonary pillars - where the cost of stone is not prohibitive stone is much better than masonry. Revenue rule 33 leave it to the Collector to say whether the tri-junction pillar is to be of masonry as there specified or a single block of stone.
4.6
Maintenance of Great
Trigonometrical Survey Stations and International Boundary Pillars - (1)(a)
A list of International Boundary Pillars shall be maintained in the office of
the Director of Land Records,
(b) The Deputy Commissioners will maintain in their offices a list of the Great Trigonometrical Survey Stations and the International Boundary Pillars in their districts and shall see that the instructions given below are carried out.
(2) In his field inspections the Patwari in whose circle and such pillar is situated should not whether the mark is in good repair in the manner prescribed for pakka survey marks in the instructions given in Chapter on Harvest Inspections.
(3) On the completion of the Kharif harvest inspection each patwari shall send a report in the sub-joined form to the tahsildar for submission to the Deputy commissioner:-
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
|
No. of Pillar |
Name of
village which pillar is built |
Name of
Police station and tahsil |
Remarks on
the condition of pillar |
(4) Should any pillar not be situated within the boundaries of any revenue village the tahsildar shall make special arrangements for the inspection of such pillar and for the preparation of the prescribed report by a patwari or kanungo as soon as possible after the kharif harvest inspection.
(5)(a) The Deputy Commission shall submit an annual
return in the above form in respect of the Great Teigonometrical Survey Station
to the Director, Geodetic Branch, Survey of India,
At the conclusion of each harvest inspection, the Deputy commissioner shall
also submit a return in respect of the internationl Boundary Pillars to the
Director of Land Records, Punjab, the Commissioner of the Division and the
Financial Commissioner, Revenue,
4.7 Maintenance of Base line stones placed in the course of
riverain survey - Index maps have been supplied by the
Survey Department indicating the base line stones fixed by them in the course
of riverain surveys. These stones are of essential importance in connection
with the maps of riverain tracts with a view more specially to the relaying of
fields and village boundaries after emergence from the river. Now that almost
all reverain boundaries are fixed (vide paragraph 5.2 infra) the value of base
line stones is all the greater. Deputy commissioner will prepare a list of base
line stones from Index maps, which are all kept a district head-quarters and
the orders contained in clauses (2),(3) and (4) of paragraph 4.6 of this
chapter will apply to them but the report to be submitted by the patwari should
be in the form given below. They will send an annual return in the following
form to the Director of Land Records with the annual report on the Land Records
of the district:-
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
|
Name of
the village |
Number of
base line stones as given in the index map supplied b the Survey Dept. |
Field
numbers in which the base line stone has been laid down |
Remarks on
the condition of baseline stone |
4.8 Maintenance of traverse stations supplied in estates not surveyed on the square system - The orders in clauses (2),(3) and (4) of paragraph 4.6 will also apply to traverse stations supplied by the survey of India in hilly districts.
4.9
Maintenance of other
traverse data fixed by the Survey of
4.10 General orders reating to maintenance of all survey marks - All classes of survey marks set up by the Survey Department and tri-junction pillars and pillars at the corners of survey squares and rectangles will be given a red ink entry without number, after the field number, in which they are situated, and the patwari will at each harvest inspection, not in his diary if they are in good repair.
4.11 Proper preservation and inspection of survey marks - The proper preservation of survey marks of the above kinds is of such importance that the special attention of Deputy commissioners and Settlement Officers is drawn to the matter. When inspecting girdawari work all Revenue Officers should satisfy themselves that the patwari has noted whether these survey marks are in good repair. When a tahsildar or Naib- tahsildar or dield kanungo visits a village containing such marks he should invariably inspect them and should, as far as possible, put them in good order if he finds them out of repair. If the repairs require expenditure he should report the matter to the Deputy Commissioner. He should always make an entry in his diary noting the state in which he has found the marks.
4.12 Mention about the condition of survey mark in the annual report - In the annual report on the Department of Land Records, Deputy Commissioners and Settlement Officers should specially note whether the condition of all marks referred to in paragraph 4.10 has been examined during the year and whether they have been put in proper order where necessary.
PART B – SURVEY NUMBERS
4.13 The following definition of a survey number is given for guidance in making new survey or corrections thereof :-
(i) In all survey work each parcel of land lying in one spot, in the occupation of one person. or of several persons holding jointly, and held under one title, should ordinarily be measured as a separate survey number; but large areas may be broken up into convenient fields.
(ii) A Survey number may have part of its area cultivated and part uncultivated or part of one soil and part of another. Survey numbers should not be multiplied merely on grounds of this kind, unless it is convenient to measure waste separately and not to include irrigated with unirrigated cultivation, as this leads to errors in totalling the village area.
(iii) Care also should be taken not to multiply survey numbers merely on account of cultivation ridges or other merely temporary divisions. In a simple state of cultivation there is usually no necessity to treat each ridge, made for convenience of cultivation as a separate field boundary.
(iv) But in the case of valuable lands cultivated by tenants who are frequently changed special care should be taken that the measurements are made so as to show the boundaries of parcels in which the land is usually held for cultivation or irrigation. In such lands the survey numbers will necessarily be smaller than elsewhere.
(v) In places where land is of little value, if an occupancy tenant has extended his field by ploughing out, and there is no boundary between the new and old land, not other plain evidence, such as payment of a different rent by which the new land can be separated from the old land, the patwari shall survey the whole in one number. In such a case it is not his duty to distinguish between old and new land.
(vi) Field names, if locally used, should be written under the survey number
(vii) In short, every care should be taken to make the survey simple, but not to omit details convenient for the annual gidawari and jamabandi. It should be borne in mind that every unnecessary entry increases unnecessarily the patwari's annual work.
(viii) Where the boundaries of a survey number is known, but is not marked on the ground owing to rich cultivation or sandy soil, the boundary should be delineated on the map by broken lines.
(ix) Where there is a large area of undivided waste it may be cut up into survey numbers corresponding with the limits of the survey squares.
(x) In all cases in which a new map of any estate is prepared the provisions of this paragraph and especially of sub-section(ii) must be applied with due regard to canal requirements, and so far as may be possible the limits of canal irrigation, as ordinarily practised, must be shown in separate numbers.
PART C – SURVEYS DURING SETTLEMENT
4.14 Instructions regarding re-measurement and map correction - The instructions as regards re-measurement and map correction during a general re-assessment of a districts will be found in Chapter XII and Appendices VII and XXI of the Settlements Manual.
4.15 Survey implements and mapping paper - Instructions as to survey implements and mapping paper will be found in Chapter No.3 (Patwaris). In hilly and broken land where squares cannot be used, application for plotted traverse sheets should be made to the Director of Land Records, and that officer, in communication with the Survey Department, will supply suitable sheets for the patwari's use.
4.16 Patwaris not to be excused measurements - The main portion of the measurement and record work should be done by the circle patwaris, the settlement patwaris being looked on primarily as an aid to them in their work. A patwari must in no case be excused from doing both measurement and record work. If he is unable at first to do the work required of him he should be taught, and if he fails to learn his services should be terminated.
4.17 Riverain measurement Rules hitherto observed by the Survey Department - The following are the rules under which riverain measurements have been carried out though-out the Punjab in conjunction with the Survey Department:-
(1)
It is the duty of the Settlement
Officer to supply the Riverain Survey Officer, by lkthe first of May each, with
a statement showing the villages to be traversed in the ensuing season,
distinguishing whose which are to be wholly and those which are to be partially
remeasured, and affording information as to the scale to be used and the
distance desired between traverse points. With this statement should be sent a
small scale map of the district showing the names of the different villages as
well as their boundaries. The Riverain Officer will then prepare a programme
for the ensuing season and submit it by the 1st of June, to the
Director,
(2) Its is the duty of the Settlement Officer to see that all existing boundary pillars are put in a proper state of repair.
(3) Its is the duty of the Settlement Officer to make arrangements with a contractor for the supply of stones to mark the corners of base lines according to the list supplied by the Officer-in-charge of Riverain Survey.
(4) Early in the cold weather it will be the duty of the Officer-in-charge of Riverain Survey to arrange that traversers begin work in the riverain track. At the commencement of work, each party should be accompanied by the village patwari and the lambardar to point out boundaries and to show where points should be thrown as well as to arrange for the supply of information, etc., and to act generally between villagers and the traversers.
(5) Such points as the Settlement Officer may require should be traversed and where necessary marked on the ground by the Officer-in-charge of Riverain Survey. These should include-
(a) all existing tri-junction pillars;
(b) recognizable physical features of a permanent nature;
(c) the survey part’s traverse points. These should not be more than 340 metres apart and should invariably be close to the district or tahsil boundary.
(d) A number of points in the kacha area to ficilitate internal measurements by the patwari. These points will usually be in cultivation.
(6) The Riverain Drawing Office should also obtain the last settlement maps of all coter-minus villages on either side of the boundary and combine them in the a single four-inch map in order to see how far they agree with each other.
(7) Inside each village a suitable square should be selected by the Officer-in-charge of Riverain Survey to form the special base line of that village. This should be on ground not exposed to river action. Stone pillars should be erected at three corners of this square. A corresponding square on pakka ground should in each case be selected and similarly marked on the opposite side of the river. This will materially facilitate the relaying of boundaries on future occasions when such may be necessary.
(8) As a result of the traversers’ work the Riverain Drawing Office will supply the settlement Officer with musavis showing paper boundaries in those cases where it is discovered in the course of the examination prescribed in rule 6 that the boundaries of the settlement maps do not coincide; separate musavis for each village showing the points traversed under rule 5.
This (b) series will be complete and continuous for the whole tract and will be numbered serially. Where it is found necessary because of discrepancies to prepare an (a) musavi, the (a) musavi will correspond exactly to a (b) series. It will be easy to transfer the points shown in (b) to (a) with the help the squares shown in both. The patwari will work on (b) and (a) will remain in the Revenue Record Room until they are required for reference under Rule 11. \it is advisable to have paper boundaries marked only on (a). If they are worked on (b) the patwaries are apt to show dissension even when there is no actual dispute on the spot. It is for this reason that the traverser should shown “Chandas” only along the boundary and not to attempt to mark out the actual boundary itself.
(9) Musavis are supplied gradually by the Survey Department from the 15th December to 15th March. As the latest musavis are not issued till 15th March it is necessary for the patwaris to whom these musavis are issued to have everything in readiness to start work immediately. If the work is not completed in April the traverse marks will be washed away by the rivers rising when the snows in the hills begin to melt. The Settlement Officer should give separate musavis alluded to in rule 8 to patwaris upon which it is easy for them to carry out a rapid and accurate survey. In the kacha area of caourse entre re-measurement is required, but where the system of measurement in use is that of tarmim, the patwari need not remeasure the whole of the pakka area of each village. The pakka area may be tarmimed separately, and the work so done can for the sake of completion be transferred to the Survey musavis in continuation of the remeasurement of the kacha, either by scale or by pentagraph. The scale is the best instrument for this work, since any slight discrepancy can then be distributed with the pentagraph this is not feasible.
(10) The kanungos who were employed with the traversers may now be appointed by the Settlement Officer to supervise the detailed measurements. It is advisable to have a special naib-tahsildar in charge of the cadastral survey of riveraiin areas.
(11) It is in connection with remeasurement of the kacha area that boundary disputes arise and discrepancies have to be reconciled, and this requires careful treatment. The naib-tahsildar will first of all mark the external boundaries of the village as shown in the settlement Shajra. The patwari will then easily be able to fix the field boundaries which he should show to the owner concerned. In case the settlement shajras are in such a dilapidated state that they do not clearly show the village boundaries or in case the boundaries of two villages overlap or an area has been omitted from measurement in both maps, the naib-tahsildar should prepare a statement of the cases illustrated by tracing from the musavis, and submit it to the Settlement Officer for his decision which will be marked on both sets of musavis. His report should include the statements of lambardars and owners interested in the matter. To enable him to deal properly with disputes, the naib-tahsildar will require-
(a) the settlement shajras of village on both sides of the river;
(b) all record of previous disputes and decisions. If any of the villages involved are situated in another district, it is necessary to obtain the cooperation of those authorities. The most convenient course is to obtain jurisdiction for the Settlement Officer over the whole of the riverain area of the adjoining district.
(12) It may happen that the scales employed on each side of a river differ. It is of course essential that the whole area be plotted on one scale and the more convenient one may be selected and the internal measurements conducted accordingly, if considered necessary, reduction or enlargement of the completed map can be carried out subsequently for villages using a different scale from that adopted.
(13) An important part of the traverser's duties is the embedding of base line stones this work must be carried out by the Survey Department who will supply the Settlement Officer with an index map showing the corners of squares so demarcated.
(14) It is the duty of the Director of Land Records to maintain a list of selected kanungos so that one may be deputed without delay as soon as the traversers arrives in the district.
(15) A supply of wooden pegs, 6 centimetres long and 15 centimetres in circumference should be provided by the zamindars under orders of the Settlements Officer for marking points.
(16) Lambardars should be made responsible that the pegs and survey marks are not removed or destroyed. A list should be maintained by the village patwari in the following form:-
(1) No. of chanda
(2) Field No. in which the chanda is situate.
(3) Owner's name
(4) Name of the tenant.
(5) Signature or thumb mark of the owner of the field.
(6) Seal of lambardar concerned.
The position of the pegs and chandas should be marked by the kanungo on one of the patwari's maps, it will then be easy to fix responsibility.
(17)
The naib-tahsildar on special
duty should be provided with a Niniature Swiss cottage tent and a shouldari.
One or two Muharrirs should also be given him and a small contingent advance.
He will need a good deal of tracing cloth for his reports on disputed
boundaries.
PART D – PROCEDURE FOR CORRECTION OF FIELD MAPS IN THE INTERVAL BETWEEN TWO SETTLEMENT
4.18
Responsibility of
Revenue Officer for correctness of patwari's survey - All Revenue Officers
are reminded of their responsibility for the correctness of field surveys
executed by the patwaris whom they control-a responsibility which is much
increased by the circumstances that the patwari's maps are occasionally used
for the correction of the topographical sheets of the Survey of India.
4.19 Instructions regarding incorporation of field maps changes-The following instructions are issued for the purpose of collecting material from year to year for incorporating in the field map changes which occur in fields in the interval between two settlements.
4.20 The Changes in fields, which ought to lead to the correction of a field map in the interval between two settlements, and the methods by which the map should be corrected, are stated in the following instructions:-
Firstly, changes which are due to transactions on account of which a mutations order has been, or should be, passed. The chief examples are-
(a) Partitions.
(b) Sales
(c) Mortgage with possession.
(d) Redemption when part of an old field has been mortgaged and in consequence a new number has been made, the result of redemption being the restoration of the original number.
(e) Exchange.
(f) Gifts.
4.21 Changes due to nautor and hissadari kasht - Secondly, other changes of a sufficiently permanent character, Examples are:-
(a) Nautor.
(b) Conversion of part of a barani field into irrigated land when the change is of a permanent nature. Such changes will especially occur when a new well has been sunk of some other new means of irrigation has been provided.
(c) Separate cultivation of share-holders in fields jointly owned (hissadari kasht) when arrangements for separate possession has lasted for not less than four years. Such arrangements when once made usually continue until a partition is carried out under the orders of a Revenue Officer.
4.22
New field numbers not
to be created needlessly - (a) - Care should be taken not to increase the
number of field needlessly. New fields should not be made on account of changes
of cultivating occupancy by tenants-at-will. Such changes will, as at present,
be recognised by min numbers in the khasra gidawari and jamabandi. Similarly
new numbers are not required when part
of a field is cultivated by the owner and part by a tenant-at-will or when part
is cultivated and part uncultivated. In the former case the entry can be shown
in the column headed "changes of rights possession, and rent of the khasra
girdawri" thus:-
A. Owner ....2 bighas/kanals/Acre
B tenant-at-will ....1 bighas/kanal/Acre
(b) Petty cases of nautor, due to ploughing out, are not a cause for making new fields or changing the boundaries of old ones.
Fields numbers should not be combined into a single field unless the clubbing is clearly desirable for the purposes of girdawari.
4.23 Method of preparation of tatimma shajras based on permanent changes - In the case of new numbers due to transactions on account of mutation order (paragraph 4.20) the Revenue Officer must not sanction the mutation in the absence of a proper map of the new field numbers attested by the kanungo and checked by himself. When the patwari enters up the mutation he will draw to scale on the back of the mutation sheet and its counterfoil the numbers effected and will enter under them the details prescribed for the field book referred to in paragraph 4.26. The new field will be temporarily numbered, e.g. 155/1 155/2 etc., permanent numbers not being adopted lest the mutation be rejected or the new fields be affected by subsequent mutation. The kanungo will check on the spot the dimensions and areas of the new numbers and will sign his name at the foot of the map with a note "attested on the spot". In the case of mutations due to sales, etc., the kanungo is responsible for seeing that the measurements correspond with the area actually transferred. In the case of partitions it will not always be possible to show the new numbers and field book details on the back of the mutation order. If so, they will be shown on separate mapping sheets. Tha tatimma shajra in the case of a partition will be a copy of that prepared as soon as the partition is completed (paragraph 18.12 (a) and 18.14). The kanungo who attests the tatimma shajra in the case of a partition will be held strictly responsible that the map really shows the land allotted to each share-holder and pointed out to him (paragraph 18.14). In case of a transaction based on a registered deed the revenue officer should immediately on receipt of the registration memorandum from the Registration Officer (paragraph 7.23), direct the kanungo and the patwari to proceed to the spot and prepare a tatimma shajra, if one is necessary, on the basis of the material given in the registration memorandum and that alone. On the completion of the tatimma shajra it shall be submitted by the kanungo to the revenue officer.
4.24 Preparation of tatimma shajras necessitate by hissadari kasht etc. - The changes referred to in paragraph 4.21 are already recorded by the patwri by putting a red cross in columns 10,15,20,25 or 30 of the khasra girdwri (vide not to column 10 of the form of shajra girdwari in paragraph 9.3). All such entries must be carefully checked by the field kanungo harvest by harvest. In the year in which the quinquennial jamabandi of an estate is to be prepared the kharif girdawari must be made with great care, and the field kanungo is responsible that no number which has changed permanently escapes detection. After the girdawri is finished he will at once draw up a list of the cross marked members and give it to the patwari who will make the necessary measurements without delay and prepare the tatimma shajras on mapping sheets of the same size as the sheets used for jamabandis. Field book details will be entered on the back of these maps as prescribed in paragraph 4.23. In the case of villages measured on the square system these mapping sheets will have two squares marked on them. The field kanungo will check the tatimma shajras on the spot during teh cold weather before the end of January. The new fields will at this stage be temporarily numbered as laid down in the preceding paragraph.
4.25 Boundaries and dimension of new field numbers to be shown in red ink - In the maps prescribed by the two last paragraphs all new boundaries and other amendments will be shown in red ink. It is unnecessary to re-chain such of the boundaries as have undergone no alteration, and if a side of a new field includes the whole of a side of an adjoining field which is not being amended only the remaining part of the side of the new field need be re-measured. When an old field number is divided into two or more new numbers the patwari will re-calculate the areas of each of the new numbers. To facilitate identification one adjoining number which has not altered will be shown in the tatimma shajra.
4.26 Preparation of field book of new field numbers - In the case of any further changes brought to light at the rabi girdawri the precedure prescribed by paragraph 4.23 and 4.24 must be gone through as soon as possible and when it is completed the patwari will enter all the new field for which tatimma shajras have been prepared under the above mentioned paragraph in a field book in the form below:
|
No. of
fields |
No. of
holding |
Area
calculation |
Area |
Soil |
Signature
of kanungo |
|
|
Old |
New |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In
the field book the fields will be finally renumbered as follows:-
If a field number, say 24, has been subdivided into two, and the last number in the field register of the village is 150, entry No.24 should be scored through and the new field entered as 151/24 152/24.
Where a second sub-division takes place the denominator number should simply be the numerator of the field which is again sub-divided. thus in the example, we should have first 151/24, then 185/151 and lastly 202/185, from each of which, if necessary it would be very easy to trace back to the old number. If field nos. 31 and 32 have been joined into one field the new entry may be 153/31 and 32, 152 being the last number in the field register. The new numbers given in the field book will be entered in red ink in the tatimma shajras prepared under paragraphs 4.23 and 4.24 above, and each entry in the field book will be initialed by the field kanungo in token of its correctness. A slip containing a copy of the entries in the field book will be given to the owner or mortgagee or in the case of land held in joint ownership to the share-holder in occupation of the new field.
In estates where field numbers have
been assigned by recangles and killa numbers in lieu of continuous numbers
during the course of consolidation of holdings operation, the above rule shall
not apply. The new field numbers as a result of subdivision shall be within the
killa numbers for example, killa number 2 has been sub-divided into two parts.
It may be numbered as 2/1 and 2/2. Again a sub-division takes place then a new
numbers shall be 2/1/1 and 2/1/2, 2/2/1 and 2/2/2. If killa numbers 2/1/1/ and
2/2/2 have been joined into one field, the new entry may be 2/1/1and32/2.
4.27. 4.27. Tatimma shajras to be bound with the jamabandis - The original tatimma shajras prepared on the spot under paragraph 4.24 will be bound up with the Government copy of the jamabandi, and copies checked and signed by the field kanungo will be bound with the patwari's copy of the jamabandi. No copy of the tatimma shajras prepared on the back of mutation sheets is required for the Government copy of the jamabandi, in which the original mutation sheets are incorporated, but copies of them must be made on mapping sheets for the patwari's copy of the jamabandi. The field book details need not be copied on the copies of the tatimma shajras field with the patwari's copies of jamabandies as the details are already given in the field book kept by him.
4.28. Check of tatimma shajras by tahsildars and naib-tahsildars - The tahsildar and naib-tahsildar shall when on tour, check on the spot at least 25 percent of the tatimma shajras prepared in each village in the period intervening between two jamabandies. They are not expected to do much in the way of chaining, but they must remember that they are responsible for the general accuracy of the measurement. They should be able to recognise by eye whether there is any palpable mistake in the karukan or in the area, and if there is any reason to believe that a mistake exists they must have the field re-chained and the area re-calculated in their presence. They must also check the entries in the field book referred to in paragraph 4.26. All tatimma shajras so checked must be endorsed "Certified that this has been varified on the spot" and signed and dated.
4.29. Keeping up-to-date of maps - The above instructions apply to all districts. The intention is that the patwari's copy of the settlement map and the fair copy kept in the tahsil to light, but it is recognised that when the last settlement of a district is not very recent it would be difficult to keep the maps completely up to date at present. But it is a matter of great importance that the maps of all recently-settled districts should be kept completely up-to-date, and Deputy Commissioners are responsible that this is carried out. To secure this end the following additional instructions are issued.
4.30. Renewal of patwaris copies of shajra kishtwar - The patwari shall in future have in his custody only one copy of the settlement map for use at girdawari and for all other purposes. The karukan will be shown in the copy. The patwaris copy will be on latha cloth. The fair copy of the settlement map formerly in the custody of the patwari will hereafter be permanently kept in the tahsil. The patwaris copy of the map of every village must be renewed at the time of filing of every other jamabandi of that village. For special reasons, however, a fresh copy may be prepared after the lapse of a shorter period under the orders of the collector; in which case the map will be again renewed at the second jamabandi from the date of this special renewed, e.g. If a map was prepared at the jamabandi of 1970 it would be renewed in 1980 and then again in 10990; but if the Collector orders its renewal in 1978, it will be again renewed not in 1990 but in 1988. The date of renewal should always be noted on the map.
4.31. Incorporation of amendments in the parat tahsil maps and in the shajras kishtwar kept by patwaris - When the patwari brings the jamabandi to the tahsil at the begining of September he will at the same time bring his copy of the settlement map, The tatimma shajras prepared under pargraph 4.24 the field book, the work book and the mutation register. He will, under the field kanungo's supervision, transfer to his own copy of the settlement map and to the fair copy kept in the tahsil all the new field shown in the tatimma shajras prepared under paragraph 4.23 and 4.24. The new lines of amended fields should in the first instance be shown in pencil by the patwari and then inked by the kanungo in shingraf after comparison with the tatimmas concerned. The tatimma shajras relating to mortgages of all kinds, redemptions, lesses and hissedari-kasht need not be incorporated in the fair copy of the field map kept in the tahsil. If the new fields are so small that the corrections are difficult to read they should be drawn on a larger scale in the margin of the map. If under the above instructions it becomes necessary to make any further alterations in any portion of the tahsil copy of the settlement map which portion has been already so much altered that further alterations cannot be made therein without giving rise to confusion then a tracing of the portion in which further alterations have to be made should be prepared on the margin of the map, or, if sufficient space be not available on the margin, on a separate sheet, and the alterations necessary as well as any alterations that may have to be subsequently made in this portion should be made in the tracing thereof prepared on the margin or on the seprate sheet as the case may be. The kanungo must carefully compare the changes made in the maps with those shown in the tatimma shajras, and must state in his not of the result of checking the jamabandi that he has done so. The tahsildar and naib-tahsildar shall also examine the incorporation of 25 percent, of the tatimma shajras in the parat tahsil musavi.
4.32. The above instructions do not apply in their entirely to estirely to estates subject to alluvion and diluvion. In such estates no tatimma shajras should be prepared for changes due to alluvion or diluvion even if such changes necessitate the passing of mutation order, as in the case of estates where the submergence of proprietary land involves its conversion into shamilat. For changes due to other cause, however, tatimma shajras will be prepared in accordance with the above instructins. The instructins contained in paragraph 4.31 regarding the correction of maps will apply only to the portions of the estate not subject to allouvion or deluvion. As regards the remaining portion the changes due to alluvion or diluvion as well as those for which tatimma shajras have been prepared will be incorporated in the tracing to be filed with the detailed jamabandi according to local alluvion and diluvion rules or orders as sanctioned at settlement. But the fields which actually touch the fields affected by river action should always be shown in this map or tracing.
4.33. In order to obviate the difficulties that have occurred in the past the Punjab Government consider it essential that all departmental land plans of Government property should, in future, be coordinated with the corresponding revenue papers.
A sufficient number of fixed and easily indentifiable points, such as tri-junction pillars, base line marks, milestones or in default of these other permanent topographical details, which may be found on the corresponding revenue map then in existence, should be plotted on the departmental plan and the Government property should then be plotted on it with reference to such fixed points.
The following procedure will be observed:-
(1) The Public Works Department have agreed to provide a technical surveyor to carry out the surveying on a large scale metric units of any areas of Government property required to be surveyed under the instructions issued in Punjab Government circular No.2240 (Rev. and Agri.- Genl.), dated 21st January, 1921.
(2) In districts or portions of districts not under settlement the Deputy Commissioner will communicate to the Executive Engineer, Public Works Department, by April 1st of each year, the exact area in which Quinquennial revision of revenue records is to take place in the year commencing October 1st following, and state the parcels of Government property in that area.
In tracts under settlement, the Settlement Officer will, as his work progresses, give the Executive Engineer information as long ahead as possible of the date on which remeasurement or revision of the maps of estates in which Government property is situated, will be commenced.
(3) The Executive Engineer will then cause to be prepared plans showing the extent and position of each pacrel according to the Public Works Department's records. These plans will also show both all topographical features adjoining the Government land which are likely to assist the Revenue Officials in checking its boundaries and area and also any Revenue "fixed" points in the neighbourhood.
All distances will be shown in metric units. The plans should reach the Collector concerned by a date to be agreed on between him and the Executive Engineer.
When land plans of any area have once been prepared and discrepancies, if any, have been settled, it will not be necessary to prepare them again at a future auinquennial revision unless in the meantime some change has occurred which necessitates an alteration in the plans. If there has been no such change the Executive Engineer should merely supply a certificate to the effect that the land plans are as they were at the last quinquennial revision.
(4) The collector will then arrange for the plans to be checked by the tahsildar. If no discrepancies are found then the tahsildar will note in red ink on the shajra kishtwar (parat tahsil as well as on the patwaris copy) the distances given in metric units on the Public Works Department plan. "The revenue record will thus read"............................karams........................gathas the equivalent of .......................................metre.
(5) The tahsildar will then return the plan for signature by the Collector and the Executive Engineer, and for the preparation of duplicate to form an inset to the shajra kishtwar (parat sarkar) and to be similarly signed.
Note:- If relevant in a suit brought by Government the "inset" will be produced before the court by the Sadar Kanungo, or his assistant.
If any discrepancy is observed, then the tahsildar will note it in pencil on the plan and return the plan to the Collector concerned for transmission to the Executive engineer, sider these discrepancies in consultation with the patwari. If the two are satisfied that the revenue record is correct, and the Public Works Department plan incorrect, then that plan will be corrected accordingly and the papers returned to the tahsildar who will enter distances as required above in the revenue record and forwarded the plan for signature to the Collector.
If the revenue map appears to be incorrect the case will be submitted to the collector, who will if he concurs, direct that mutation proceedings be entered up for the correction of the map.
When mutation proceedings have been completed, a tatimma shajra will be prepared for the revenue records. Distances will be marked on it metric units according to the Public Works Department plan, and the inset signed and recorded as above.
(6) The procedure prescribed
in the preceding sub-paragraphs for checking departmental land plans of the
public Works Departments will mutatis mutandis be carefully observed in the
case of
(7) The detailed plan of any property belonging to eh Government in the estate shall form part of the record of rights, -vide Financial Commissioner's notification No.1953-R, dated the 21st September, 1937.
(8) It shall be the duty of the revenue staff to afford every assistance to the officials or other departments in matters connected with the co-ordination of departmental land plans.
4.34
Cantonment boundaries -Under
instructions from the Government of India it is necessary that in any survey
which may in future be made by the Revenue Establishment so as to include any
portion of the boundary of a cantonment that boundary should invariably be
defined by a series of straight lines drawn from each of the cantonment
boundary pillar to the next, except where it is distinctly stated to the
contrary in the description of the boundary published by notification in the
local gazette. Before any such survey is finally accepted it should be
communicated to the military authorities for information and scrutiny. The
attention of Settlement Officer is particularly directed to these instructions.
PART E –
TAHSIL AND DISTRICT MAPS BASED ON
PATWARIS SEURVEYS
4.35 Preparation of the gouped (mujmil) map - Where fairly recent survey or other maps on a sufficiently large scale showing village boundaries do not exist the Settlement Officer should prepare for each tahsil a grouped (mujmili) map on a scale of two centimetre to a kilometre. The gouped map is made on tracing cloth and is an exact reproduction of the index maps, prescribed in paragraph 19 of appendix VII of the Settlement Manual. In the case of large tahsils with big estates and much waste it may be convenient to reduce the index maps to the scale of one centimetre to a kilometre. It should for two reasons be started as soon as the index maps are available, and should not deferred to the very end of the settlement, for (i) in piecing together the index maps errors in the boundaries are often brought to light, which are real errors of measurements which require light to be rectified by a further inspection of the ground, and (ii) there are differences in practice as regards the showing of roads, canal cuts, etc. indifferent patwaris or kanungos circles, and uniformity can only be secured by consulting the men who know the country intimately.
4.36 Size - The map can most conveniently be prepared in separate sheets, each of the sixe of an ordinary village mapping sheet, but Settlement Officers can consult their own convenience in this respect.
4.37
Copy to be sent to Survey
Officer -A copy of the mujmili map, when ready should be sent to the
Director,
4.38 Reduced grouped maps - If no convenient survey maps of the district exists the Settlement Officer should reduce the grouped tahsil map by pentagraph to a smaller scale (1 centimetre to 2.5 kilo metres) and prepare a district map.
4.39 Preparation of maps - Such copies of these maps are required should be prepared in the officer of Director, Map Publication, Survey of India, Hathi Bar-kala, Dehradun if the office is in a position to meet the requirements of the Settlement Officer. Three copies of each such map should be forwarded to the Financial Commissioner's office for record.
4.40 Instructions for converting local measure into hectares - Prior to the Agricultural year 1971-72, the land measure used in all revenue work varied in different parts of the Stare. From the Agricultural year 1971-72, metric measure shall be used graduallyin a single rotation of five years and all records prepared during the year 1971-72 to 1975-76 shall simultaneously indicate the metric measure, in red ink, in addition to the local measure. From the Agricultural year 196-77, the metric measure shall only be used and the local measure shall be discontinued altogather.
The units of lenght and area in different parts of the State and their equivalents are as under:
I. Throughout the State in a single gradual rotation of 5 years commencing from the agricultural year 1971-72 and ending with the agricultural year 1975-76 as also from the agricultural year 1976-77 in toto:
1 Meter ...39.3701 inches
1 Centare (Sq. meter) ...1.19599 Sq. yards.
1 Are(100 Centare) ...119.599 Sq. yards.
1 Hectare (100 Are) ...11059.9 Sq. yards.
II. In al the areas consolidated on the basis of the Standard measure of a karam of 66 inches:-
1 Karam(66 inches) ...1.6764 meters.
1 Sarsahi(Sq. karam) ...2.81031696 Sq.metres.
1 Marla(9 Sarsahis) ...25.29285264 Sq.metres
1 Kanal (20 marlas) ...505.8570528 Sq.metres
1 Ghumao (
4840 Sq.yards-8 kanal)
III In the area consolidated
on the basis of the local measure and the non-consolidated area of Ludhiana
Distt. and the erstwhile princely State of
1 Gatha(99 inches) ...2.5146 meters
1 Biswansi(Sq.Gatha) ...6.32321316 Sq. metres.
1 Biswa(20 Biswansis) ...126.4642632 Sq.metres.
1 Bigha(3025 sq.yards ...2529.285264 Sq.metres.
-20 Biswas)
IV In the area consolidated on the basis of the local measure and the non-consolidated area of Amritsar, Gurdaspur (except Shahpur hill circle and Chak Andar in Pathankot tehsil), Ferozepur (except Fazilka) and the erstwhile princely State of Faridkot:-
1 Karam(60 inches) ...1.524 metres
1 Biswansi or Sarsahis ...2.322576 Sq. metres.
(Sq. Karam)
1 Marla (9 Sarsahis) ...20.903184 Sq. metres.
1 Biswa (20 Biswansis) ...46.45152 Sq. metres.
1 Kanal (20 Marlas) ...418.06368 Sq.metres.
1 Bigha (20 Biswas) ...929.0304 Sq. metres.
1 Ghumao (8 kanals - ...3344.50944 Sq. metres.
4000 Sq. yards)
V In
the area consolidated on the basis of the local measures and the
non-consolidated area of Hoshiarpur, Jullundur, Anandpur Sahib (Ropar) and the
Shahpur hill circle in Gurdaspur District:-
1 Karam (57.5 inches) ...1.4605 metres.
1 Sarsahi (Sq.karam) ...2.13306025 Sq.metres.
1 Marla (9 Sarsahis) ...19.19754225 Sq.metres.
1 Kanal (20 marlas) ...383.950845 Sq.metres.
1 Ghumao (8 kanals - ...3071.60676 Sq.metres.
-3674 Sq. yards)
VI In the areas consolidated on the basis of local measure and the non-consolidated area of Fazilka erstwhile princely States of Patiala, Nabha and Malerkotla:-
1 Karam or Gatha (57.157 ...1.4517878 metres.
inches)
1 Biswansi (Sq.karam or ...2.1076878 Sq.metres.
Sq. Gatha)
1 Biswa (20 Biswansis) ...42.153756 Sq.metres.
1 Bigha (20 Biswas - ...843.07512 Sq.metres.
1008.33 Sq. yards)
VII In
the area consolidated on the basis of local measure and the not-consolidated
area of the erstwhile princely State of
1 Karam (54 inches) ...1.3716 metres
1 Sarsahi (Sq. Karam) ...1.88128656 Sq.metres.
1 Marla (9 Sarsahis) ...16.93157904 Sq.metres.
1 Kanal (20 marlas) ...338.6315808 Sq.metres.
1 Ghumao (8 kanals - ...2709.0526464 Sq.metres.
3240 Sq.yards)
The following is the conversion table of local measure to metric measure:
A LENGHT MEASURE
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Unit 66'' Karam 99'' Karam 60''Karam 57.5''Karam 57.157 54"
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Karam 1.6764 2.5146 1.524 1.4605 1.4517878 1.3716
2 " 3.3528 5.0292 3.048 2.9210 2.9035756 2.7432
3 " 5.0292 7.5438 4.572 4.3815 4.35553634 4.1148
4 " 6.7056 10.0584 6.096 5.8420 5.8071512 5.4864
5 " 8.3820 12.5730 7.620 7.3025 7.2589390 6.8580
6 " 10.0584 15.0876 9.144 8.7630 8.7107268 8.2296
7 " 11.7348 17.6022 10.668 10.2235 10.1625146 9.6012
8 " 13.4112 20.1168 12.192 11.6840 11.6143.24 10.9728
9 " 15.0876 22.6314 13.716 13.1445 13.0660902 12.3444
10 " 16.7640 25.1460 15.240 14.6050 14.5178780 13.7160
20 " 33.5280 50.2920 30.480 29.2100 29.035560 27.4320
30 " 50.2920 75.4380 45.720 43.8150 43.5536340 41.1480
36 " 60.3504 905256 54.864 52.5780 52.2643608 49.3776
40 " 67.0560 100.5840 60.960 58.4200 58.0715120 54.8640
50 " 83.8200 125.7300 76.200 73.250 72.5893900 68.5800
60 " 100.5840 150.8760 91.440 87.6300 87.1072680 82.2960
70 " 117.3480 176.0220 106.680 102.2350 101.6251400 96.0120
80 " 134.1120 201.1680 121.920 116.8400 116.1430240 109.7280
90 " 150.8760 226.3140 137.160 131.4450 130.6609020 12.4440
100 " 167.6400 251.4600 152.400 146.0500 145.1787800 137.1600
180 " 301.7520 452.6280 274.320 262.8900 261.3218040 246.8880
200 " 335.2800 502.9200 304.800 292.1000 290.3575600 274.3200
(B) AREA MEASURES
(I) GHUMAO MEASURE
Units 66" Karam 60"Karam 57.5"Karam 54"Karam
(Sq. meters) (Sq. meters) (Sq. meters) (Sq. meters)
1 Sarsahi .. 2.81031696 2.322576 2.13306025 1.88128656
2 Sarsahis .. 5.62063392 4.645152 4.2661205 3.76257312
3 " .. 8.43095088 6.967728 6.39918075 5.64385968
4 " .. 11.24126784 9.290304 8.532241 7.52514624
5 " .. 14.051588 11.61288 10.66530125 9.40643280
6 " .. 16.86190176 13.935456 12.7983625 11.28771936
7 " .. 19.67221872 16.258032 14.93142175 13.16900592
8 " .. 22.48253568 18.580608 17.064482 15.05029248
1 Marla .. 25.29285264 20.903184 19.19754225 16.93157904
2 " .. 50.58570528 41.806368 38.3950845 33.86315808
3 " .. 75.87855792 62.709552 57.59262675 50.79473712
4 " .. 101.17141056 83.612736 76.790169 67.72631616
5 " .. 126.4642632 104.51592 95.98771125 84.65789520
6 " .. 151.75711584 125.419104 115.1852535 101.58947424
7 " .. 177.04996848 146.322288 134.38279575 118.52105318
8 " .. 202.34282112 167.225472 153.580338 135.45263232
9 " .. 227.635677376 188.128656 172.77788025 152.38321136
10 " .. 252.9285264 209.03184 191.9754225 169.31579040
11 " .. 278.22137904 229.935024 211.17296475 186.24736944
12 " .. 303.51423168 250.838208 230.370507 203.17894848
13 " .. 328.80708432 271.741392 249.56804925 220.11052752
14 " .. 354.09993696 292.644576 268.7655915 237.04210656
15 " .. 379.3927896 313.54776 287.96313375 253.97368560
16 " .. 404.68564224 334.450944 307.35821825 287.83684368
17 Marlas .. 429.97849488 355.354128 326.35821825 287.83684368
18 " .. 455.27134752 376.257312 345.5557605 304.76842272
19 " .. 480.56420016 397.160496 364.75330275 321.70000176
1 Kanal .. 505.8570528 418.06368 383.950845 338.63158080
2 Kanal .. 1011.7141056 836.12736 767.90169 677.26316160
3 " .. 1517.5711584 1254.19104 1151.852535 1015.89474240
4 " .. 2023.4282112 1672.25472 1535.80338 1354.52632820
5 " .. 2529.285264 2090.3184 1919.754225 1679.15790400
6 " .. 30351423168 2508.38208 2303.70507 2031.78948480
7 " .. 3540.9993696 2926.44576 2687.655915 2370.42106560
1 Ghumao .. 4046.8564224 3344.50944 3171.60676 2709.05264640
2 Ghumaos .. 8093.7128448 6689.01888 6143.21352 5418.10529280
3 " .. 12140.5692672 10033.52832 9214.82028 8127.15793920
4 " .. 16187.4256896 13378.03776 12286.42704 10836.21058560
5 " .. 20234.282112 16722.5472 15358.0338 13545.26323200
6 " .. 24281.1385344 20067.05664 18429.64056 16254.31587840
7 " .. 28327.9949568 23411.56608 21501.24732 18963.36852480
8 " .. 32374.8513792 26756.07552 24572.85408 21672.42117120
9 " .. 36421.7078016 30100.58496 27644.46084 24381.47381760
10 " .. 40468.564224 33445.0944 30716.0676 27090.52646400
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(ii) BIGHA MEASURE
Unit 99'Gatha 60"karam 57.157"Karam or
(Sq.meter) (Sq.meter) Gatha (Sq.meter)
6 7 8 9
1 Biswansi 6.32321316 2.322576 2.1076878
2 Biswansis 12.64642632 4.645152 4.2153756
3 " 18.96963948 6.967728 6.3230634
4 " 25.29285264 9.290304 8.4307512
5 " 31.6160658 11.612880 10.538439
6 " 37.93927896 13.935456 12.6461268
7 " 44.62249212 16.258032 14.7538146
8 " 50.58570528 18.580608 16.8615024
9 " 56.90891844 20.903184 18.9691902
10 " 63.2321316 23.225760 21.076878
11 " 69.55534476 25.548336 23.1845658
12 " 75.87855792 27.870912 25.2922536
13 " 82.20177108 30.193488 27.3999414
14 " 88.52498424 32.516064 29.5076292
15 " 94.8481974 34.838640 31.615317
16 " 101.1714056 37.161216 33.7230048
17 " 107.49462372 39.483792 35.8306926
18 " 13.81783688 41.806368 37.9383804
19 " 120.14105004 44.128944 40.0460682
1 Biswa 126.4642632 46.451520 42.153756
2 " 252.9285264 92.903040 84.307512
3 " 379.3927896 139.354660 126.461268
4 " 505.8570528 185.806080 168.615024
5 " 632.321316 232.257600 210.76878
6 " 758.7855792 278.709120 525.922536
7 " 885.2498424 325.160640 295.076292
8 " 1011.7141056 371.612160 337.230048
9 " 1138.1783688 418.063680 379.383804
10 " 1264.642632 464.515200 421.53756
11 " 1391.1068952 510.966720 463.691316
12 " 1517.5711584 557.418240 505.845072
13 " 1644.0354216 603.869760 547.998828
14 " 1770.4996848 650.321280 590.152584
15 " 1896.963948 696.772800 632.30634
16 " 2023.4282112 743.224320 674.460096
17 " 2149.8924744 789.675840 716.613852
18 " 2276.3567376 836.127360 758.763608
19 " 2402.8210008 882.578880 800.921364
Unit 99'Gatha 60"karam 57.157"Karam or
(Sq.meter) (Sq.meter) Gatha (Sq.meter)
6 7 8 9
1 Bigha 2529.285264 929.030400 843.07512
2 " 5059.570528 1858.060800 1686.15024
3 " 7587.855792 2787.091200 2529.22536
4 " 10117.141056 3716.12600 3372.30048
5 " 12646.42632 4645.152000 4215.37560
6 " 15157.711584 5574.182400 5058.45072
7 " 17704.996848 6503.212800 5901.52584
8 " 20234.282112 7432.243200 6744.60096
9 " 22763.567376 8361.273600 7587.67608
10 " 25292.852640 9290.304000 8430.751264
TERRITORIAL TRANSFERS
Replace standing order No.25 original issue, date 7th dune, 1909 and reprint dated 30th May,1912. In connection with this Chapter paragraphs 409-437 and 834 of the Land Administration Manual should be consulted.
5.1 5.1 All cases of transfer of territory from one district to another, or from one tahsil to another, are to be submitted to Government through the Financial Commissioner (Revenue) for the sanction of the Government and for the publication of the revised limits of the district under section 5 of the land Revenue Act (Act XVII of 1887).
5.2 5.2 (Deleted).
5.3 5.3 Changes in territorial jurisdiction to be reported - Whenever any alteration in the boundaries of the State, Districts or Tahsils takes place for administrative convenience, the fact should be reported by Collectors through Commissioners to the Financial Commissioner Revenue with full details, the report being accompanied by a map of the area transferred.
5.4 5.4 Contents of report and map - The report should state the reasons for the change and the approximate area in hectare transferred and the number of occupied houses and the population, male and female, contained at the time of the last preceding decennial census, in each village comprised in it; and the prescribed map should be drawn tracing paper on a scale (ordinarily) of 1 centimeter to 1.250 kilometers unless for special reasons a larger scale should be necessary. The names should be entered on the map in Punjabi and a table of references should in all cases be added sufficient to render the map intelligible in itself.
5.5 5.5 Report to be Survey or General - The Financial Commissioner Revenue will report to the Surveyor General to enable him to arrange for the correction of the survey maps. Changes in the boundaries of territorial units of less importance than those noted above, such as police stations or blocks, need not be reported and in all cases a copy of the map and report should be furnished to the Director of Land Records to enable him to correct the skelet-on maps and villages lists. The director will keep the reports in a file arranged by district so that the statistics of houses and population transferred may be readily available at the time of the next decennial census.
5.6 5.6 Deleted.
5.7 5.7 International Boundary Pillars to be inspected half yearly - At the commencement of each harvest inspection, the Deputy Commissioners, Ferozepur, Amritsar and Gurdaspur shall inform their counterparts in Pakistan and carry out joint inspection of the International Boundary Pillars and submit a return in this respect to the Director of Land Records, Commissioner of the Division and the Financial Commissioner, Revenue, Punjab, on the 10th April and the 10th November each year.
ALLUVION AND DILUVION
Replaces Standing Order
No.26, original issue, dated 7th June, 1909, first reprint, dated 2nd February,
1910, and second reprint dated 28th February 1928, In connection
with this subject, Chapter XII of the Land Administration Manual and paragraph
455 of the Settlement Manual should be consulted.
6.1
Law and rules governing the subject - When
estates affected by river or torrents have assessments of land revenue which
are fixed for terms of year, it is a condition of the settlement, in default of
a special agreement to the contrary, that such assessments are liable to
revision when the lands of the estates are injured or improved by the action of
water or sand. Such revisions are governed by section 59(I)(d) of the Land
Revenue Act, 1887, and by the following general rules:-
(i)
Where land of an estate
paying land revenue is injured or improved by the action of water or sand, the
land revenue due on the estate under the current assessment shall be reduced or
increased in conformity with the instructions issued from time to time in this
behalf by the Financial Commissioner,- vide
appendix I to the Land Administration Manual.
(ii)
In every such case the
distribution of the land revenue over the holdings of the estate shall be
revised, so as similarly or reduce or increase the sum payable in respect of
the holding in which the land that has been injured or improved is situated.
Besides these general rules special rules have been framed in the case
of certain district to suit special local conditions,- vide
Settlement Manual paragraph 455.
6.2
(Deleted).
6.3
Removal of estates from the revenue roll in consequence of
diluvion -When an estate is entirely cut away by
the river it should be removed from the district revenue roll, but it should be
restored on a subsequent formation of land on same site, if the original owners
are entitled to recover possession.
6.4
Village lists - The tahsil office
kanungo should be required to maintain a simple list of village liable to
increment or decrement of area by the action of river, his-torrent of swamps,
to enable him to satisfy himself that diluvion files of such villages are
prepared in due course.
6.5
Submission of annual statements -The
Collector should submit for confirmation of assessments by the Financial
Commissioner, Revenue, a statement in the form below, showing the net changes
caused by alluvion and diluvion. These statements should be forwarded to the
Financial Commissioner, Revenue, for confirmation the new assessments will take
effect.
Statement
of financial results of alluvion and diluvion assessment for the __________ Distt. made in 19 ____ for the
agricultural year (kharif 19 and rabi 19 ), and the proposed remission in the
revenue roll and amount to be collected as fluctuating revenu
|
Distt. |
Tahsil |
River |
Gross
increase of assessment due to alluvion etc. (including jagir) |
Gross
decrease of assessment due to diluvion, etc., (including jagirs |
Net
increase (khalsa to be collected as fluctuating revene) |
Net
decrease (khalsa) to be rimitted |
Net
amount of increase or decrease to be shown in the revenue roll of the
following agricultural year |
Remarks |
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
7 |
8 |
9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes:
Column 3 the figures of the three large rivers of the province should be given
separately, Those for the minor streams may be lumped together.
"Column 6,7 and 8:- Columns 6 and 7 should shown the actual amount
involved, not neglecting fractions of a rupee, The amount shown in Column 8
will be the difference between columns 6 and 7 expressed in even rupees,
fractions of a rupee not exceeding fifty paise being neglected (of paragraph 10
of Standing Order No.31) and should be preceded by a plus or minus, as the case
may be."
Column 9:- Note in this column the officer by whom the assessment were
made and tested, and the method adopted in assessing Reference should be made
to settlement reports prescribing such method or to correspondence conveying
special sanction.
6.6
Distribution of reduction or remission on account
of diluvion -Where special rules have been framed,
they provide for the preparation of a statement showing the distribution of the
new assessment over holdings. Where no special rules have been framed, a
statement should always be filled by the patwari, showing how the reduction or
remission has been distributed among the several holdings which have suffered
loss.
6.7
Assignments of land revenue how effected by alluvion and
diluvion -When the land revenue of the estate has
been assigned the assignee will benefit from any increase of revenue and will
suffer from any loss. If he pays commutation for service in a fixed proportion
upon his revenue, the commutation will fluctuate with the amount of the
revenue.
6.8
Effect of removal of the land assigned by diluvion -An
estate of plot, of which the revenue was
assigned once swept away, has ceased to exist, and the assignee has no claim to
the revenue of alluvial deposits afterwards formed upon the same site, unless
then original owners would be entitled to recover possession of the newly
formed land on the ground of their previous ownership.
6.9
From the alteration of revenue roll
-Enhancement of revenue on account of alluvion or reductions on account of
diluvion must be sanctioned by the Financial Commissioner (Revenue) before the
alteration of the revenue roll. Reductions generally involve the remission of
the current demand of land revenue, which has to be written off under the
authority of the Financial Commissioner (Revenue) as an irrecoverable balance
(Deleted).
6.10
Alterations to take effect from the kharif -
Except where the orders passed at Settlement and still in force require
the observance of a different practice,
Increases due to alluvion and decreased due to diluvion should take effect from
the kharif season in which they occurred, but while increases due to alluvion
or to excess of alluvion over diluvion, in any village will be collected as
fluctuating revenue due on account of the kharif harvest in which the alluvion
and diluvion accurred, the decrease on account of losses due to dilution, or to
excess of diluvion over alluvion, in any village will ordinarily be refunded by
means of reductions frok the collections of the fixed revenue due on account of
the following rabi. In all other cases a reduction will be made by the patwari
in the demand recoverable for the following rabi from the individuals to whim
refund is due, the reductions being duly incorporated in the fard bacch. The
net increase or decrease for the district, as the case may be, will appear as an
addition, or deduction in the rent roll submitted for the ensuing agricultural
year in the following October.
6.11
Power of Collector to suspend in anticipation -Cases,
in which it is apparent that a considerable decrease will be necessary in the
demand of an estate, should be specially reported by the Tahsildar to Collector
as soon as they come to his notice during the course of inspection, the
Collector may, in such cases, at his discretion, suspend the collection of a
suitable portion of the revenue, subject to the necessary adjustment,
consequent on the final orders of the Financial Commissioner Revenue, on the
proposed assessment.
6.12
Remissions, how shown in balance statements - The
amount remitted on account of diluvion will be shown in the balance statements
under the head "Irrecoverable", and the authority for remission will
be the orders of the Financial Commissioner (Revenue) upon the annual statement
of changes, in which the amount to be remitted shall be specified separately
from the amount by which the rent roll of the succeeding year is to be altered.
6.13
Remissions for destruction of crops -
Remissions for the destruction of crops should not be dealt with in diluvion
work, but should be separately reported for sanction in the same way as
remissions for crop failures of land other than reverain lands are reported,-
vide standing order No.31
THE RECORD OF RIGHTS
[Replaces standing order no.23, original issue dated 19th
October,1909, Ist reprint, dated 2nd September, 1912, 2nd
reprint, dated 21st September, 1916, 3rd reprint, dated 3rd
March, 1921, and 4th reprint, dated 1st June, 1972.]
Chapter XIV and appendices VII and
VIII of the Settlement Manual and Chapter X of Land Administration Manual
should be read in connection with this chapter.
A- RECORD OF MUTATIONS
Paragraph 372 to 386 of Chapter X of the Land Administration Manual and
paragraph 279 to 282 of the Settlement Manual relate to the record of
mutations.
7.1
The mutation register is
prescribed in sections 33 (3) and 34 of the Land Revenue Act for the entry of
every acquisition of any right or interest in an estate as a landowner or
assignee, and under section 35 for disputed acquisition of other rights. The
mutation register is not a part of the record of rights and its entries do not
share in the presumption of truth attached to that record (1934 L.L.T.2). All
mutations of rights of ownership including voluntary partitions, shall be
entered by the patwari in the register when they are reported to him by the
transferee as required by section 34 of the Land Revenue Act, and if not so
reported, then as soon as they appear to have been acted upon. When he enters a
mutation affecting the shajra nasb the
patwari shall not in pencil the number of the mutation against the entry
affected. If and when the mutation is sanctioned he shall amend the shajra nasb
in red ink in accordance with the mutation order.
7.2
The patwari should,
whenever a mutation case is entered in the register, not the serial number
and nature of the transfer in pencil in
the column of remarks of the jamabandi opposite the appropriate holding. If and
when the mutation is sanctioned, he should make the above note in red ink.
Serial number of fard badar entries should also be similarly noted and in order
to distinguish them from the serial number of mutations the word
"badar" should be added. Fard badar entries will thus be referred to
as I badar, 1 badar, etc. etc.
7.3
Table:
7.4
(i) The mutations register
consists of a counterfoil and a foil. The former is the patwari's copy of the
register. The latter is removed after orders have been passed, and sent to the
tahsil to be filed with the jamabandi. The patwari should make his entries in
columns 1 to 13 of the counterfoil, but he should make no entry in column 15.
having thus filled up columns 1 to 13 in the counterfoil, the patwari shall
copy these entries in the foil. He shall then write his report in column 15 of
the foil, briefly state the facts explaining the change, the names of the
persons on whose information the entry is based, and require the lambardar
concerned to attest the entry by seal or signature. He is however, strictly
forbidden to take the thumb-mark of the signature of any of the parties to the
transaction anywhere on the mutation sheet.
(ii) The field kanungo must attest, by personal examination of the
papers concerned, every entry made by the patwari in the counterfoil and foil,
noting briefly that he has done so. He should mention the date below the report
in the latter. He must sign the entries in both counterfoil and foil.
(iii) The Revenue Officer should
carefully compare entries in the counterfoil and the foil, and must write his
order on the latter. He should see that all entries in the mutation sheets as
well as his orders thereon whether the parties interested were all present; or
if any one was absent, the way in which his evidence was obtained, or if it was
not obtained, what opportunity was given to him to be present; also who
identified the parties present and the place at which, and date on which, it
was written. Where the transfer of land has taken place through a registered
deed, the mutation should be decided, even if the vender does not turn up after
one notice has been issued to him. There the deed is not a registered one, the
parties concerned (and not the one side only) must be duly notified by the
revenue officer regarding the fact that the mutation case would be considered
by him on a certain date and at a
certain place, the place, of course, being within the estate as per existing
instructions. When the parties concerned have been duly notified and more than
one opportunity has been given to them to come forward and raise any plea, the
revenue officer can then decide the case even though somebody id absent. No
detailed record of the statements of parties and witnesses need be made, but
the order must state briefly the person examined by the revenue officer, the
facts to which they deposed and the grounds of the order. except in the case of
killabandi mutations (paragraph 15 of appendix XIV to Settlement Manual) no
revenue officer any more than the kanungo or patwari should take the signatures
or thumb-marks of parties or witnesses anywhere on the mutation proceedings.
Except where the mutation order relates to an entire holding and in cases of
undisputed inheritance the revenue officer must enter with his own hand the
numbers of the fields affected and their total area, in the case of mutations
relating to registered companies or firms, the attesting officer shall not pass
final orders unless he has satisfied himself that the company or the firm has
been duly registered and the party concerned has produced a certificate of
registration by the Registrar of Companies Mention to his effect shall be made
in the attestation order.
(iv) He must write with his
own hand in the counterfoil a very brief abstract of the operative part of his
order giving the numbers of the fields effected and their total area, thus,
"dakhil kharij numberhai falan rakba falan manzur hai". No recital of
the facts on which the order is based should be entered in the counterfoil.
In the case of mutation of
inheritance of a Hindu lying intestate, the Revenue Officer after having
satisfied himself about the following points should record in his order the
facts on which he bases his orders:-
(a)
that the deceased died
intestate;
(b)
that none of the heirs in
Class I survives to enable the mutation being sanctioned in favour of the
heir(s) in class II, category wise.
Further
in the case of female Hindu dying intestate, the Revenue Officer in addition to
the points (a) above should satisfy himself and record his findings of the
points mentioned at (a) above; and
(c) that
none of the sons/daughters or the issues of the pre-deceased Sons/daughters
servives so that the mutation being sanctioned in favour of heirs in order of
preference given in section 15 of the Hindu Succession Act, 1956.
(v) When mutation is refused the revenue
officer must similarly pass his order to that effect on the foil and note the
fact in the counter-foil. He must sign the entries in the counterfoil after
comparing them with those on the soil.
(vi) For the action to be taken with reference to the share of the
shamilat attached to land transferred, see paragraph 7.19 infra.
(vii) An un-contested mutation shall be attested
by the Revenue Officer with in a period of three months from the date of
occurrence of the event necessitating the mutation. For the disposal of the
contested mutation this period shall not exceed six months from such date. The
Patwari shall make the necessary entries in the mutation register within one
month of the event necessitating the mutation and the attestation work shall be
completed within the remaining period.
(viii) All mutations, not attested within a period of two years are shown in the quarterly business returns of revenue work for each district by tahsils. A list will be prepared in each tahsil and supplied to the tahsildar or naib-tahsildar concerned, so that special steps may be taken to ensure that all such mutations will be attested at once, if possible. Any mutations, remaining unattested by the end of the next quarter, will be entered in a special list, with the reasons showing why each mutation could not be attested. These lists will be forwarded to the Collector for information, and if any mutation in such a list remains unattested by the end of the quarter then next ensuing, a full report with an explanation will be submitted to the commissioner for any action that he may think fit to take.
(ix) A practice has been followed in some
districts under which parties to a transaction pertaining to land put in an
application on a court fee stamp of Re.1 before a revenue officer for recording
their statements to the effect that their transaction has been completed and
that the mutation be sanctioned in their absence. In pursuance of this request
the revenue officer sanction the mutation.
This practice is liable to gross abuse and should, therefore, be
stopped, Rule 34(ii) of the Land Revenue Rules cannot be construed as doing
away with the necessity of the mutation being decided in public. Persons
acquiring rights can certainly report under Section 34 of the Land Revenue Act,
in writing, but this does not justify a decision of the mutation being made
outside the estate in the manner explained above.
7.5 The entries in column 9 to 12 should
correspond in every case to the order passed upon the mutation in question.
Where owing to a mistake or otherwise they do not do so they should be altered
so as to bring them into correspondence with that order. Any alterations
required for this purpose should be made as far as possible at the time of
passing the order but if not then made, they can be subsequently made at any
time before the mutations in which they are to be made are incorporated in the
jamabandi. No permission, nor proceedings in review under section 15 of the
Punjab Land Revenue Act, will be necessary for the purpose of making such
alterations, and any revenue officer before whom the mutations in which they
are to be made are produced, will be at liberty to make them. All alterations
made in accordance with this direction will be made in red ink and will be
signed by the officer making them.
7.6 At any time before a mutation is
incorporated in a jamabandi, any clerical or arithmetical mistake inadvertently
made in the order passed upon it can be corrected without obtaining permission
for reviewing that order. The correction of such mistakes can be made by the
revenue officer who attested the mutations in which the mistakes have occurred
or by his successor or by a superior officer. In making such corrections the
original order should not be altered, but a separate not should be recorded
briefly describing the corrections made. It will not be necessary to hear the
parties concerned in connection with such corrections. The fard badar procedure
described in paragraph 7.29 intra may be used for the purpose of avoiding the
entry of a further mutation of inheritance in cases where in entering the
original mutation some of the holdings of the deceased were inadvertently
omitted. In such cases the patwari will merely state in his report in the fard
badar that such and such holdings have been omitted from such and such mutation
and the revenue officer's order upon this report will merely state that the order
already passed upon the mutation in question should be considered applicable to
these holdings.
7.7 The numbering of the entries in the
mutation register should be continuous for the term of settlement. A new
register should be opened only when the old register has been used up. Both the
counterfoil and foil sheets are numbered in the press. Only one sheet will not
necessarily be used for each case. If the transfer involves lengthy entries,
e.g., in the case of more than one holding being affected, one or more
additional sheets may be used, but the same number should be used for the
counterfoil and foil. The foils should not be detached from the register until
orders are finally passed by the revenue officer, who should take them off and
make them over to the office kanungo, stitching the forms together with stout
thread.
7.8 If the part or a share of a field has been transferred and separate possession has been taken, draw on the back of the mutation sheet and its counterfoil a map of the whole field and show as a sub-number the part transferred. No partition proceedings are necessary. The field kanungo must attest the correctness of the map after personal examination of the field on the spot and satisfy himself as to the fact of possession. He must also see that the field as drawn on the back of the mutation sheet is an exact copy of the field as shown in the shajra kishtwar. Further details in regard to the preparation, check and use of these maps on the mutation sheets are given in chapter 4 of the manual. The attesting officer must defer the passing of an order sanctioning a mutation if he finds that these instructions have not been carried out exactly.
In the case of a transaction based
on a registered deed the revenue officer should immediately on receipt of the
registration memorandum from the Registration Office (paragraph 7.23), direct
the kanungo and the patwari to proceed to the spot and prepare a tatimma
shajra, if one is necessary, on the basses of the material given in the
registration memorandum and that alone. On the completion of the tatimma
shajra, It shall be submitted by the kanungo to the revenue officer.
7.9 Final orders in partition cases will be
entered if partition is sanctioned and the order has been carried into effect.
Such entries will be attested in the same way as other mutations.
7.10 Lambardari cases will not be entered in the
mutation register. Revenue assignments are entered after final order have been
passed, see paragraph 7.27 infra.
7.11 Mortgage of land hypothecated to Government
for repayment of takavi or for other purposes will be entered in the mutation
register.
7.11-A (a) Land is sometimes verbally leased by land-owners to Government for specific purposes e.g., construction of school, hospitals, seepage drains, etc. In order to safeguard the interests of the lessor in the event of the relinquishment of the land by Government, on the one hand, and to ensure the continued utility of the schemes, in furtherance of which the leases are made, on the other, it has been decided that effect should be given to them by the entry of a mutation in the form of a lease in each case. It is of the utmost importance that the terms of the lease in each case be properly recorded both in the patwari's report and the revenue officer's report in column 15 of the mutation register should contain the terms of the lease and a full and correct description of the files regarding negotiations with land-owners for the use of the land. These details should also be given by the revenue officer in his order for the disposal of the mutation. Revenue officers should be careful to base their orders on the statements of the parties or their accredited agents only, so that there may be no possibility of the lease being repudiated later.
(b) The
relinquishment of the land by Government should be given effect to by entering
a mutation in favour of the lessor or his representatives in interest.
7.12 In entering orders of court the patwari should note in red ink in column 15 of the foil and counterfoil the following particulars:-
(1) Name of court;
(2) (2) Names of parties;
(3)
(3)
Abstract of decree;
7.13 When a sale, mortgage or lease embraces
land in more than one estate and no specific portion of the sale or mortgage
money or rent is ascribed to the land entered in the mutation, the portion of
the consideration money to be entered in the mutation shall be in proportion to
the share of the total area transferred that is dealt with in the mutation.
7.14 The instructions laid down in paragraph 7.41 infra as to entries in the jamabandi apply to the register of mutations subject to the following order:-
(1) Column 2 and 8 – In a case of transfer
of ownership it will usually be enough to enter the jamabandi number. In a case
of a transfer of tenant's holdings, enter both the jamabandi and the khatauni
number thus:-
J. 10 / Kh. 23
(2) Reasonable abbreviations may be allowed
in making entries in columns 4,5,9 and 10 in cases affecting a number of
holdings more especially where there are a large number of co-sharers and only
one or two of them transfer. The names of the co-sharers transferring and their
shares should be entered in detail and the names of other may be omitted with a
note:- "Baki indraj jamabandi badastur". Similarly in case of transfer
of ownership where the tenancy of the holding is unaffected, the only entry
that need be made in columns 5 and 10 is badastur.
(3) Columns 6 and 11 – Except where to follow a different course may be unavoidable, the field number and area will in both columns be those shown in the last jamabandi. If the mutation relates to a whole holding this can be noted and the total area given without any detail of field numbers.
(4) (4) Column 8 – This column will be filled up when the new jamabandi has been prepared.
(5) Column 9 and 10. – If a sharer in a joint holding sells or mortgage the whole or a definite fraction of his share, the name of the transferee will be shown in column 9; but if he sells or mortgages certain fields and gives possession to the transferee, the latter's name must only be shown in column 10, a brief explanation of his occupancy being noted in column 15.
(6) Column 14. – After a mutation has been disposed of the mutation fee due should be entered in both foil and counterfoil by the revenue officer himself.
(7) Column 5 and 10. – These columns used to
show the tenant, but as the corresponding column of the jamabandi show the
cultivator they have been altered to correspond.
7.15 The status of a land owner or tenant cannot be altered except:-
(a) by agreement of all the parties interested, or
(b) in consequence of a decree or order which is binding upon them, or
(c) in accordance with facts proved or admitted to have occurred. (Section 37 of the Land Revenue Act, 1887)
In cases of inheritance a summary inquiry into title is necessary on the
lines indicated in 5 P.R. of 1912. Where it is claimed that property devolves
by reason of a will this should be treated as a case of succession by
inheritance and the inquiry will include an inquiry into the validity of the
will. (1934. L.L.T.1).
7.16 In the case of transfers by gift, sale or
mortgage, the patwari should ascertain whether a deed has been written. If so,
he should inspect it, and take a note of its nature, the names of the parties,
the dates of execution and registration, if it has been registered and any
other necessary particulars, A brief not of these matters should be entered in
column 15 of the counterfoil of the register. The patwari must not retain the
deed in his possession, or take a copy of it. Attesting officers should satisfy
themselves that the particulars as to deeds of transfer given in the patwari's
mutations reports are correct.
7.17 Except in cases of entries of collateral mortgages in column 12 of the jamabandi, the patwari should also ascertain whether possession has passed and a mutation of transfer by gift, sale or mortgage should not be attested unless (a) possession is proved to have actually passed, or (b) the parties all agree before the attesting officer that possession has passed, or (c) the parties have all agreed in a registered document that possession has passed. A should not be refused merely because it is claimed that the alienor has no right by custom or statute to make such an alienation. Such a transaction is a "fact" until it is set aside in due course of law.
In the case of a mutation in which
it is a condition of the transfer that possession be given after certain
alienee to receive possession on the prescribed date, attestation should be
postponed until such time, and mutation then allowed on evidence that
possession has been taken. (But, in the event of any dispute between the
parties, the attesting officer should refuse the mutation on the ground that no
possession has been given, leaving it to he patwari to make a fresh entry in the mutation register when the khasra
girdawari shows that the change has taken place, or on the report of one of the
parties to the effect.
7.18 (i) All mortgages and sub-mortgages, whether collateral or with possession, whether contracted for long or short periods, and whether by deed or by oral agreement, should be entered in the mutation register. Redemptions of such mortgages should also be entered. Cases of mere increase of mortgage money on a previous mortgage which is otherwise maintained unchanged should not be entered in the mutation register. In order however, to ascertain the correct account of mortgage and redemption money for purposes to statements 5 and 5-A of the village note book (paragraph 10.1), the patwari shall enter such cases in the village diary (roznamcha), noting therein the name of the village, parties and the amount of increase mortgage money. In cases of mutations of redemption of mustajri mortgages the patwari should not in column 13 of this register the amount of mortgage money discharged by referring to the original entry of the mutation of mortgage. If the register containing the original entry is not in his possession, he should get the necessary information from the office or the sadar kanungo. If for any reason such information cannot be secured without under delay, the amount admitted by the parties or proved should be accepted. Care cultivated, how the procduce or rent is enjoyed, and by whom the revenue is paid. Other conditions of mortgages need not be particularly acquired into, but the amount of the mortgage debt as admitted by the mortgagor should be noted in column 13 of the mutation register. Collateral mortgage though entered in the register are only noted in the remarks column of the jamabandi. Nor is the amount of the mortgage debt shown in jamabandi. Land which is already subject to mortgage is sometimes mortgaged by the mortgagor to a third person on the condition that the previous mortgage will be redeemed by the latter. This second mortgage should be treated as a collateral mortgage and subsequently a new mortgage with possession should be sanctioned when the land is redeemed by the second mortgagee. A sub-mortgage, accompanied by transfer of possession is treated as a mortgage with possession.
(ii) Under paragraph 13 of standing order No.32 a mutation should be entered up in respect of land hypothecated to Government by way of security for repayment of an advance. If a second loan is taken on the same security it is not necessary to enter up a new mutation.
(iii) Transaction relating to
mortgage of right of cultivation by owners, involve the acquisition of a right
and as such mutation should be entered in such cases.
7.19 As regards transfers by sale, gift, mortgage or exchange, it is necessary to show whether a share of the shamilat is transfer with the land and the following instructions should therefore be observed in this subject:-
(1) In cases of sale, gift or mortgage the mutation order should always state whether a share of the shamilat is included in the transfer. In cases of exchange the shamilat is seldom excluded from the transfer and nothing should therefore be said about it except where it is excluded when the fact that it is excluded should be mentioned in the mutation order.
(2) If a deed of transfer by sale, gift, mortgage or exchange does not specially mention that a share of shamilat is transferred with the land it should be presumed that the shamilat is not transferred.
(3) Where a mutation of inheritance, sale, gift or mortgage covers a share of the shamilat, the shamilat khata should be entered in the mutation so that the mutation of the co-sharers in the shamilat may be correctly entered in the jamabandi.
(4) When the mutation does not cover a share in the shamilat then in column 9 of the mutation sheet and in the ownership column of the jamabandi the new alienee shall be shown as bila hissa shamilat or malik kabza so as to secure that at partition he shall not simply by being a khewatdar receive a share of the shamilat to which he has no title. The name of the person to whom the shamilat appertaining to this new khata belongs shall also be recorded in the column of ownership under that of the new owner with the title hissadar shamilat, and the khata of the new holding shall always be incorporated in the jamabandi immediately below the khata of the holding from which it was taken.
In the case of owners (1) whose entire land in any estate has been acquired by Government without a share of the shamilat, and (2) whose land has been partially acquired, the Revenue officer shall give a direction in this order to the effect that a note showing the name of the owner and the area transferred together with the number of the relevant mutation, shall be recorded in the remarks column of the jamabandi. In the case of (1) this note will be recorded against the khewat of shamilat, and in the case of (2) against the khewat from which the land has been acquired. It should also be specifically stated in this note that the owner concerned will be entitled to a due share of the shamilat at the time of partition. In estates where the shamilat land has been vested in the Panchayat Deh, this rule does not apply. There is no need to show malik kabza with the new alienee.
(5) When the mutation refers to a mortgage it is only necessary to show tha mortgage as murtahin mae hissa shamilat or murtahin bila hissa shamilat, as the case may be. In estates, in which shamilat land has been vested in the Panchayat Deh, there is no need to mention hissa shamilat.
(6) Appendix A is an example of the kind of entry which should made in the mutation register when a share of the shamilat is transferred. It is not intended that the whole of the shamilat khata. as it stands in the last jamabandi, should be copied in the mutation register. The mutation of the share of the shamilat should be dealt with as part of the same mutation proceeding as the transfer of the original holding, but it is a part in which any of the co-sharers of the shamilat have a right to be heard, and a distinct order should be passed by the revenue officer whether the mutation of the shamilat is sanctioned or not.
7.20 Deleted.
7.21 In respect of consolidation of holdings affected by Consolidation of Holdings two mutations should be entered, namely, one (of ishtarak) showing the separate holdings affected by the consolidation as the joint property of the proprietors of those holdings and the other of partition showing the area allotted to each owner or group of owners. No fee shall be charged on the first mutation (ishtirak) nor on the second mutation (taqsim) relating to the entry of the transfer of holdings between owners etc. on the analogy of the orders contained in paragraph 7 of Appendix XIV to the Settlement Manual.
7.22 to 7.24 Deleted.
7.25 (1) Rules regarding the omission from the jamabandi of the names of persons entered as ghairhazir of ghair-kabiz are given in paragraph 281 of the Settlement Manual, sub-clause (1) and (2), and should be carefully followed.
(2) When a right-holder entered in the record of rights or annual record as ghair-hazir at ghair-kabiz has been heard of within seven years but has been so enter the case in his register of mutations and shall report it to the revenue officer.
(2) When a right-holder, entered in the record of rights or annual record whether he is or not described therein as an absentee (ghair-hazir) or as out of possession (ghair-kabiz), has not been heard of for seven years by those who would naturally have heard of him if he had been alive, the officer attesting a mutaion may (un-less he sees reason to the contrary) presume that he is dead and pass orders on the case accordingly; but before ordering the omission of his name from the record of rights or annual record, such officer should satisfy himself that all reasonable endeavour has been made to ascertain whether the absentee is alive and to give him an opportunity of appearing.
(3) No new entry of any one as ghair-hazir should be made. A right-holder should not be entered as ghair-kabiz if he is himself in legal or constructive possession, as when he has put some one else in possession on his behalf, or the land is lying waste, or he is by reason of poverty unable to cultivate it. A familiar instance would be where a sepoy has left his land liar instance would be where a sepoy has left his land in his brother's possession while he is with his regiment. In such a case the sepoy should be entered as in possession of the land through his brother. Any entry of ghair-kabiz should not be made unless some other person than the right-holder is in adverse possession.
(4) No effect shall be given to any order (1) directing the omission of the name of a right-holder who has been entered as ghair-hazir or ghair-kabiz or (2) directing the entry of a right-holder as ghair-kabiz until such order has been confirmed by the Collector or Assistant Collector 1st Grade.
(5) For reason explained in paragraph 7.41 (4) infra the entry against a tenant-at-will of bila lagan ba waja tusuwwur milkiyat is misleading and no new entry of this description should be made, but when this entry exists it should not be altered except by mutation sanctioned by the Collector or Assistant Collector 1st Grade.
7.26 In mutation cases dealing with lands of deceased proprietors who have left no apparent legal or customary heirs or successors, the mutation should be disposed of by the Collector or by an Assistant Collector of the 1st Grade. Deputy Commissioners should see that there is no indiscriminate or indiscreet pressing of Government's claim to escheat and careful attention should be paid to the instructions contained in paragraph 838 of the Land Administration Manual. The Revenue Officer should ascertain the date of mortgage and mention it while passing final orders on the mutations of escheats of lands under mortgage with possession. The village Patwari should also incorporate this date in his report in column No.15 of the mutation sheet. This date of mortgage should also be indicated in the remarks column of the subsequent jamabandi (s)/misl Haqiat(s) as well as in the remarks column of the register of Government lands maintained in the tehsil/district offices.
7.27 The proceedings preliminary to orders creating or resuming assignments of land revenue, or continuing them to successors or tranferees, are not entered in the mutation registers, but are recorded in separate files to which the patwari has no access. Neverthless, the patwai's jamabandi must contain accurate entries relating to all assignments, and the proper mutaion fees must be levied. It is therefore, necessary to instruct the patwaris as to the entries to be made in each case, and to provide for the levy of the mutation fee due on the entry.
The following procedure should be adopted:-
When a final order is passed in any case of this class, it will be communicated by parwana to the tahsildar. This parwana, after the usual recital of the substance of the order will direct the tahsildar to correct the village papers accordingly. To this end, it will state the entries to be removed and those to be substituted in the annexed form:-
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
7 |
8 |
9 |
10 |
|
|
name and description of assignee |
jamabandi No. of holding |
Cultivated |
Uncultivated |
Total |
Revenue assessed |
Amount or revenue assigned |
if only cash revenue is assigned without specification of lands, state in this column the amount of so assigned |
Amount of nazrana due annually from assignee |
|
entry to be corrected |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Entry to be substituted |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date of order and by whom passed |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The
tahsildar will send the jarwana on receipt to the field kanungo of the circle
in which the case has occurred, directing him to transcribe the parwana in red
ink in the appropriate column of the mutation register of the village
concerned, attest the entry as a true copy, and return the parwana with report
endorsed to the tahsildar. When the kanungo has done this, the patwari will
incorporate the new entry in the next jamabandi and also include in his next
list of mutation fees and fee due on the entry.
7.28 With the following exceptions, no mutation of rights can be incorporated in the jamabandi until a revenue officer has sanctioned it by an order record in the mutation register. The jamabandi entries concerning holdings in which mutations have occurred, but on which no orders have been passed will remain unaltered, see also paragraph 7.41 (10) infra. The only entries in the jamabandi for the variation of which in subsequent records no mutation need be entered in the registers, are the following:-
(i) The entries in columns 1-3 of the jamabandi as given in paragraph 7.40 infra.
(ii) In column 4 –
(a) the name or the father's name when it has been legally changed, but in such case the former name shall continue to be shown also, preceded by the word "alias" or "formerly" (ufr).
(b) the military rank or civil title,
(c) the place of residence,
(d) the omission of the word "minor" and of the name of the guardian under paragraph 7.41 (4) infra of the jamabandi form,
(e) the recasting of the form of the details of internal shares without changing the shares.
(iii) In cloumn 5 –
(a) undisputed entries relating to cultivation by an owner shown in column 4, or by a non-occupancy tenant holding under a lease, whether oral or written, for a period not exceeding one year, provided that even for such a lease a mutation shall be entered if the owner of a joint holding to whom the tenant pays rent has to be specified;
(b) entries relating to tenants described, otherwise than in these terms may be varied without a mutation order only to the extent that entries relating to owners may be varied under clause (ii) above.
(iv) The entries in column 6 – "Well or other means of irrigation".
(v) (a) entries in column 7 and 8 "field number" and "area" and "soil" resulting from map correction (chapter 4) or from measurements in connection with alluvion and diluvion or with fluctuating assessments,
(b) corrections in addition of the area, where the area of each field has been correctly shown, but the total has been wrongly added up.
(vi) Undisputed entries in column 9, relating to rents of tenants-at-will and enteries made in pursuance of an order under section 27 of the Tenancy Act.
(vii) Entries in column 11 "demand" provided that the variations are supported by an order by the Collector, or higher authority.
(viii) Entries in column 12 "Remarks", relating to the matters specified in the instructions relating to that column given in paragraph 7.41 (10) infra; provided that new remarks shall be limited to such matters, and provided further that entries relating to the rights of mortgagors or mortgagees or assignees of land revenue or the user of trees or grass shall not be varied without orders being obtained in the mutation register.
(ix) Entries, in column 19 "Remarks" of the form of jamabandi Abadi given in paragraph 7.45 infra, of partifulars relating to cases of allotment of Government land required by the last sub-paragraph of paragraph 7.46(19) infra.
7.29 Jamabandi entries not enumerated in the preding paragraph should be varied in subsequent records without first obtaining orders for their variation on mutations entered for this purpose except where the variation merely consists in the removal of a clerical mistake, that is to say, of a mistake which has been made in coping the entries of one jamabandi into another or in incorporating a mutation in a jamabandi and the correction of which does not involve the alteration of any mutation order. Subject to the exception noted below, orders for the correction of such mistakes in subsequent records should be obtained on the fard badar, the form of which is given below:-
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
|
Sr. No. |
No. of
holding in new Jamabandi |
No. of
holding in last Jamabandi |
Patwari's
report |
Field
Kanungos report |
Orders of
the attesting officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Whenever
a clerical mistake is detected in the current jamabandi after it has been
finally attested and filed, whether that mistake was originally made in that or
any previous jamabandi, the patwari should make the necessary entries about it
in the first four columns of the fard badar. His report in the fourth column
should be as brief as possible. For instance if any field has been omitted, and
if any proprietor's share has been entered as one-half instead of one third,
the report should merely state that the share should be one-third and not
one-half. The girdawar should, from time to time examine the fard badar entries
and enter his own report in column 5 of the fard badar. His report should also
be as brief as possible and where he finds that he has nothing to add to the
patwari's report, he should merely put his signature in this column. In passing
orders upon any fard badar entry the revenue officer should see whether it
actually relates to a clerical mistake which, under the present instructions,
should be dealt with in the fard badar, and if he finds that it related to such
a mistake, he should record an order for the correction of the mistake in
question in column 6. Otherwise he should order that the fard badar entry in
question should be considered as cancelled. It will not be necessary to hear
the parties concerned in connection with the disposal of fard badar entries.
The only clerical mistake in
jamabandi entries, orders for the correction of which in a subsequent record
should not be obtained on the fard badar, are those which cannot be
conveniently described in the fard badar. The difficulty of describing a
clerical mistake in the fard badar may, for instance, arise where the mistake
relates to the share of an owner whose name enters into several different
combination in the jamabandi entry relating to the same holding.
A few blank sheets of the jamabandi
sizes will be stitched to the patwari's copy of each jamabandi. When the next
jamabandi is prepared a copy of the fard badar attested by the girdwar will be
attested to the Government copy of that jamabandi.
The collector and Assistant
Collector 1st Grade should examine fard badars from time to time in order to
see that the procedure prescribed in connection therewith is properly
understood and followed by the subordinate revenue staff.
7.30 When an entry has been incorporated in the jamabandi a mutation should not be entered up or sanctioned for the purpose of correcting it, except to correct a clerical error (Where this cannot be done by a fard badar) or in consequence of a patent fact. The party aggrieved by such an entry must seek his remedy by suit. L.L.T 1934, page 2.
7.31 If a patwari finds, when entering a case in the mutation register or otherwise, that a person whose statement is essential for the disposal of the case, is residing outside the limits of the tahsil, he should write up an interrogatory which may conveniently be in the following form:
Interrogatory in the name of _______________son of ________son of ________, village ________ tahsil ________, Distt ___________ .
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
7 |
|
Name of
Village with hadbast No. Name of
tahsil and Disttrict |
Mutation
No. |
Brief
account of the transfer showing the name of transfers and transferee, the
total area of the land transferred the nature and date of transter, and
consideration money, etc. etc. |
Question
with date and signature of patwari and field kanungo |
Answers
with date and signature of persons giving statement as well as the person
identifying (lambardar and that of the official recording the statement) |
Order as
to complaince with the interrogatory |
Reports
and orders, after complaince with the interrogatory |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The patwari will fill in column 1 to 4 of this statement and then despatch it to his field kanungo, noting the fact in column 15 of the mutation sheet. The field kanungo will add his signature in column 4 of the form and send it on to the tahsildar. In column 6 the tahsildar will address the tahsil or other officer in whose jurisdiction the person is residing, or, if the interrogatory has to be sent through the Deputy Commissioner, will write his report. The tahsildar addressed should himself, as far as possible, take the statement of the person concerned, but may depute the naib-tahsildar or the field kanungo of the circle to do so, to avoid delay. The date of receipt and despatch of interrogatories should be recorded in the despatch book of every officer through whose hands they pass:
(a) Tahsildars and naib-tahsildars to examine all mutations -Tahsildars and naib-tahsildars on visiting a village should examine all mutations in which interrogatories have issued and either decide such as are ripe for decision and the parties are present, or arrange for the decision of the mutation on the next suitable occasion.
(b) Period for replies to interrogatories - Replies to interrogatories should generally be awaited three months if the enquiry is to be made within the Punjab and four or five months in the case of persons residing elsewhere, but it is left to the discretion of the attesting officers to wait longer in particular cases for special reasons.
An interrogatory may also be issued under the orders of the attesting
officer for the examination of person residing within the limits of the tahsil
if the officer thinks that such person cannot attend without an amount of
expenditure and inconvenience which would be enreasonable in the circumstances of
the case. No interrogatory should, however, be issued for the examination of a
person residing within with limits of the tahsil unless such person resides at
a distance of more than 40 kilometers from the village to which the mutation
relates. An interrogatory issued under this clause should be entered in the
same form as that prescribed for other interrogatories and should be addressed
to the tahsildar who, after taking or having taken the statement of the person
concerned, will return it to the field kanungo, the dates of receipt in and
despatch from the tahsil being entered in the despatch book. In the absence of
any special reasons replies to interrogatories issued within the limits of the
tahsil should not be waited for more than three weeks.
In order to see
that prompt action is taken on interrogatories, inspecting officers should
devote particular attention to ascertaining that prompt action is taken on
interrogatories, inspecting officers should devote particular attention to
ascertaining that interrogatories sent from other districts are promptly dealt
with in the district concerned. The tahsildar should at the close of each month
send a list to the Deputy Commissioner showing the interrogatories received in
his tahsil which have not been returned to the tahsil or district concerned as
well as the dates of their receipt. The Deputy Commissioner should scrutinize
these lists and take disciplinary action in cases there he finds that
unnecessary delay has been allowed to occur in the disposal of these interrogatories.
A separate despatch register should be opened in each tahsil officer for
entering interrogatories only. This register will be kept by the officer
kanungo who will enter in it all interrogatories issued to or received from
other tahsils. He will divide this register in two parts. In one part he will
enter the interrogatories issued from his tahsil and in the second part those
received from other tahsils, in the second part those received from other
tahsils, in the last column of the register will be entered the date on which
the reply to the interrogatory has been received or the date on which a reply
has been sent to the tahsil from which the interrogatory was received.
7.32 Registers and sub-registrars send monthly to tahsildars particulars of all registered deeds which purport to transfer agricultural land. The officer kanungo forwards these slips to the field kanungo of the circle who distributes them to the patwaris concerned. The form of the notice is as follows:-
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
7 |
8 |
|
Sr. No. |
Name of the village where the land is situated |
Nature of alienation and the area, field No. and jamabandi holding Nol of the land alienated and in the case of buidings situated with the limits of a municipal committee, small town committee or notified area committee details of property according to Section 21(2) of the Registration Act. |
Amount of the consideration money entered in the deed |
Name and residence of person executing the deed |
Name and residence of the person to whom the land is alienated |
Number and date of the registeration of the deed |
Remarks |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Where a deed is not to take effect immediately but after a specified period, this fact should be noted in the column for remarks.
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
|
Sr.No |
No
of deed |
Name
of village |
Dated
of field kanungo's report returning the Registration memo to the tahsil
office |
Remarks |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(i) A file should be kept of all invoices received during the year and a fly index will be attached to it in the form usually adopted for miscellaneous files.
(ii) The registration memoranda should then be sent to the filed kanungo, who will distribute them to the various patwaris for entry in their mutation registers in the usual way. The information in the memoranda is sufficient to enable to patwari to enter up the transfer in this register of mutaitons as soon as he receives them without reference to the transferee.
(iii) When the field kanungo hands over the memoranda to the patwari, the latter should make a note of the fact in his diary recording the serial number of the sheet received by him. The entry should be signed by the field kanungo. The patwari will then enter up in his register the mutations detailed in the memoranda and endorse the fact of entry on the memoranda giving the serial number of each mutation and the date of entry. On his next inspection the field kanungo will see that this has been done and after comparing the entries in the mutation registers with the memoranda contains land situated in more than one patwari circle, the field kanungo will take similar action as regards all the circles concerned before forwarding the memorandum to the officer kanungo.
(iv)
On receipt of the memoranda
from the field kanungo the office kanungo will place them on the file together
with the invoice covering them. In the "remarks" column of this he
will note the date of receipt. Thus he will be able to detect any delay in the
return of the memoranda and bring it home to the responsible official.
7.33 (i) The scale of mutation fee fixed by the State Government under the authority given by section 38 of the Land Revenue Act is stated in Appendix 'B'. The mutation fee shall be recovered by the Revenue Officer at the time of attestation and deposited into the Government treasury.
Mutation fee can be legally levied only from the person in whose favour the mutation entry is made. In the case of a rejected mutation, the revenue officer may remit the fee for any special reason to be specified mutation whose fee is not thus remitted, the order should be recovered. This precaution is necessary in order to ensure that the fee is not recovered from the person from whom it is not legally recoverable.
The portion of the order referring to the recovery of mutation fee may be corrected by the revenue officer who passed the order, by his successor, or by a superior officer, for reason to be recorded in writing.
(iii) Rulings regaring fees, Punjab Government letter no 2180-S.Rev.dated 22nd August,1908- The following are rulings of the Financial Commissioners on the subject of the levy of mutation fees:-
(1) separate mutation fees are leviable in respect of each holding created by partition proceedings (including the residuary holding if any part of the original joint holdings is left undivided, and not one fee only for the whole. In the case, however, of the annual recurring partition of shamilat land affected by river action among the several shareholders, only one fee should be levied in respect of the entire holding; and when the converse case occurs and diluviated land held in severally is on recovery treated as shamilat, only one fee of course is leviable.
(2) No mutation fee can be levied from any department of Government for land acquired in the interest of Government. As a corollary to this ruling no fee is leviable on the resumption of revenue free assignments, the mutation in such cases being in favour of Government. Fees should, however be levied on grants o, or successions to, revenue assignments. Local bodies are not exempted from the payments of mutation fees, even when the property is acquired under the Land Acquisition Act.
(3) In cases of exchange of land a fee should be taken from each of the two parties.
(4) No fee should be levied on simple corrections or mistakes in a previous record of rights as no right is acquired. Similarly, no fee should be levied for an entry of change of names provided that it involves no acquisition of any definite right in the estate concerned.
(5) When land which has originally been mortgaged by a registered deed is redeemed, mutation fee if 40 paise should be charged except when the land revenue in respect of this holding is Re. 5 or less the fee shall be 25 paise only. No fee should be charged in respect of redemption of land which is to be sold to the mortgagee soon after the redemption.
(6) Paragraph 7.18 supra directs that a second mortgage should be regarded as a collateral one and given effect to as such, and that subsequently a new mortgage with possession should be sanctioned when the land is redeemed by the second mortgagee from the first one. A mortgages his land in the first instance to 'B' in whose favour a mutation of mortgage with possession is sanctioned. Then 'A' mortgages the same land to 'C' and a mutation of collateral mortgage in favour of C is the result in accordance with the instructions laid down in paragraph 7.18 supra. Subsequently two mutations of redemption in favour of A- one from B and the other from C- followed by a mutation of mortgage with possession in favour of C are entered up, and sanctioned. At present there is a diversity of practice in regard to the levy of mutation fees on such redemptions. In the case of redemption from B in favour of A the mutation fee should be levied from A in accordance with the provisions of section 38 (2) of the Land Revenue Act, while no such fee should be levied in the case of redemption from C as such redemption is only a 'tartibi' one and analogous to the case mentioned in sub-paragraph (5).
(7) Where the number of jamabandi holdings has been artificially swollen owing to the practice of giving each well and separate jamabandi number, only as many fees should be levied on transfers other than by inheritance as there are genuine separate proprietary holdings.
(8) If a holding is transferred in separate parts by different instruments even though executed on the same day, the transactions should be separately recorded in the mutation register, and a separate fee should be levied for each transaction.
(9) where a mutation fee is to be levied in respect of a holding of which the revenue is fluctuating, the mutation fee should be calculated on the total of the kharif and rabi assessments of the agricultural year during which the transfer took place. If this however, is the current year and the rabi assessment has not been made at the time of attestation, the fee should be calculated on the assessments of the preceding year.
(10) No mutation fee is leviable in the case of a mortgage of land to Government or in the case of the redemption of such a mortgage.
(11) A separate mutation fee should be levied for the shamilat holding where a transfer includes a share of the shamilat.
(12) No mutation fee is leviable on the entry of the neme of a posthumous child.
7.33 Preparation of list of village wise mutation fee - Every year in the month of September the patwari should prepare for each village in his circle, a list of the fees due on mutations attested during the past year. After the field kanungo has completed the check prescribed by paragraph 7.36 infra the patwari will, after revising the list, if necessary, submit it to the Tahsil office through the field kanungo.
7.35 Deleted.
7.36 Entry of fees in lists - order to secure the correct entry and collection of mutation fees, the patwari when preparing the list referred to in paragraph 7.38 (v) infra, will enter in red ink over the serial number of each mutation (column 4 of the lists) the amount of the fee according to the mutation sheets, and at the bottom of column 4 will enter the total demand of the village. It is the duty of the field kanungo when checking jamabandis in the tahsil (see paragraph 7.61 infra), carefully to check these entries with the original sheets of accepted and rejected mutations, and to certify that they are correct. Any mistake discovered by the field kanungo should be communicated by him at once to the patwari who will then complete the lists referred to in paragraph 7.34 supra.
7.37 Officer kanungo's statement of mutation fees Financial Commissioner's circular no.72 of 1886 – As soon as the field kanungo's check is completed the officer kanungo will prepare a statement in duplicate in the form below:-
TAHSIL: _______________
Statement of
account of mutation fees for the year Kharif 19__ and rabi ______ 
Number of Mauza
Name of Mauza
Total mutations fees of each estate
Explanation: Give against each mauza only the total sum.
One copy of the statement should be sent by the tahsildar to the Collector as soon after the end of September as possible for inforporation in the Running Register. [see paragraph 29(12)(g) of standing order no.31]. The other copy should be over the tahsil wasil baqi navis in whose custody it will remain. It will then be the duty of the tahsil wasil baqi navis to see that the fee collected by the Revenue Officer and credited in the tahsil account tallies with this statement.
7.38 Disposal forms containing mutation orders - The fillowing instructions prescribe the methode of disposal of forms containing mutation orders:
(i) Each patwari will be provided with two counter-foil registers, the one for accepted,the other for rejected, mutations. This register will be in the following form in duplicate, except that the last column will only be in the foil:
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
7 |
8 |
9 |
|
Hadbast No. and name of village |
Sr. no of batch for the current year for the village shown in column 1 |
date of order |
Total no of mutations |
No. of Mutation sheets |
Sr. No of Mutation |
Signature of Patwaris |
Signature of attesting officer |
Date of receipt in tahsil with signature of office kanungo. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(ii) On each occasion that he attests the mutations of a village, a revenue officer should have the mutation sheets, on which orders have been passe, arranged in serial order in two bundles, the one of accepted, the other the patwari to enter the necessary particulars in the registers aforesaid. The foils should then be detached from the counterfoils and affixed as indices to the two boundles, each of which should be stitched together with stout thread.
(ii) The boundles of sheets should then be despatched, or personally made over by the attesting officer to the tahsil officer kanungo. Attesting officers are responsible for the safe custody of the sheets until they are so made over and should be very careful to prevent their loss.
(iii) On receiving the sheets the office kanungo will check them with the indices, sign the latter and then place both sheets and indices in an almirah, where he will arrange them in files by field kanungos' circles and betweenthe boards tied round with tape or string. Within these boards the sheets should be arranged by patwaris' circles those of each village being placed together along with their incices in the order in which they reach the office kanungo. The files of accepted and rejected mutations in each field kanungo's circle should be kept distinct and on separate shelves.
(iv) After June 15th the patwari should prepare two lists in the form below of all mutations attested during the year for each village in his circle. One list will show accepted, the other rejected mutations.
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
7 |
|
Hadbast
No. and name of village |
Total no.
of mutations |
Total No.
of sheets |
No. of
mutations in serial order |
Signature
of patwari |
Signature
of tahsil office kanungo |
Remarks |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(v) On receipt of these lists the office kanungo should compare them with the mutation sheets in his sutody, arrange the latter in their serial order, remove and destrov their indices, sign the lists in column 6 in token of their correctness and attach them to the boundles of sheets to which they refer.
(vi) As soon as a jamabandi is filed, the office kanungo should make over the accepted mutation sheets of the village in question to the field kanungo and take his receipt in the last column of the list which is attached to those sheets and which he will retain. The sheets will then be attached by the field kanungo to the jamabandi.
(vii) The list containing the receipts of the field kanungo should be made into kuliat files, one for each field kanungo's circle. Each file should be indexed and the lists which it contains should be arranged by the serial order of the hadbast numbers of the villages to which they relate. The files should be destroyed after five years, that is, after the next detailed jamabandi have been prepared.
(viii) The rejected mutations sheets of any village for which a jamabandi has been prepared should be sent to the district record room along with the jamabandi and the lists attached to them. These sheets should be kept in the Land Record Office for twelve years and then destroyed.
7.39 Petitions and exhibits should be returned to the parties by the attesting officer. If depositions are taken by commission the essential part of them should be very briefly incorporated in the attesting order so that the mutation sheet be complete in itself. Any papers which cannot be returned should remain attached to their proper mutations. When the jamabandi of any village if filed the miscellaneous papers should be removed from the sanctioned sheets of mutations and made into distinct files one for each kanungo's circle. These shold be kept with the files mentioned in paragraph 7.38 (viii) supra and destroyed them after 5 years. Miscellaneous papers attached to sanctioned mutations relating to the investigation of benami transactions, together with the benami files, should however be preserved as permanent records and filed in the General Record Room.
7.40 Form of jamabandi with instructions, Land Revenue Rules 72 - The form of the jamabandi is as follows:-
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
7 |
|
Khewat No. |
khatauni no. |
Name of patti or taraf; with name of jamabandi and revenue |
Owner, with description |
Cultivator, with description |
Well or other |
Field numbers |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8 |
9 |
10 |
11 |
12 |
|
Area and classification of land |
Rent paid by cultivator rate nad amount |
Share or measre of right and rule of bachh |
Demand with detail of revenue and cesses |
Remarks |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note:
The form may be altered with the sanction of the Financial Commissioner to meet
the requirements of any particulars district or tract. For canal colonies in
particular a special form will generally be found necessary (see the form given
in paragraph 7.45 infra), and in other districts it may prove advisable to
effect minor alterations. A column may, if necessary, be added for
"date-trees liable to assesment". In tracts under fluctuating
assessment this form may be used or the alternative form given in paragraph
7.44 infra, as may appear more suitable. In the case of urban lands to which
the Land Revenue Act applies, the ordinary form should be adopted, but it
should be divided into two parts, namely, (a) for agricultural (zarai) and (b)
for urban (sakni) lands.
Special Instructions Relating to The Jamabandi
7.41 (1) Column 1.- The khewat number is the number of the owners' holding. Except as provided in paragraph 7.19(3) supra, arrange owners' holdings in the order in which the names of owners are given in the village genealogical tree (shajra nasab). Muafi holdings must not be collected at the end of the jamabandi. Each should be put up in the place to which, with reference to the order of ownership, it belongs. A mortgagee in actual possession, and paying the land revenue should have a khewat and not a khatauni number, except as provided in clause (5) infra.
(2) Column 2.- The khatauni number is the number of the holding (khata) of the person responsible for the cultivation. Enter in order all the holding belonging to each khewat number showing firs the holding, if any, cultivated by the owner himself (khudkasht), next the tenants-at-will. where there are several tenancy holdings under one properietor the tenants in their several classes should be entered, so far as possible, in alphabetical order. The Collector may prescribe a diffenrent order of entry for the khatauni holdings of Government lands in a colony area if he finds that the orders prescribed in this instruction cannot be suitably followed as regards such holding.
(3) Column 3.- Enter the pattis or tarafs on the order in which they appear in the shajra nasab. If thre is any common land belonging to all the owners of the patti or taraf, enter it as a separate khewat number after the khewat numbers of the individual owners. Enter the total for each patti or taraf after the last of the khewat numbers contained in it.
(4) Column 4.- "Description" in this column includes father's name, grand father's name and resident; and for offiecrs of the Indian Army the title of their rank, as Subedar, Resaldar, etc. If the owner is a firm, its manager shuld also be named and described. If the firm is registered under the Indian Partnership Act,IX of 1932, the partners need not be mention; but if the firm is not registered the partners should also be named and described and the details of their shares recorded. The mortgagee with possession, i.e. oen who is responsible for the payment of land revenue for the mortgaged land, should also be entered with a similar description in this column under the name of the owner, thus, Allah Bakhsh rahin wa Sewa Ram wald Rura Ram wald Ram Lal sakin Ludhiana, murtahin. The amount of the mortgage debt will not be entered anywhere in the jamabandi, If any of the recorded ownerss in the joint holding is out of possession note the fact and show who is out of possession of his share, thus: Allah Bakhsh ek tihai wa niz kabiz hakkiyat Rahim Bakhsh, ghair-kabiz do tihai. If the person in possession, i.e. who pays the revenue, is not owner, show this clearly thus: Allah Bakhsh ghair-kabiz. Regarding the entry of a right-holder as ghair-kabiz see paragraph 7.25 supra. The practice has in the past existed of making a note in the rent column (no.9), against the entry of a tenant-at-will of bila lagan ba waja tusawwar miliyat. This entry, which tends to operate as one of ghair-kabiz in respect of the owner should never be made, It is in the fist place inconsistent because a person who is a tenant cannot be in adverse possession; further the record is one of facts and not of claims. If the facts show adverse possession the mutation of ghair-kabiz should be made, and disposed of as shown in paragraph 7.25(6) supra. (L.L.T, 1932, page 141).
(4) If a sharer in a joint holding sells or mortgages the whole rights is a minor, a female or otherwise incapacitated from managing his own affairs, the name of his or her sarbarah or guardian need not be shown. It is needless to specify whether a right-holder is of age, or a minor. Where such entries have already been made the patwari may, when the right-holder comes of age, omit the designation "minor" and the name of the sarbarah without entering the case in the mutation register.
(5) Column 5.- "Description" in this column includes the father's name, grand father's name, and residence; and for officers of the Indian Army the title of their rank as Subedar, Resaldar, etc. If the tenar is a firm its manager should also be named and described. If the firm is registered under thee Indian Partnership Act, IX of 1932, the partners need not be mentioned, but if the firm is not registered the partners should also be named and described and the details of their shares recorded which may be as follows:-
(a) Cultivating owner:- Khud-kasht; or if one of several share-holders is cultivating a portion of the holding (hissadari kasht) khud kasht hissadar;
(b) Tanant holding for a fixed term under a contract (pattadar) or a decree of a Court or an order of competent authority. It should be remembered that the status of a leaseholder for a year differs from that of a tenent-at-will;
(c) All other tenants, i.e., tenant-at-will (ghair-maurusi or ghair dakhilkars). A person who is in adverse possession should not be described as ghair dakhilkar or ghair maurusi. These words imply the relationship of landlord and tenant which is incompatible with adverse possession.
(d) Adhjogias, Siris, Lachhains, Halis, Adhalils and other partners in cultivation should also be entered in this column, care being taken to distinguish them from tenants within the meaning of section 4(5) of the Tenancy Act. They art not "tenants" because they do not possess the right of excluding the landlord under section 12(2) of the Act from interfering in the cultivatioin. The entry regarding such partners in cultivation should be "khud kasht fulan ba sharakat fulan adhjogia, Siri etc." Field workers, who get fixed wages in cash or in kind, should not find a place in the Jamabandi.
Where the cultivation of the same field in the two harvests is done by different cultivator, the name of the rabi cultivator should be entered in red ink under the kharif tenant: he should not be given a separate khatauni number. In urbanized areas to which the Land Revenue Act applied it is oftern not practicable to record the tenants of every class of land. The collector is given discretion, therefore, to direct that no entries be made in this column save in respect of land which is occupied or has been let for agricultural purposes or for pasture in any such area.
If a sharer in a joint holding sells or mortgages certain fields, and the transferee obtains possession, the name of the latter will be shown in this column not in column 4. He will be given a khatauni and not a khewat number.
The tenant is the person responsible for paying the rent. If he sublets the land the entry should be 'A' ghair maurusi awwal marfat 'B' ghair maurusi doyam.
(6) Column 7.- The field or khasra number is the number given to the field in the village map (shajra kishtwar). The order of entry should usually be that of the khasra girdawari. The soil description in the jamabandi is intended to show the permanent method of husbandry applied to each field, and not the condition applicable to any particular harvest or harvests see paragraph 260 of the Settlement Manual. The soil entry must, therefore, be changed, when, but only when, a permanent change has occurred, as e.g., by the cultivation of land which was previously banjar jadid or banjar kadim or by the conversion of barani into chahi land owing to the sinking of a new well. Ordinarily, changes in soil classification need only be made in the year in which quinquennial attestation takes place. But in the case of changes from uncultivated land, the change of classification must be made in the next jamabandi, whether it be one made after a quinquennial attestation or not.
(7) Column 8.- Where the ghumao measure is in use, enter the area of holdings in kanals and marlas only reckoning out ghumaos only in the totals of pattis or tarafs and of the estate. In the districts under settlement operations the total area only i.e. Mizan Haqiat of each holding (Khewat) and the ground total of each estate should be given both in the local measure in vogue as well as in metric system at the end of the entries pertaining to each holding estate in the Misal-I-Haqiat and later on in the quinquennial jamabandis.
Prior to the agricultural year 1971-72, the land measure used in all revenue work varied in different part of the State. From the agricultural year 1971-72 metric measure to four places of decimal of a hectare shall be used gradually in a single rotation of five years and all records prepared during the year 1971-72 to 1975-76 shall simultaneously indicate the metric measure in red ink, in addition to the local measure. From the agricultural year 1976-77, metric measure shall only be used and the local measure shall be discontinued altogether. The classification of land, should be the same as indicated in notes given below in form of khasra girdwari prescribed in paragraph 9.2 of this manual.
(8) Column 9.- Where rent is paid by a share of produce (batai) enter the share only. If by a lump sum not the amount, otherwise note both rate and amount in the case of cash rents. Where part of a holding pays at one rate, and part at another, see that areas, etc., are given in sufficient detail; so also where cash rents are paid on particular crops (zabit). Where no rent is paid by a person in possession other than the owner briefly explain the reason for non-payment of rent if the fact is undisputed. As above explained, the entry of no rent because of a claim to adverse possession should never be made. If the fact is that the possession is adverse the entry should be of ghair-kabiz, if the fact is that he is a tenant then if the rent cannot be ascertained it should be recorded as doubtful. For the share of partners in cultivation see subclause (10) (vii) below.
(9) Column 11.- If the revenue of a holding is assigned (muafi or jagir) enter the amount in red ink. In the totals of pattis or tarafs and of a whole estate show the whole revenue in black ink with a detail of khalsa in black and muafi or jagir in red ink.
(10) Column 12.- In the case of all new entries of names of owners, mortgagees with possession and alterations in shares, etc., which are supported by any mutation or fard badar entry refer in this column to the entry by which they are supported. References to fard badar entries should be given in the manner described in paragraph 7.2 supra. If mutation of rights has occurred and has been entered up before June 15th or the date approved by the Director of Land Records but not attested, note briefly the facts which are believed to above occurred giving the serial number of the entry in the register but stating that the mutation has not been attested:
(i) If a new well has been made, or a deserted well has been brought into use, or if a well has fallen in or been deserted, be very careful to note the fact.
(ii) If a holding or part of a holding has been hypothecated to Government as security for a takavi loan, make a note of the fact.
If a second loan is given on the same security a second mutation is not required – see paragraph 7.18 (ii) supra – but whether a mutation has to be entered up or not, the patwari should make a note of the loan in column 12 of the current jamabandi which should be carried over to all succeding jamabandis.
(iii) A brief description of the terms of collateral mortgages attested in the mutatioin register will be entered in this column, but no entry relating to such mortgages woll be made in any other column.
(iv) If the revenue of an holding, patti or taraf or of a whole estate, is assigned (muafi or jagir), note the faact and the names, description, and shares of the assignees in red ink in this column.
(v) If mutation is refused in any case with reference to which notice of the registration of a deed has been received, note the fact in theis column, specifying the nature of the deed (sale, mortgage, etc.) and its date.
(vi) If any land in a colony town has been sold by Government for a specific purpose or subject to any particular conditions, then note here the purpose or the conditions.
(vii) The amount of produce received by Adhjogias and other partners in cultivation from the landlord as their share and the contribution towards seeds, Government dues, etc., if any, made by them, should be recorded in this column.
(viii) A note showing in names of owners whose land has been acquired by the Government wholly or partially and without a share of the shamilat, together with the area transferred and the number of the relevant mutation, shall be entered in this columm. It shall also be stated in this note that the owner concerned will be entitled to a due share of the shamilat area at the time of partition. The note in question shall be copied from jamabandi to jamabandi till partition of the shamilat takes place [see paragraph 7.19 (4 supra)].
(ix)
A note showing the date of
mortgage with possession, in respect of escheat land shall be entered in this
column.
7.42 Land owned by Government - All land owned by Government should be entered in one place after the village common. All land permanently appropriated for public purposes since the date of the last settlement should be entered thus -
(1) Where land belongs to the department of the State Government the words "State Government" should be recorded in the column of ownership. Where land belongs to a department of the Government of India, the words "Central Government" should be entered in that column.
(2) In the occupier's column the name of the department which has charge of the land e.g., Deputy Commissioner, Canal Department, Executive Engineer, Northern Railway, Postal Department, Defence Department etc.
(3) In lieu of soil entries, state the purpose to which the land is applied, e.g., encamping-ground, sarai, canal, rajbaha, bungalow, etc.
(4) When nazul or other Government property is vested in a local body, or is otherwise in its possession, such property should be described as "State Government or Central Government as the case may be maqbuza Zila Parishad or [Cantonment] Board" or as the case may be. But property acquired by a local body. In order to guard the interests of Government, no mutation of any new acquisition or mutation or any new acquisition or of sale of property owned by a local body should be made without the order of the Collector.
Concerning land occupied by Government at the date of last settlement which Government still holds, the entries of the last settlement in the column of ownership will be repeated unaltered. The columns of occupancy and description of land will be filled up as above directed.
If the land is occupied only temporarily, as for instance, the approach to a ferry, the names of the owner and hereditary tenants will usually be continued, and separate numbers need not be made. Government possession can be described in the column of remarks.
7.42-A Land held by Government on lease for specific purposes- In connection with the making of entries in the jamabandi on the basis of the mutations, referred to in paragraph 7.11-A, the following instructions are issued:-
(i) The entries in column 4 (owner) of the jamabandi should remain unaffected.
(ii) In column 5 (cultivator) the department of Government, for whose operations the lease has been effected, should be shown as lessee and the land-owner as lessor.
(iii)
In column 9 (rent), the entry
should be " rent at owner's rate on account of the construction and
maintenance of (.................... here specify the purpose of the
lease)."
7.43 A note should be added at the end of the jamabandi stating briefly what changes have been made in the soil entries, and where the changes are important, explaining the reason for making them. This note should be signed by the kanungo and by the naib-tahsildar or tahsildar.
Alternative form of jamabandi for fluctiating assessment referred to in the note to the form in paragraph 7.40 supra.1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
7 |
8 |
9 |
Khewat No |
Khatauni No. |
Name of Well and patti |
Owners, with description |
Cultivation with description |
Khasra number |
Area of field and total of holding |
Class of land and rate |
Name of canal and area irrigated in each field, with details of flow and lift |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10 |
11 |
12 |
13 |
14 |
15 |
16 |
|
Crops |
Rent |
Demand kharif 19 Rabi, 19 |
Remarks |
|||
|
Kharif |
Rabi |
cash |
Kind |
Revenue |
Cases |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7.44 Alternative form of jamabandi for colony towns and chaks referred to in the note to the paragraph 7.40
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
7 |
8 |
9 |
|
Sr. No |
Khewat No. |
Khatauni No, |
Name of lambardar with revenue |
Name of owner with description |
Name of tanat with description |
Name of Owner of building meterial with description |
Name of rent payer with description |
No of block |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10 |
11 |
12 |
13 |
14 |
15 |
16 |
17 |
18 |
19 |
|
Field no. or site no. |
Area according to the registered deed or according to the original contract |
prestent area |
Purpose for which the land was orriginally alloted |
Purpose for which it is being used |
Rent annually paid by the occupier |
Class of ahata |
Rate of revenue impossed |
Demand with details of revenue and cesses |
Remarks |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7.45 (1) Column 1.- Against each field numbers included in the khewat, the serial number of the auction or allotment register or the register of sales by private treaties, in which the land of each field no. is included, should be given in this column.
(2) Column 2.- The khewat is the number of owner's holdings which should be arranged in the order in which the names of owners are given in the village genealogical tree. In the case of towns where the genealogical trees are not in existence, the order of khasra numbers will be followed. No one should be given a separate khwat number, untill he has obtained full proprietary rights.
The
old khewat number should be given in red ink under the new khewat number.
(3) Column 3.- The khatuni numbe of the holdings of persons responsible for the payment of rent or are in possession of the site. Auction purchases, peasant grantees, or persons holding sites under special conditions, will be given separate khatauni number under the khewat of State or Central Government. In such cases the old number of khatauni should be in red ink under the new khatauni number.
(4) Column 4.- The name of lambardars responsible for the realization of land revenue assessed on sites should be entered. The total land revenue demand for which each lambardar is responsible should be entered in this column.
(5) Column 5.- "Description" in this column includes father's name, grandfather's name and residence, and in the case of officers of the Indian Army, the title of their ranks such as Subedar, Risaldar, Jamadar, etc. The name of a mortgagee with possession must be shown under the name of mortgagor. If a sharer in the joint holding sells or mortgages the whole or a definite fraction of his share the name of the transferee will be shown in this column. The name of sarbrah or guardian of minors or females need not be shown.
(6) Column 6.- In this column those persons will be entered who will ultimately obtain proprietary rights but have not yet acquired their rights. Their holdings will be entered in the following order:-
(1) Auction purchasers.
(2) Peasant grantees.
(3) Persons holding on half-resumable conditions.
(4) Persons holding land on the planting conditions.
(5) Lambardari grants.
(6) Lease-holders on horse-breeding conditions.
These persons will be shown within their separate groups in the order given in the pedigree table.
After the holdings of the above named persons the holdings of the following should be entered:-
(1) Non-occupancy tenants.
(2) Shopkeepers
(3) Kamins (menials) permanently settled.
(4) Additional kamins
(5) Ahatas allotted for masjids, dharamsalas
etc.
(6) Takies.
(6) (2) Deras.
These
persons will be shown within the groups in alphabetical order.
"Description" in this column includes father's name, grandfather's name, residence and status, e.g., rent-payer, abadkar, etc. In the case of an officer of the Indian Army, the title of his rank should also be prefixed to his name. In case the site is in the possession of malik, the words maqbuza malik should only be written.
(7) Column 7.- This column will be filled in the case where the owner of the site has lent the area to another person and has at the same time allowed him to erect building at the latter's own cost. "Description" in this column also includes father's name, grandfather's name, residence. In case of an officer of the Indian Army, the title of his rank should also be prefixed to his name.
(8) Column 8.- In this column those persons will be shown who pay rent to persons shown in columns 5,6 and 7. They will be shown in alphabetical order. The holdings of maliks will also be shown in this column. The "Description", in this column includes father's name, grand- father's name, residence of the person occupying the building erected by the person mentioned in column 7. In the case of officers of the Indian Army the title of their rank should be prefixed to their names.
(9) Column 9.- Block number should be given against the site number or field number in column 10.
(10) Column 10.- The field number or the site number means the number given to it in the map. The order of entries should usually be that of khasra girdawari.
(11) Column 11.- This column will be left blank when area originally allotted has been divided or amalgamated with other areas and given separate field numbers.
(12) Column 12.- The area arrived at the last girdwari of the field concerned or shown in the mutation register will be given in this column and will be in kanals, marlas and sarsahis or metric units.
(13) Column 13.- This should be ascertained by reference to the order of allotment.
(14) Column 14.- This should be ascertained by reference to the khasra girdawari.
(15) Column 15.- The amount of rent paid annually by the occupier should be entered here. This can be ascertained from the khasra girdawari.
(16) Column 16.- According to the condition of sale or allotment, as far as payment of revenue is concerned, the ahatas are classified differently such as (1) residential sites, (2) shop sites, (3) combined residential and shop sites, (4) menials sites and (5) factories, etc. This column should show the class of ahatas.
(17) Column 17.- The rate of revenue sanctioned should be given.
(18) Column 18.- The total amount of the land revenue demand with details of revenue and cesses should be specified in this column.
(19) Column 19.- In the case of all new entries of names of owners, mortgages with possession, and alterations in shares, etc. which are supported by any mutation or fard badar entry, the number of such mutation or fard badar should be given.
A brief description of the terms of collateral mortgages attested in the mutation register will be entered in this column, but no entry relating to such mortgagee will be made in any other column.
If mutation is refused in any case with reference to which notice of the registration of a deed has been received, note the fact in this column specifying the nature of the deed (sale, mortgage, etc) and its date.
In the case of allotment of Government land to local bodies or other private persons on certain conditions the following particulars should be given in this column against the khewat concerned:-
(a) Where there is a registered deed- Place of registration, number of deed, date of registration, number of bahi and number of volume.
(b) Where the deed is unregistered – Number of file and the date of execution of the deed. The number of goshwara shold also be given.
(c) In other cases, e.g., agreements, etc. – Number of the file and the date of agreement. The number of goshwara should be given.
(20) No mutation of rights can be incorporated in the jamabandi until a
revenue officer has sanctioned it by an order recorded in the mutation
register. The jamabandi entries concerning holdings in which mutations have
occurred, but on which no orders have been passed will remain unaltered.
7.47
& 7.48 Deleted.
7.48A (1) The provisions of Sections 54,59,107 and 123 of the Transfer of Property Act being applicable to the State of Punjab, the deeds of sale, mortgage, gift and certain leases relating to property should be properly executed and registered where mutations regarding oral transfers have been entered they should be rejected since the transfer of title in such cases is invalid.
(2) There may be cases in which although title has not been transferred by mutation, the transferee is in fact in possession of the property. In such cases the name of the transferer would appear in the column of ownership (column No.4 ) of the jamabandi and the name of the transferee should appear as a tenant at will in the cultivation column (column No 5). The rent column (column No.9) should be left blank.
(3) In some cases the transferer may remain in possession and make payment by way of rent to the transferee. In such case no rent should be entered in column No.9 of the jamabandi and the entry in column No.5 should be 'Maqbuza Malik'.
(4) The same instructions will
apply in the case of colony towns where the alternative form of jamabandi given
in paragraph 7.45 supra is in use.
7.49 Soil entered in the jamabandi, Financial Commissioner's circular No.1258, dated 8th February,1911 and 19 of 1889 - The classification of field in column 8 of the jamabandi has its origin in each case in the entries made in the khataunis when a village is remeasered. If note 14 of the instructions appended to the khatauni form (see appendix VII, Settlement Manual), be read, it will be seen that the classification of soils may be considered under three heads:-
(a) Land which is cultivated without the aid of irrigation,
(b) Land which is cultivated with the aid of irrigation,
(c) Land which is not cultivated.
In all returns in which soils or crops are classified as irrigated and unirrigated, sailab soils and crops should be included in the latter class.
7.50
Unirrigated Land - Land which is cultivated
without the aid of irrigation:- In the village papers of many districts
unirrigated land which are not affected by flooding or percolation from rivers
(sailab) are simply classified as barani. In those districts in which the
barani lands are classified according to the kind of soil (see paragraph
261-265 of the Settlement Manual), no revision of this classification should
ordinarily be attempted. If, for special reasons, as for instance, the spread
of sand or reh it may sometimes be necessary to revise any entries relating to
the classification of barani land, such revision should always be limited
strictly to those lands in which some real occasion for the revision
exists.
7.51
Classes of irrigated land - Land which is cultivated
with the aid of irrigation :- In note 14 appended to the khatauni form
(appendix VII of the Settlement Manual), it is directed that all land irrigated
regularly from a sell should be classed as chahi, and that all land irrigated
regularly from a canal should be classed as nahri. And it is explained that the
actual area of crops irrigated in each case will not appear from the khatauni
entries, but from the crop returns. The distinction herein contemplated is
further explained in paragraph 260 of the Settlement Manual. The limits of the
land permanently served by each well or canal distributary having once been
ascertained and indicated in the field map, the same caution should be observed
in changing these entries as is directed above with respect to the alteration
of classes of barani land. Ordinarily no such change need be attempted except
in the year of quinquennial attestation, and in carrying out these changes care
should be taken that lands once classed as irrigated be not classed as barani
nor barani as irrigated unless a permanent change of this nature has occurred.
7.52 Deleted.
7.53 Land
which is not cultivated - This land is
described in the village papers either as unculturable waste (ghair mumkin), or
as old waste (banjar kadim), or as new waste (banjar jadid). For the meaning of
these terms, the instructions appended to the khasra girdawari (chapter 9), and
paragraph 267 of the Settlement Manual may be consulted.
When waste land of either of these
three classes is cultivated, or when cultivated land is so injured as to make
it unculturable (e.g. by the action of river or torrents), there is no
difficulty in showing the change at once in the annual jamabandi or diluvion
paper.
The entries connected with the
changing of cultivation into banjar jadid into banjar jadid and of banjar jadid
into banjar kadim are less easily carried out with accuracy. Such changes,
therefore, should not be shown in an annual jamabandi or in diluvion or
fluctuating assessment paper but in the next detailed jamabandi.
7.54 Jamabandis, how and when to be prepared - Paragraph 388 of the Land Administration Manual shows why detailed jamabandis are, as a rule, only prepared every fifth year. The should be written on paper of A quality. The are prepared for those estates or parts of estates in each year in which the Collector directs that a detailed jamabandi should be prepared, and they are ordinarily prepared annually in one-fifth of the villages in a district. They should contain every field entry in full. For these villages quinquennial returns (see chapter 10) should be compiled.
A table should be given to each
field kanungo, showing the arrangements approved for the preparation of a detailed
jamabandis for each patwari's circle in his charge, this table being so
arranged that the work of each year shall cover about one-fifth of the
kanungo's whole circle.
As regards villages under fluctuating assessment, special permission has been given in certain districts by which the preparation of annual jamabandis is dispensed with unless it is required for purposes of the fluctuating assessment. The principle approved of is that when special records have been prescribed which suffice for purposes of fluctuating assessment, annual jamabandis are unnecessary.
In villages subject to diluvion, if the diluvion rules of the district prescribe the preparation of a record which enables us to dispense with an annual jamabandi, it is unnecessary to insist on its preparation in a year other than that of the quinquennial attestation. If such rules, however, are not sufficient for this purpose, it would only be necessary to prepare a detailed revised jamabandi for those holdings which are affected by river action. In such cases the patwari will prepare two copies of the revised jamabandi of the holdings affected, one copy to be retained by him, and the other sent to the tehsil to be placed with the last detailed jamabandi filed in the district office.
7.55 Necessary of preventing errors, etc., in the khasra girdawari - Thus for a large portion of the district no jamabandi will be prepared for one, two, three or four years, and certain precautions are therefore necessary to avoid errors and preventing the patwaris from tempering with the entries in the khasra girdwari or other papers. The instructions issued for this purpose are contained in chapter 9.
7.56 Mutation occurring up to 15th June to be incorporated in the jamabandi, Financial Commissioner's circular No.30, dated 4th December, 1909 - Tahsildars and Nai-tahsildar must, without neglecting record work in other villages, pay special attention to estates for which new detailed jamabandi are to be drawn up. All mutations upon which final orders have been passed up to 15th June inclusive or any later date approved by the Director of Land Records are incorporated in the jamabandi. Every effort should be made to have all mutations which have occurred up to that date entered in the register and attested by that date.
The Tahsildar or Naib-tahsildar in
charge of the circle in which any estate for which a jamabadi is to be drawn up
is situated, must visit the estate in the cold weather before the middle of
January, and, as far as possible, attest all lpending mutations. All
attestations of mutations during the nine months preceding the drawing up of a
new detailed jamabandi must be carried out in the village itself. At his first
visit to the estate in the cold weather the tahsildar or naib-tahsildar should
see that the patwari and kanungo have arranged their work so as to carry out
the instructions in the next paragraph.
7.57 Preparation for the drawing up of new
jamabandi, Financial Commissioner's circular No.30, dated 4th
December, 1909 - Preparations for the drawing up of a new jamabandi should
be started by the patwari and field kanungo in the cold weather, and if
possible, in all the estates concerned before the middle of January. The should
together visit each estate for which such a jamabandi is to be prepared and by
enquiry from the right-holders ascertain whether any changes have occurred
which have not been brought to record. The patwari should, in the presence of
the kanungo (whoshould have the patwri's copy of the genealogical tree open
before him), read out to the people the entries in the existing jamabandi, and
note changes in pencil in the remarks column, and the necessary entries in the
mutation register. The kanungo should bring the genealogical tree up to date
and should check the entries in the mutation register with the jamabandi and
note that they agree. He should help the patwari to prepare a list of field
which require amendment. The patwari should later make tracings in pencil of
such portion of the village may as required to be amended.
7.58 Rabi Girdawari of estates of which
jamabandis to be prepared. Financial Commissioner's circular No.30, dated 4th
December, 1909 - At the rabi girdawari the patwari must take up first the
estate or estates for which a detailed jamabandi is to be drawn up, and be very
careful to note all changes and fresh cases requiring mutation orders. If the
work described in the last paragraph has been properly done the new entries in
the mutation register should be few in number. They should be made before the
harvest inspection of the next village is started. As soon as the crop
inspection of the estate for which a new jamabandi is to be prepared is
finished, the patwari should sent notice to the tahsil.
7.59 Attestation of almutations before the 15th
June, Financial Commissioner's circular No. 30, dated 4th December,
1909 - After receiving this notice the naib-tahsildar or tahsildar
concerned must visit the estate as soon as possible, but in any case before the
15th of June, or the date approved by the Director of Land Records,
and attest all pending cases.
7.60 Preparation of the jamabandi - The jamabandi should be prepared in duplicate and one of the copies should eventually filed in the district office and the other retained by the patwari. In the months of June, July and August the field kanungo should pay special attention to the detailed jamabandis which are being prepared by his patwaris. He should attest all the entries holding by holding, in the presence of the zamindars concerned and see that due effect has been given to the mutations on which final orders have been passed by the 15th of June or the date approved by the Director of Land Records. His attestation should be made on the copy which has eventually to be filed in the district office. This copy should contain his report to the effect that he has duly attested it, a list of errors discovered and alterations made being added in the kanungo's handwriting. A copy of this report signed by the field kanungo should be atteched to the patwari's copy of the jamabandi. Any alterations that may be found to be necessary should be made at once in red ink by the kanungo in both copies of the jamabandi and signed by him. He is personally responsible that the patwari's copy tallies in all respects with the other copy. Fairing of the jamabandi by the substitution of a new page for one on which corrections have been made is absolutely forbidden.
7.60-A. Deleted.
7.61 Filing of jamabandi in the tahsil - The patwari should give the first copy of the jamabandi to the office kanungo at the tahsil not later than September 7th, or any subsequent date approved by the Director of Land Record due to special circumstances, provided such date does not exceed 6 months from 7th September. During that month the field kanungo, with a view especially to see that the changes based on mutations have been properly incorporated and that the statistical statements filed with the jamabandi are correct, should again check the latter at the tahsil, following the same procedure as before, that is, he should himself make a copy of the list of the errors discovered and the alterations made at this inspection and sign it. This copy should be handed to the patwari who whould stitch it into the duplicate jamabandi and make the necessary alterations in the latter. The field kanungo at his next visit to the patwari's circle should see that the patwari has done this and initial all the alterations made.
7.62 Check of detailed jamabandis by revenue officers - The tahsildar or Naib-tahsildar in charge of the circle in which the village lies shall make his final attestation on the spot and shall observe the following instructions:-
(1) At least 25 percent of the khatauni holdings should be read out on the spot and in the presence of the assembled right-holders,
(2) At least 25 percent of the mutations attached to the jamabandis should be compared with the khewats concerned,
(3) At least 25 percent of the khewat holdings should be compared with the old jamabandis,
(4) At least 25 percent of the khewat entries in the original copy should be compared with the corresponding entries in the patwari's copy of the jamabandi.
The number of the field of the fields, the tatima shairas of which have been attested, must be specified as also that of the unattested mutations entered before the 16th June or the date approved by the director of Land Records; of these there should be as few as possible. This check must usually be carried out in the cold weather months between the end of the kharif and the begining of the rabi girdawari. For the purposes of this check the revenue officer should take with him the copy of the jamabandi which has been filed in the tahsil, and he should record on this the report of the attestation and a list of mistakes discovered and alterations ordered. The report should specify what and how many entries were attested by personal enquiry from the right-holders and when and where the attestation was made. A copy of the report sighned by the tahsildar or naib-tahsildar as the case may be should be attached to the patwari' copy of the jamabandi. Any alterations that may be found to be necessary should be made in both copies of the jamabandi and initialled by the revenue officer under whose orders they are made. When this has been done, the revenue officer should fill in two copies of the final attestation slip in the form given below and attach one copy to each of the two copies of the jamabandi:-
Final attestation of jamabandi for the year 19 __, village ________, tahsil ___________ District _________________
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
7 |
8 |
9 |
10 |
|
Date of attestation |
Place of attestation |
Khatas attested |
Verification of mutation orders incorporated in the jamabandi |
Khatas checked with the previous jamabandi |
khatas compared with patwari current copy of jamabandi |
Khasra nos. of which tatimas were checked on the spot |
khasra nos. of which tatimas were checked with reference to their incorporation in part tahsil map |
Mutation entered but not attested before 15th June |
Remarks |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
I certify that all necessary corrections have been made and that this jamabandi is correct and complete in all respects, except as regards mutations shown in cloumn 8 and other transfers discovered to have taken place before 15th June last and referred to in the memorandum attached to the jamabandi.
Dated :________________.
Assistant Collector.
If any part of the local attestation can be done adequately in the hot weather before the jamabandis are filed in the tahsil, so much the better, but in that case a further check must be made to see that the kanungo has carried out properly the instructions in paragraph 7.61 supra and the final certificate of correctness alluded to above must not be given until the second check has been carried out. A revenue officer superior in rank to the tahsildar or naib-tahsildar should note the result of his attestation on the spot, of a jamabandi on the copy to be eventually filed in the district office and attach a copy of this note signed by him to the patwari's copy of the jamabandi. He should initial all alterations made in both copies of the jamabandi under his orders. The result of any examination of jamabandis made by such officer in the tahsil office should be entered in the minute book of the tahsil and not on the jamabandis examined by him. The district kanungo should note the result of his attestation of a jamabandi in his diary and not on the jamabandi itself.
7.63 Appellate orders - When an order is passed in appeal, on review or revision after the 15th June, a note in red ink should be made on the original mutation sheet by the district kanungo if the jamabandis are at sadr or by the office kanungo if the jamabandis are in teh tahsil office. The field kanungo of the circle will make a similar note on the patwari's copy of the mutation order. If the jamabandi entries are not in accordance with the order finally passed on appeal, review or revision, the patwari should be instructed to enter a mutation by way of correction of the jamabandi and this mutation will be given effect in the jamabandi prepared at the subsequent quinquennial attestation. No fee will be charged.
PART – E
INSPECTION OF REVENUE RECORDS AT THE TEHSIL OFFICE
Thorough test of the work of
the land records agency at tehsils - The work of the land record agency
should be thoroughly tested at the half-yearly inspection of the tehsil offices
prescribed in standing order No.14 and in paragrph 236 of the Land
Administration Manual. A statement of the chief points requiring Manual. A
statement of the chief points requiring attention at the inspection of the
tehsil office kanuno's work is given in annexure F to this chapter. The
inspecting officer should thoroughly scrutnise the mutation work of the
tehsildar, naib-tehsildar and any extra naib-tehsildar who has been employed in
the tehsil.(
PART- F
INSPECTION OF DISTRICT REVENUE RECORD ROOMS
AND DISTRICT KANUNGO'S OFFICE
8.10 Quarterly inspections of district revenue record room - In all districts a separate record room called the Land Record Office has been provided for the revenue records proper. This office is in-charge of the district kanungo, the assistant district kanungo performing the duties of record keeper. The exercise of constant supervision over this office will be performed by the Officer Incharge of Revenue Branches. The Officer-in-charge must inspect the revenue record room at least once a quarter and the result of all inspections whether occasional ones or those made regularly should be sent to the Deputy Commssioner for information. On return from the Deputy Commissioner the inspection not should be kept by the record keeper.
In order to guide the inspecting officer in this inspection a questionnaire has been drawn up and added as annexure G to this chapter. The inspecting officer is at liberty to direct his attention to such questions only as he may desire or to go beyond the questionnaire if he wishes.
8.11
Inspection of district
kanungo's office - The district kanungo's office should be inspected twice
a year by the Deputy Commissioner or the Officer Incharge at least one of the
two inspections must be carried out by the Deputy Commissioner himself as
required by paragraph 1.1 of the District Office Manual. A note on this points
to be attented to by inspecting officers will be found in annexure H to this
chapter. In the first fortnight of April and October each Commssioner should
report to the Financial Commissioner's office giving a list of districts in
which the required inspection has not been carried out and stating reason.
PART -G
INSPECTION OF LAND RECORDS BY DISTRICT KANUNGO
8.12 Touring of district kanungo and inspection of patwaris' and field kanungos'work by him - The district kanungo is responsible for the efficiency of both the office and field kanungos and should be in camp inspecting their work for at least 15 days in each month from 1st October to 30th April. His inspections of patwaris' papers while on tour should mainly be directed to testing the work which the field jkanungos have tested. He should see that their check is systematic and comprehensive and that they understand the procedure prescribed for patwaris and insist upon its observance by them. It is no part of his work to attest jamabandis except in so far as this may be necessary to enable him to check the work of field kanungos and in the course of his girdawari inspections he should confine himself as far as possible to checking the entries which the field kanungos have already checked so as to be able to judge how far this check is reliable. It should be clearly understood that it is not intended that on his tours the district kanungo should do the work of an extra field kanungo. His proper function on tour is the supervision and instruction of field kanungos and the checking of their work with a view to corredting and removing errors and defects of procedure etc,. So far as it may be necessaryfor him in pursuance of the above objects personally to check the work of individual patwaris the relevant instructions contained in annexures C and D to this chapter should be done in mind. When inspecting a field kanungo's work, the district kanungo will pay attention to the instructions contained in annexure A. His tours should be be so arranged that he shall test the work of each field kanungo's charge. It is the duty of field kanungo to accompany the district kanungo to accompany the district kanungo during the inspection of a circle except when harvest inspection work is in progress.
8.13 Result of inspection to be recorded in field kanungo's dairy and in his own dairy - The result of each day's inspection shall be written by the district kanungo in red ink in the diary of the field kanungo whose charge is under inspection and the entries shall be copied by the field kanungo in the diary of the district kanungo. Such entries shall always show the numbers of fields inspected, date of testing by field kanungo, the number of those fields of which the entries were found right and the number of fields which the entries were found right and the number of fields of which the entries were found wrong and the general state of the work of the kanungo's charge in progress at the time of his inspection in respect of its forwardness or backwardness. The district kanungo should show in his inspection notes the date of the previous inspection of each field kanungo's circle visited so that inspecting officers may be able to see at a glance whether any circle is not being neglected.
8.14 Inspection of office kanungo's work - Results of the district kanungo's inspection of the records of an office kanungo shall be reported to the Deputy Commissioner not later than the day following the report being submitted through the tehsildar, who will forward it to the Sub- Divisional Officer. Each tehsil office shall be inspected by the district kanungo not less than once in the half year ending March. A note on points specially to be attended to by the officers inspecting the tehsil will be found in annexure F to this chapter. It does not, however, embrace all the points to be notice by the district kanungo whose inspection should be still more searching. The inspection note shall be recorded in the minute book separately maintained in each tehsil for the unspection notes of the district kanungo.
PART – H
INSPECTION NOTES
8.15
Maintenance of
inspection note-books - At each district office and each tehsil there
should be an inspection note-book in which inspecting officers should note the
results of their inspections. It will be the duty of controlling officers on
every subsequent inspection to see that defects previously noted have been
corrected. The results of these inspections should be borne in mind by the
Deputy Commissioner and Commissioner when they write their yearly note of
officers. The minute book should contain butts and be bound in boards or
leather. A separate minute book shall be kept in each tehsil office for the
inspection notes of Director of Land Records. Copies of all minutes recorded by
district or tehsil office should be forwarded to the Financial Commissioners'
office for record .When a Commissioner inspects a district or tehsil office he
should forward a copy of his note in the minute book to the financial
Commissioner for information and similarly a Deputy Commissioner should send a
copy of his inspection note to the Commissioner of the division. For inspection
notes recorded by Director of Land Records, paragraph 1.4 may be consulted.
Inspecting Officers should have the required number of spare copies of inspection notes prepared simultaneously with the fair copy prepared for signature. These notes should be sent out without delay and in any case should reach the tehsil concerned within a fortnight of the inspection.
8.16 Inspection notes to be properly attended to by the officers for whose benefit they are recorded - It has been found that the inspection note recorded by inspecting officers do not receive proper attention of the officers for whose benefit they are recorded. In some cases they are not even pasted into the file book maintained for the purpose. In others no action is taken to rectify the defects pointed out therein for month, and thus they lose their value.Deputy Commissioner and their Assistants should see that the defects brought out in the inspection notes are promptly set right and persons failing in this duty should be severely dealt with.
ANNEXURE A
Point requiring attention at at the inspection of a field kanungo's work
GENERAL
(a) Does the field kanungo reside within his circle at the entries in the dairy of a patwari and report to the tehsildar any matter which is important and requires his orders?(Paragraph 2.46).
(b) Does the field kanungo reside within his circle at the headquarters nominated by the Collector ; if not, has he got the written permission by the Collector to reside elsewhere?(Paragraph 2.48)
(c) Has the field kanungo been visiting the patwari's circle at least once a month and what work he inspected each time?(Paragraph 2.48)
2. Has he got a complete edition of the following (Paragraph 8.4):-
(1) Land Records Manual
(2) Financial Commissioners' standing order No. 32 (Taccavi loans),
(3) A copy of the rules contained in paragraphs 441 and 505 of the Settlement Manual,
(4) Mensuration Manual,
(5) Rules showing the duties of lambardars and chowkidars (Part II, Jantri Patwarian),
(6) A ready Reckoner regarding the calculation of areas.
EQUIPMENT
3. Has he in his possession two steel rods adjusted to the length metre and kept in hollow bamboos? (Paragraph 2.33).
4. Does he periodically examine and test the patwari's adda?(Paragraph 3.70) Register of Patwaris' work
5. Is the register kept in the prescribed form and up to date? Field kanungo's Statement of tour (Paragraph 2.51).
6. Ascertain that when girdawari, bachh and diluvion work are going on, his whole time is given to supervising this work, and that at other times he inspects each patwari's work at least once a month. (Paragraph 2.47)
GIRDAWARI
7. Does the field kanungo check the Patwari's work systematically and carefully field by field?
8. Does the field kanungo check the girdawari of all villages in the circle of each patwari? (Paragraph 2.47)
9. Does he at each visit check the list of changes with details placed before him by the patwari?(Paragraph 9.9)
10. Did the field kanungo promptly check the jinswar statement to see that crops have been entered under their proper heads, that areas are correct and that they have been correctly converted into hectares from the local standard? (Paragraph 9.11)
10-A. Did the field kanungo check the Halat Dehi Statements (Thur, Sem, Chos and deposit of sand affected area) to find out the correct details thereof?
11. Does he check carefully and attest all alterations of entries once made in the khasra?(Paragraph 9.9)
12. Did the field kanungo check the patwari's diary and satisfy himself that no alterations have been made in the khasra girdawari after bachh papers have been drawn out or corrected and in the case of alterations made, a note has been made in the diary? (Paragraph 9.9(b)
13. Does he inspect and note the condition of every pakka survey mark and trijunction pillar? (Paragraph 4.11)
14. In districts to which paragraphs 4.28 to 4.31 are applicable , does he at the kharif girdawari draw up a list of all new fields which have come in to existence since the last [quinquennial] jamabandi was drawn up owing to changes of the kind mentioned in paragraph 4.21, and which ought to be incorporated in the map?
MUTATION WORK
15. Have all entries in the mutation register been attested by the field kanungo after examining the papers concerned?(Paragraph 7.4 (ii)
16. Does he attest carefully the entries made by the patwari in the foil and counterfoil of the mutation register?(Paragraph 7.4(ii)
17. Where map of new field numbers is entered on the back of a mutation sheet, does he (a) check the dimensions and areas on the spot, and sign his name with a note "attested on the spot ,"(b) see that the measurement correspond with the area actually transferred in the case of mutations due to sales, etc.?(Part D of Chapter 4 and paragraph 7.8)
THE ANNUAL RECORD
18. Ascertain whether the field kanungo brings the genealogical tree up to date as prescribed by paragraph 7.66.
19. Was the previous jamabandi of the village under quinquennial attestation read out to the Zamindars in the cold weather by the field kanungo , the shajra nasab brought up to date, mutations entered and a list prepared showing the fields requiring amendments? (Paragraphs 7.57)
20. In June, July and August, while new jamabandis are under preparation , does the field kanungo visit each patwari's circle at least once a month and supervise the timely and accurate preparation of the jamabandis and statements which accompany them? (Paragraph 2.48)
21. Was the jamabandi under preparation attested by the field kanungo on the spot holding in the presence of the Zamindars during July or August , and were mistakes detected , corrected by him in red ink?(Paragraph 7.60)
22. Does he see that all mutations attested by June 15th have been correctly incorporated in the jamabandi? (Paragraph 7.56).
23. Ascertain that,---
(a) he makes all alterations in red ink himself as far as possible and gives a copy of the list of errors and alterations to the patwari to be switched into his copy of the jamabandi;
(b) he signs the alterations made by the patwari in his copy at his next inspection of the village (Paragraph 7.61)
(c) after the revenue officer's attestation the alterations made by him are entered by the patwari in his copy and signed by the field kanungo.
24. Were the statistical statements checked by the field kanungo in the tehsil during the month of September? Were the mistakes corrected by the field kanungo himself and a copy of the jamabandi?(Paragraph 7.61)
25. Has the field kanungo signed the alterations made by the patwari in his copy of the jamabandi due to the mistakes detected at the checking done in the month of September in the tehsil?(Paragraph 7.61)
26. Has the field kanungo checked on the spot the tatimma shajras prepared to show the changes referred to in paragraph 4.23?
27. In districts to which paragraphs 4.28 to 4.31 are applicable, has he supervised the transfer of the corrections shown in the tatimma shajra to the patwari's copy of the field map, and to the fair copy kept in tehsil , and noted that he has done so in his note of the result of checking the jamabandi?
28. Did the field kanungo compare the list of pensioners in the patwari's copy of jamabandiwith the extract supplied to him by the tehsildar and make the necessary alterations in red ink?(Paragraph 63 III of standing order No. 7).
FARD BACHH
29. In villages for which a jamabandi is not being prepared does the field kanungo compare the patwari's copy of the fard buchh with the last jamabandi and the mutation register, and sign it after satisfying himself of its correctness.
29-A. Does the field Kanungo check the implementation of remission as a result of Thur, Sim, Chos and deposit of sand affected area?
ALLUVION AND DIVULLION
30. Is the field kanungo's supervision thorough and accurate?
PARTITIONS
31. Does the field kanungo carefully check and sign the map and khatauni, after comparing them with each other and with the village map and last jamabandi, and after satisfying himself that no numbers have been omitted or entered twice?(Paragraph 18.14).
ANEXURE B
Inspection
note on the work of ________________ field kanungo of______________circle of
tehsil ____________district______________
INSTRUCTIONS
I. Add as many blank sheets to the form as may be ffound to be necessary to add.
II. Total the statistics given in the statement at page infra for the kanungos' circle.
III. On the subsequent pages:---
A. – Discuss the kanungos' work in paragraphs numbered according to the questions given in paragraphs 8.8 reproduced below:---
(1.) Is the kanungo's touring systematic and adapted to the work to be supervised at different seasons?(Paragraphs 2.49).
(2.) Has he done his best to prevent delay by patwaris in entering up mutations and has he reported any patwari who failed to carry out his instructions or to comply with the order in paragraph 3.27 and 2.45.
(3.) Has he checked the girdawari of each patwari in his circle thoroughly and systematically? 'This will be ascertained at the girdawari inspection and the result noted here.
(4.) Has he compiled with the instructions relating to the preparation or the check by him , as the case may be, of,---
(a) the genealogical tree (Paragraph 7.66)
(b) Jamabandi (PAragraph 7.60 and 7.61)
(c) the supplementary maps (Paragraph 7.3 and part D of chapter 4)
(d) the statements of the village note-book (Paragraph 10.1)
(5.) Has he carefully supervised the dilluvion work in his circle, if any?
(6.) Has he carefully supervised the girdawari work regarding Thur, Sem, Chos and deposit of sand affected areas in his circle (if any)?
(7.) Has he checked both copies of the fard buchh carefully (Paragraph 3.21).
(8.) Has he a good knowledge of the agricultural and general conditions of his circle?
B.- State whether the kanungo attested mutation entries with sufficient care and without unreasonable delay [Paragraph 7.4 (ii.)]
C.- Discuss any other points that have been examined.
D.- Give definite finding on all the questions that have been examined . Reasons for the findings, if such reasons have been already given under A,B and C, need not be repeated.
E.- Give a general estimate of the value of the kanungo's work based on your findings.
F. Avoid discussing the work of individual patwaris. In their cases a note in the patwari register or a separate proceeding is required.
SUMMARY OF INSPECTIONS
DENOMINATORS DENOTE ERRORS
WHICH SHOULD BE ENTERED IN RED INK. RE-TESTED IN COLUMN 4 REFERS TO NUMBERS BY
THE FIELD KANUNGO, AND TESTED IN COLUMN 5 TO NUMBERS NOT INSPECTED BY HIM
1 2 3 4 5
Harvest inspection register
____________________________________________________________
Name of Name of Total No. of No. retested No. tested
Patwari's village Field
circle
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Annual Record
_______________________________________________________________
Genealogical tree Jamabandi Suplementary maps
No. Tested
____________________________________________________________
Total No. No. Tested Total No. No. Tested Total No. On the Other-
of owners of khata- of new spot wise.
unis
13 14 15 16 17 18
Diluvion Assessment Annual Bachh Papers Village Note Book
Total area Area Tested Total No. No. Tested Number of No. of Halat
affected with jama- statements Dehi state-
bandi and ments(thur),
mutations sem,chos,&
sand affect-
ed area)chkd.
19 20 21
Mutations
_______________________________________________________________
Total number entered Number Tested Explanatory remarks , if
since last inspection. necessary.
ANNEXURE C
The following memorandum
shows the main points which call for the attention of officers inspecting the
work of patwaris. The memorandum is not intended to be exhaustive. Some of the
points that can be made use of at the time of inspection , have been given in
annexure D.
1.
The inspecting
officer shall take into camp with him a sketch map with the limits of patwari
circles, and assessment circle marked on it.
2.
He should every
evening spread out this map and settle with the field kanungo what he will don
the following day, asking him particulars concerning the villages and patwaris
which lie in his route, discussing the agricultural circumstances of their
circles, and then giving distinct orders as to the next day's work.
3.
It should be the
rule to give notice of a coming inspection, and to avoid taking village
officers, either lambardars or patwaris, by surprise, if it can be avoided.
Similarly, there should be fixed method of inspecting; that method being shaped
to the matters which need most attention in each locality.
4.
If crop girdawaris
are going on, the inspecting officers should try to see two or three patwaris each day, but they
should be seen at their work , and not called away from it. On approaching a
patwari during crop inspection, he should be made to go on just as if the
inspecting officer were not there. After the patwari has done 20or 30 of those
fields fields and discuss the entries.If an entry appears to be wrong the
patwari should be encouraged to explain his entry , and if his
explanations shows that he is
overlooking any rule or order , pains should be taken to refer him to the
instruction which he has overlooked and to explain it to him.
5.
If crop girdawari is
not going on , the inspecting officer
should not try to see more than one patwari in a day. Word should be
sent on to the patwari the previous evening that he is to get out all his
papers, arranging those of each village in a separate bundle; and the
lambardars should also be made to attend, if possible.
6.
The inspecting
officer on arrival should first examine the patwari's work book and see,---
(a) whether the entries in the work book are up to date (paragraph
3.85);
(b) whether the patwari's outrun of work is sufficient;
(c) whether all the points mentioned by previous inspecting officers
have been attended to ;
(d) whether the the patwari having been summoned to produce
documents, attended the court in person (Rule 6; Order XVI; Civil Procedure
Code);
Whether he was ever summoned during the
currency of girdawari (paragraph 1.47 of standing order no. 3 and
paragraph 2 in Chapter XV of the Rules
and Orders of the High Court of the
Punjab , Volume I);
(e) (e) when the circle was last visited by the tehsildar
or naib-tehsildar , what kind of inspection was made by him and what
instructions were made by him and what instructions were given to the patwari.
7.
He should also examine
the village diary and see,---
(a) that the leaves are numbered and stamped with the tehsil seal and
that the office kanungo has certified in his own handwriting and under his
signature the total number of leaves (Paragraph 3.80);
(b) that all fields in which changes in rent or cultivating occupancy
were discovered during girdawari by the patwari have been enterd by him in his
dairy and verified and totalled by the
kanungo , but not the field field numbers in which the change is such as
to necessitate an entry in the register of mutations (Paragraph 9.9);
(c) that the patwari has promptly reported to the Veterinary
Assistant Surgeon concerned and the tehsildar any outbreak of cattle disease
(Paragraph 3.15);
(d) that all important occurrence in the patwari's circle have been
noted in the diary on the day on which they came to the patwari's notice and
that the general condition of crops, cattle
and husbandry is noted at the end of each month (Paragraph 3.84);
(e) that the patwari has entered in his diary the deaths of
pensioners residing in his circle and the marriage or remarriage of females in
receipt of family pensioners (paragraph 62 (i) of standing order no.7);
(f) that the patwari has entered in his diary extracts from the
annual list of changes by lapses which have occurred during the year and from
that of assignees of land revenue who have neither attended nor furnisged a
life certificate (paragraph 59 (v) of standing order no.7).
(g) that the patwari has
entered in his village diary (roznamcha) all cases in which there has been an
increase of the mortgage oney on existing mortgages and has included the
increased amounts in statements nos. 5 and 5-A , of the village note book
(Paragraph 10.1)"
8.
He should examine
the patwarkhana and see that in case where there are no patwarkhanas the
patwari has made satisfactory arrangements for his office(paragraph 3.57
(2)),---
(a) (a) Has the patwari got a box or almirah for his
papers?(Paragraph 3.62).
(b) (b) Has he got a plotting scale, chain, cross staff and a
sufficient number of flag staves a wooden board or in hill districts a plane
table and slighting rod in place of the board? (Paragraph 3.68)
(c) (c) Is his adda correct ? (Paragraph 3.70).
9.
The bundle of each
village should then be looked through with the object of ascertaining whether
the patwari has all papers which the rules require and if he keeps them in
order. These papers should be-
(a)
the patwari's copy
of the current settlement record of rights and map (Paragraph 3.100);
(b)
the annual papers of
the expired settlement so far as they are left with the patwari (P3.101), as
they are left with the patwari (paragraph 3.101);
(c)
Khasra girdawari,
(d)
Jamabandi with
appendices (Paragraphs 4.27 to 4.32 and 7.67).
(e)
Registers of mutations,
(f)
Fields maps ,
(g)
genealogical tree,
(h)
Diary ,
(i)
Village note books
(paragraphs 10.1)
(j)
Alluvion and dilluvion
papers, if any ,
(k)
Work book (paragrph
3.85),
(l)
Register of survey
equipment (paragraph 3.88)
(m) Fard Bachh (paragraph 3.21),
(n)
Books of reference
(paragraph 3.78) and file of instructions (paragraph 3.80).
10.
Having thus gone
through preliminaries the papers of any one village can be taken up for
detailed examination. There are two main points to consider-
(1)
the accurate record
of agricultural statistics;
(2)
whether the
mutations and partitions have been recorded and given effect to in the
jamabandi.
11.
As regards
agricultural statistics statements I and IX of the village note-book should be
examined with special reference to the following points,---
STATEMENT No.I
(1)
Column 2 should
equal columns 3 to 11.
(2)
Column 13 should
equal column 11 plus 12.
(3)
Deleted .
(4)
Column 14 should
agree with corresponding columns in statements II and III.
(5)
(a) Column 22 should
equal columns 24 plus 25.
(b) Column 26 plus 30 of
previous year should equal columns 28 plus 30 of the current year .
(c ) Column 27 plus 31 of
previous year should equal column 29 plus 31 of the current year.
STATEMENT No. II and III
(6)
Is there a separate
heading for each crop shown separately in statement No. IV-A and B of the Season and Crop Report
, and are the crops correctly grouped?
(7)
Are rabi figures and
extra rabi figures entered in the proper columns?
STATEMENT No.IV
(8)
See that the entries
in columns 3-16 tally with the kisbandi, and if not , ascertainthe
reasons.
STATEMENT No.V
(9)
Shamilat land
transferred should be included in this statement.
(10)
Columns 14,19 and 24
should show details of land irrigated.
(11)
Where ala malkiyat
is transferred , columns 14,19 and 24 should show the superior owner's due s
and where occupancy rights are transferred, these columns should be blank.
STATEMENT No. VI
(12)
In column 3 separate
details should be given for "land-owners", "shamlat",
"abadi" and "sarkar".
(13)
In village
note-books columns 6 and 7 should agree with columns 2 and 8 of statement No.I
and column 8 with column 5 of statement No.IV.
(14)
Columns 17 and 18
should agree with columns 7 and 8 groups A and B of the list of assignments and
columns 19 and 20 with columns 9 and 10 of group C. Column 2 should contain
particulars of the assignees where the assignments are large.
STATEMENT No. VII
(15)
In the village
note-books column 3 should agree with column 7 of statement No. VI.
(16)
Columns 6 to 8
should equal column 9.
(17)
Colum 18 should
equal column 9.
(18)
Column 19 should
show any special rates of batai for special crops , and if the tenant pays a
share of the land revenue or cash in addition to kind rents ; this should be
tated . Where irrigation is done from a government canal, it should be noted
how the landlord and tenant share the liability
for the canal charges in the case of (a) cash , (b) kind rents.
STATEMENT No. VIII
(19)
Column 7.- No entry
should be made against total.
(20)
Column 10 and 11. –
No entries should be made against separate classes of land, but only against
total.
(21)
Columns 5 and 9.-
The entries against total should agree with column 7 of statement No.
VII.
STATEMENT No. IX.
(22)
See that main tribes
are entered in column 125.
(23) See that important differences are explained by the field kanungos.
12.
The register of
mutations should then be looked at. If the village under consideration is a fairly
large one and the register is nearly blank, it is an almost certain indication
that the mutations are not receiving proper attention . This point should be
talked out with the patwari and lambardar.I is a good plan to send for the
chaukidar's register of deaths and see if it contains the name of any holder of
land whose holdings have not been entered in the mutation register. The
following points should also be borne in mind:-
(a) Have all cases which were detected at the time of attestation of
the jamabandi on the spot by the field kanunugo and at harvest inspections, or
about which entries were made in the diary , been entered up in the mutation
register? (Paragrphs 9.14 and 7.57).
(b) Were al cases of inheritance entered in the mutation register
within three months of the entry of the death of right-holdersin the
chaukidar's register ? (Paragraph 3.27(2)).
(c) Have mutation been promptly entered up from registration
memoranda supplied to the patwari by the field kanungo and those memos returned
by the field kanungo and those memos. returned by the field kanunugo ?
(Paragraph 7.32 (iii).
(d) Are interrogatories issued in accordance with the instructions
contained in paragraph 7.31.
(e) Do entries in columns 9 to 12 of the register correspond in every
case with the order passed by the
revenue officer ? (Parragraph 7.5)
13.
The genealogical
tree should also be examined and the owners asked after name by name, the
replies being compared with the entries noted therein.
14.
The jamabandi should
be examined with a view to see –
(a) ) that owners' holdings are arranged in the order in
which their names are given in the shajra nasab (Paragraph 7.41 (1);
(b) that the khatauni holdings under one proprietary holding are
arranged in the following order :-
First, the holding cultivated by the
owner himself, then those of tenants-at-will (Parragraph 7.41 (2) );
(c) that in cases where there are several tenency holdings under one proprietor, the tenants are entered in a
alphabetical order in their several classes (Paragraph 7.41 (2);
(d) that each patti or taraf is entered in the order in which it
appears in the shajra nasab (Paragrph 7.41(3);
(e) that the Gram Panchayat is
entered after the holdings of the owners with a separate khewat number
(Paragraph 7.41(4).
(f) that the name , father's name, grand father's name and residence
of owner is given in column 4 and in the case of officers of the Indian Army
their rank also (Paragrph 7.41 (4);
(g) that the status of the tenants is given in column 5 (Paragraph
7.41(5);
(h) whether the following facts are noted in the cplumn of remarks of
the jamabandi:---
Sinking of a new well,
bringing into use of a deserted well desertion of a well, hypothecation of land
to Government as security for a takavi loan, terms of collateral mortagage, the
names, description and shares of assignees of land revenue (in a red ink), and
the nature of the registered deed and its date, if the mutatin relating to the
deed and its date, if the mutation relating to the deed was rejected? (Paragraph
7.41 (10);
(i) if changes of ownership have not been made in the jamabandi
unless supported by a mutation order .
For this purpose a few entries may be checked with khasra girdawari , mutation
register and the fard bachh;
(j) whether after comparing the list of revenue assignments with the
muafi register and the list pensioners with
the annual list of pensioners received from the sadr kanungo's office,
the entries are up to date;
(k) whether the patwari report promptly to the kanungos the death of
muafidars and pensioners and the marriage or re-marriage of females in receipt
of a family pension? (Paragraph 63 (v) of standing order no.7).
15.
The khasra girdawari
should be examined and the following points should be borne in mind :-
(a) Are the page totals given at the end of the day on which
girdawari was done ? (Paragraph 9.10)
(b) Was the rabi girdawari of the villages under quinquennial
attestation commenced first and were its mutations entered up before another
village was taken up ?(Paragraph 7.58).
(c) Was the jinswar statement prepared at the completion of the field
inspection of a village and before commencing girdawari in a second village
?(Paragraph 9.11)
(d) Has the jinswar satement been copied in the village note-book
immediately after the field kanungo has checked it and before its submission to
the tehsil office kanungo?(Paragraph 9.11)
(e) Check a few entries made in the khasra girdawari in the presence
of the owners and tenants concerned to see that –
(a) the names of and the
areas under crops have
been correctly entered (Paragraph
9.3 (ix) & (x);
(b)
kharaba has been correctly allowed.
(Paragraph 9.3 (ix)& (x);
(c ) in the case of mixed
crops for which there is no separate column in the jinswar statement the area
of each crop is given separately.(Instruction (g) in paragraph 9.3 (x); and
(d) changes in cultivating occupancy , possession and rent have been correctly noted (Paragraph 9.3
(xi).
(f) Has the Halat Dehi Statement been copied in the Halat Dehi
Register after the field kanungo has checked it and before its submission to
the Tehsil Office Kanungo?
16.
Ascertain from the
patwari and thezamindars if there is any partition case pending in the village
and the cause of delay in its disposal. There is an old tradition among revenue
officials that no partition should be recognized unless a partition file has
been made for it in the tehsil. The consequence is that brothers and relation
divide their lands, and hold separately for years without the partition being
shown in the village papers. It is not always easy to trace out these cases ,
but usually the cultivating arrangements are correctly recorded under the
column for cultivation and a comparison of the cultivating entry with the
ownership entry will show how the facts stand.
17.
If unrecorded
mutations and partitions are discovered , it is a good plan for the inspecting
officer to have one or two cases written up before him and to attest them
himself.
18.
The bachh papers
should be examined with a view to see-
(a) that the fard bachh contains columns to provide for the entry of
all demands to be collected through lambardar (e.g. special surcharge, local
rate etc.);
(b) that the fard bachh was promptly prepared after the completion of
kharif girdawari (Paragraph 9.14)
(c) that the patwari furnishes any information or explanation of
accounts that may be required to facilitate collection; but does not himself
receive payment or take any part in the collection of the revenue (Paragraph
3.20);
(d) if the lambardars understand bachh and if they themselves collect
the revenue or leave the patwari to do so; also whether the khewatdars have
paid no more than the accounts show.
19.
Ascertain whether
there are in the village any permanent survey marks erected by the Survey
Department (Chapter 4) and if so whether these are correctly entered in the map
and in the khasra girdawari and are actually in position and in good order .
See by the tehsildar and naib-tehsildar.
20.
In villages where a
fixed boundary has been la id by the Survey Department it is a good thing to
inspect some of the permanent base line marks and make sure that the patwari
can lay down the goundary from them.
21.
A careful inspection
often lasts three hours or more especially if the people have much to sy. Breif
notes should be made steadily all through the inspection , and where
short-comings are found , an attempt should be made to teach from the manuals,
and blame should be reserved for only the more serious errors and
shortcomings.
22.
It should be
ascertained whether the patwari or any of his relatives own land in the circle
or is he related to any money-lender ; how far is his home from his circle ;
and does he introduce any Zamindar to any legal practitioner or take an undue
interest in any civil or criminal case?(Parargraph 3.28).
23.
The result f the
inspection should be finally recorded in the patwari's work book and in the
field kanungo's register kept up under the instructions contained in paragraph
2.51 in in the former in detail , in the
latter very briefly.
ANNEXURE D
Question to be used as a
guide by revenue officers when inpecting patwaris' work.
MAP
1.
What is the
condition of the cloth field map?
2.
Is it renewed at the
time of filing of every jamabandi of the village ?(Parragraph 4.30)
3.
Have all the new
fields shown in the tatima shajra transferred to the patwari's copy of the
map?(Paragraph 4.31)
4.
Have the new fileds
which are very small been drawn on a larger scale in the margin of the map? (Paragraph
4.31).
5.
Have the new fields
been numbered correctly? (Parragraph 4.26).
6.
Does the map show
the date on which it was renewed last? (Paragraph 4.30).
WORK BOOK
7.
Does the work book
begin from the beginning of September? (Paragraph 3.85).
8.
Are the entries in
the work book up to date?(Paragraph 3.85).
DIARY
9.
Is there a leather
outer-cover for the diary?(Paragraph 3.89)
10.
Has the patwari
entered the condition of crops, etc, at the end of each Saka month? (Paragraph
3.84)
11.
Has the patwari
affixed to every entry a separate serial
number in large and clear figures ? Is each entry closed by an asterisk and is
no blank line left between two consecutive entries? Are orders and instruction
relating to rules of practice entered in red ink ? Are the dates entered
according to both Saka and English calendars ? (Paragraph 3.82)
12.
Has the kanungo's
signature been affixed to all orders and instructions given by him and to all
facts reported to him? (Paragraph 3.83).
13.
Has the manner in
which important occurrences came to the patwari's knowledge been stated and the
signature orseal of one of the lambardars concerned added to the
entry?(Paragraph 3.81)
14.
Has the fact of the
receipt of registration memoranda been noted by the patwari in the diary,
recording the serial number of the sheet received by him ?(Paragraph 7.32 (iii)
15.
Does the patwari
enter in his diary a copy of entries in the first four columns of the lists of
accepted and rejected mutations?(Paragraph 7.38 (v).
REGISTER OF MUTATION
16.
Has a map been drawn
on the back of the foil and the counterfoil when a part or a share of a field
has been transferred and separate possession has been taken? (Paragraph 7.8).
17.
In entering mutations
by order of court, does the patwari note in red ink in column 15 of the
counterfoil (a) the name of court ,(b) names
of parties and (c)
abstract of decree ?(Paragraph 7.12).
18.
Does the patwari's
report in column 15 of the register bear the signature or thumb-impression of the lambardar concerned?(Paragraph 7.4
(i))
KHASRA GIRDAWARI
19.
Is the name of the taraf or patti entered across
the the page above the entry of the first field
included in that tarafor patti where there are tarafh , or patties and are all fields included in each taraf or
patti in one series?(PAragraph 9.3(ii))
20.
Are the new numbers
of sub-divided fields and not at the end of the khasra?[Paragraph 9.3 ii)]
21.
Is a circle in red
ink drawn round the number of every field of which the revenue is
assigned?(Paragraph 9.3(vii)
22.
Is a red ink entry
without number made for every survey mark or trijudiction pillar following the field in which the mark is placed and
which is adjoins?(Paragraph 9.3 (vii)
23.
Are the areas in
column 4 and crop given in figures and not in rakams? (Paragraph 9.3 (ix)
24.
In case of irrigated
or sailab crops, is the class of irrigation or the word sailab given along with
the name of the crop in the column for crops.(Paragraph 9.3 (x) (a)
24-A. In the case of area affected by Thur, Sem , Chos and deposit of sand as the case may be shown
in column for crops?(Paragraph 9.3 (h) (x).
25.
Are entries about
khali, banjar jaded, banjar kadim and ghair mumkin areas correct? (Paragraph
9.3 (x) (d) (e) (f))
26.
Is the condition of
wells noted at the time of harvest inspection correct ?(Paragraph 9.3 (X) (h))
27.
Is a note given
against a field in which a new has been sunk ? (Paragraph 9.3(x) (h)
27- A. Is the depth of water table of selected wells
recorded in Halat Dehi Statement as in the remarks column of kharif jinswar in
the village note book?
28.
Is the fact that no
change in cultivating occupancy has occurred in the kharif indicated by a
stroke of pen in the column for changes of rights, possession and rent, from the left hand top corner to the
right hand top corner to the left hand bottom corner , if no change has
occurred in rabi ?(Paragraph 9.3 (x)
29.
Is a red cross given
in the column for "changes or rights, possession and rent " against
field whose areas or boundaries have changed in such a manner as to necessitate
a correction of the field map?(Paragraph 9.3 (xi)
30.
Is the date on which
girdawari was done on every page?(Paragraph 9.10)
JAMABANDI
31.
Is the name of the
rabi cutivativator given red ink under the kharif tenant without a separate khatauni number in column
5 where a field is cultivated by different persons in the kharif and rabi
harvests?(Paragraph 7.41 (5)
32.
Is the amount
entered in red ink in the column for demand where the revenue of a holding is
assigned (Paragraph 7.41 (9)
33.
Is a reason for non
payment of rent given in the column for rent is paid by the person in
possession who is not the owner.(Paragraph 7.41 (8)
34.
In the totals of
revenue of patties or tarafs and of the whole village , is the whole revenue
given in black and muafi or jagir in red ink?(Paragraph 7.41(9)
35.
Is the serial number
and the nature of a mutation given in
pencil in the column of remarks as soon as a mutation is entered and is similar
note given in red ink if and when the mutation is sanctioned? Is the serial number
number of fard badar entries similarly noted with the addition of word
"badar"?(Paragraph 7.2)
36.
Does the patwari
note in pencil in the shajra nasab against the entry affected the number of the
mutation entered and affecting the shajra nasab? Is it amended in red ink in
accordance with the mutation order?(Paragraph 7.1)
37.
Is all land owned by
government entered at one place after the village common land , the word
"Central or State Government "being entered in the column of
ownership the name of the department concerned in the column of cultivation and
the purpose for which the land is used in lieu of soil entries?(Paragraph 7.42)
38.
Does the patwari's
copy of the jamabandi contain a frad badar (Paragraph 7.29)
39. Does the patwari's copy of the jamabandi contain a list of revenue assignments and pensions and was every entry in the list attested by the tehsildar or naib-tehsildar?(Paragraph 7.64)
FARD BACHH
40.
Has the kharif copy
of the fard bachh been promptly given to the lambardar?({Paragraph 3.21)
41.
Has the kharif copy
of the fard bachh been corrected after
the rabi girdawari ?(Paragraph 9.14)
41 A. Has implementation of remission as a result of affect of Thur, Sem , Chos and deposit of Sand been done?
REGISTER OF FEES RELATING TO COPYING AND INSPECTION OF PATWARI'S RECORD
42.
Does the patwari
maintain a register in form P. XII and has the amount of fee realized from each
applicant been duly noted therein ?(Parargraph 3.48 (iv)
43.
Does the patwari
enter in his diary (a) the field no and khatas to which an extract applied for
relates , (b) the fee charged for the extracts , and (c) the name of person
from whom charged ?(Paragraph 3.49 (i)
44.
If possible , make
enquiries form the parties concerned whether the amounts entered in the diary
and the register were actually paid . Check the entries in the diary with
the register ?(Paragraph 3.49(i)
45.
Does the field
kanungo check the register every month when he goes to the patwari 's circle
and does he sign when he has done so ? (Paragraph 3.48 (iv)
46.
Has the register
been duly checked by the tehsildar or naib-tehsildar? (Paragraph 3.48 (iv.)
47.
Has the fee been
duly paid into the treasury monthly ?(Paragraph 3.48 (iv)
48. Does the patwari prepare a statement showing the fees realized from 1st April to 30th September and another for the period 1st October to 31st March and does not he submit it to the field kanungo by the 10th of October and 10th April , respectively and is their dispatch noted in the register? (Paragraph 3.50 (a).)
ANNEXURE E
Points for enquiry at the inspection of the land record work of tehsildar and naib–tehsildars
DIARIES
1. Do the tehsildar and naib tehsildar maintain diaries in the form prescribed in paragraph 8.12?
2. Ascertain from the diary that they,---
(a) spend alternate fortnight in camp between the beginning of October and the end of April; and
(b)
arrange their tours
systematically so as to make a thorough inspection of the work of each patwari's circle and of as many estates as
possible. (Land Administration Manual , paragraphs 244 and 245)
PROPER EMPLOYMENT OF PATWARIS AND KANUNGOS
3. Are patwaris and kanungos employed on duties other than those laid down in the rules , or are they collected at the tehsil or other central place for the more convenient preparation of jambandis and other returns (Parargraphs 3.17)
4. Are the patwaris detained at the tehsil in September when the jamabandis are being checked ?(Paragraph 2.50)
CROP INSPECTION
5. General duties .- Do the tehsildar and naib tehsildar –
(a) so lay out their work that no part of their charge remains unvisited ;
(b) inspect a few villages thoroughly rather then a great number nominally;
(c) pay special attention to villages in which suspensions are likely to be required ? (Land Administration Manual , paragraph 363)
6. Do they test carefully the entries of kharaba? (Land Administration Manual paragraph 354).
6. – A. Do they
test carefully the entries of Thur, Sem, Chos and deposit of sand affected
fields? (Rule 6 of the
MUTATION WORK
7. (i) General –Do the tehsildar and naib-tehsildar
(a) see tht the orders referred to in paragraphs 3.27 (3) and 2.45 are carried out by patwaris and fieldkanungos respectively, and report offending patwaris and kanungos to the collector;
(b) report for action by the Collector neglect by right-holders of section 39 of Land Revenue Act;
(c) dispose of pending mutations promptly ;
(d) visit the estates for which jamabandis are to be prepared before the middle of January and as for as possible attest all the then pending mutations by June 15th;
(e) dispose of mutations in estates referred to in (d) only on the spot and of other mutations at some place in the patwari's circle or adjacent to it ? Paragraph 247 of Land Administration Manual).
(f) dispose of mutations of consolidation of holdings promptly and on the spot.
(ii) (a) What was the total number of pending mutations in the patwari's circle at the time of the last visit by the revenue officer concerned? Were all the mutations attested each time by the revenue officer and how far from the patwari's circle (Paragraph 242 of LAnd Administration Manual).
(b) Has special attention been paid by the tehsil revenue officer to the disposal of the mutations of estates under quuinquennial attestation before 15th June and have all mutations of such villages been decided in the village themselves? (Paragraph 7.56)
8. 8. Do they dispose promptly of all interrogatories sent to them under paragraph 7.31.
9. Mutation orders –
(a) Are the contents of Mutation orders in accordance with the instructions in paragraph 383 of Land Administration Manual?
(b) Are they and the Mutation entries neatly legibly written. (Paragraph 7.4 (iii)
(c) Are the revenue officer's orders on the patwari's copy neatly and legibly written and are they in his own handwriting? (Paragraph 7.4 (iv.)
(d) Does the order specify the numbers of the fields affected and their total area except where an entire holding is affected and in cases of undisputed inheritance (Paragraph 7.4(ii)
(e) In cases of transfer by sale, mortagage, lease or gift involving consideration value of Rs. 100 and above, does the mutation order always show whether the transaction is registered.
(f) In cases of transfer by sale, mortgage or gift does the mutation order always show whether a share of the shamilat was included in the transfer or not? (Paragraph 7.19)
(g) Are the instructions relating to absentees in paragraph 281 of the Settlement Manual carefully compiled with?
(h) Before sanctioning a mutation due to partition, does the attesting officer satisfy himself that possession has been obtained.
10.
Mutation Fees – (a) Has
the mutation fee been correctly levied and is it entered in the handwriting of
the attesting officer?(Paragraph 7.14
(6)
(b) In the case of rejected mutations does the
attesting officer pass a definite order as to whether a fee is chargeable or
not, and if so, from whom?
(c) Are the fees correctly assessed?
(d) Is the amount due on account of fees collected and paid into the treasury regularly? (Paragraph 7.34)
THE ANNUAL RECORD
11. Jamabandis.- (a) See whether the tehsildar or naib teshildar has been paying timely visits to those villages which are to be brought under quininquinneial attestation (Paragraph 7.56)
(b) See whether the right-holders have not been collected at a central for the purpose of attestation (Parragraph 392 of Land Administration Manual)
(C) See whether the tehsildar or naib tehsildar before signing certificate of attestation has done the following:-
(i) Read out at least 25 percent of the khatauni holdings in the presence of the assembled right-holders.
(ii) Compared 25 percent of the mutations with the khewats concerned.
(iii) Compared 25 percent of the khewat holdings with the old jamabandi.
(iv) Compared 25 percent of the khewat entries in the original copy with the corresponding entries in the patwar's copy of the jamabandi.
(v) Specified the number of fields, the tatimma shajras of which have been attested, as also that of the unattested mutations entered before the 16th June (Paragraph 7.62)
(d) Did the tehsildar or the naib tehsildar correct and initial the mistakes detected at the time of his attestation both in the government and the patwari's copy of the jamabandi (Paragraph 7.62)
(e) Does the patwaris copy of the jamabandi bear the tehsildar's or naib-tehsildars certificate that it correct and up to date with the exception of unattested mutations relating to facts which had occurred before the 16th June ?(Paragraph 7.62)
(f)
Has the tehsilda's or naib tehsildar
filled in two copies of the prescribed final attestation slip and attached one
to each of the two copies of the jamabandi?(Paragraph 7.62)
12. Tatimma shajras .- In districts to which the rules in paragraphs 4.28 to 4.31 are applicable , do the tehsildar and naib tehsildar when on tour check on the spot the tatimma shajras and field book (Paragraph 4.28)
FARD BACHH
13. Do the tehsildar and naib-tehsildar of the circle check some of the entries and sign the patwari's copy?(Paragraph 3.21)
14. Are Government dues collected and credited into the treasury promptly?
NOTE BOOKS PARAGRAPHS 400, LAND ADMINISTRATION MANUAL AND APARAGRAPH 10.4
15. In statement No. 10of tehsil copy does the tehsildar in the year in which a new jamabandi is drawn up, enter a brief history of the village since the last jamabandi was prepared, or at other times whenever any event of serious importance occurs? Does he always make such a note when suspensions , recoveries or remissions are ordered?
16. Does he record remarks when necessary in the circle and tehsil note-books? Are such remarks recorded annually for tracts where there are fluctuating assessments?
ALLUVION AND DILUVION
17. Do the tehsildar and naib-tehsildar carefully supervise the work of the patwaris and kanungos in alluvial record and assessment work (Land Administration Manual, paragraph 444)
17-A. Do the tehsildar / NAib-tehsildar carefully supervise the work of the patwaris and kanungos connected with Thue, Sem, Chos and deposit of Sand affected areas?
PARTITIONS
18. Does the tehsildar or naib-tehsildar hold the first hearing in or near the village? Have the parties been properly summoned, and have all the objectors had a reasonable opportunity of appearing? (Paragraph 9)
19. In his report does he state clearly what are the points remaining for decision, and deal fully with them.
20. If the partition is to be made by the patwari does the points remaining for decision and deal fully with them.
21. Does he attest the partition in or near the village? After attestation does he correct the khataunis, and communicate the corrections to the kanungo and patwari?(Paragraph 18.15)
22. Does he dispose of partition work without unnecessary delay.
ASSIGNMENT AND PENSIONS
23. Does the tehsildar supply the patwaris with extracts from the lists of –
(a) changes by lapse which have occurred during the year; and
(b) assignee who have neither attended before him nor furnished a life certificate?
(Standing order No. 7, paragraph 59 rule V)
24. Do the tehsildar and naib tehsildar satisfy themselves during their tours that assignees and pensioners entered in the registers are living, and report their deaths promptly?
25. Do they inspect, all muafi institutions regularly, and see that the conditions of the grants are fulfilled and the assignee are alive?
SURVEY MARKS
26. Do the tehsildar and naib tehsildar verify the condition of permanent survey marks as required in chapter –4?
ANNEXURE F
Points requiring at the inspection of the work of the tehsil office kanungo
Before making the inspection the office of the kanungo should be adked to prepare the statements referred tio in X, XI, XII, XVI, XXIX and XXXIV.
I.STAFF.
1. See that no assistant patwari is made to work with the office
kanungo against paragraph 3.13 (4).
2. See that the office kanungo is not made to keep any registers which are not prescribed in paragraph 8 of standing order 55 and should be kept by other tehsil officials.
II. PREVIOUS INSPECTIONS
3. Give dates of previous inspections and see that the work has
been inspected twice a year by the deputy Commissioner or his Assistant and
twice a year by the district kanungo (Paragraph 8.14 and paragraph 8.19)
4. Ascertain
that the defects pointed out in previous inspections have been promptly
remedied.
5. See that a separate minute book is maintained for the inspections of Director of Land Records (Paragraph 8.20)
III. ACCOMODATION
6. See that the accommodation is sufficient and suitable both for records and for the office kanungo, if not, what action has been taken on these proposals.
IV. RECORDS
7.
Ascertain that the
papers withdrawn from patwaris are kept in bastas with goshwaras. (Paragraphs
19.40(ii)
8. Check a few bastas and see that their contents agree with the entries made in the goshwaras, and the papers ripe for destruction have been destroyed as required by paragrph 3.102.
V. FILES OF INSTRUCTIONS, STANDING ORDERS, ETC.
9.
See that the office
kanungo has got one copy each of the Settlement Manual , Land Administration
Manual , Land Code, Land Records Manual , Financial Commssioner standing orders and Director of Land Records
Circulars (Paragraph 2.57)
10.
See that these books
are complete with correction slips up to date and the latest published indices
are pasted in them.
11. See that there are separate files for
Financial
Commissioners and director
of Land Records' Circulars and that these are up to date.
12. See that a separate file is maintained for
the instructions issued by local officers.
13. See that a
check list of periodical reports and returns is maintained .
14. See that the office Kanungo has got a table of villages under quinquennial attestation duly approved by the collector (Paragraph 7.54)
VI. LIST OF PENSIONERS
(PARAGRAPH 63 OF STANDING ORDER NO.7)
15. See that on 1st February each year
the district kanungo sends to the tehsildar a copy of the additions and
corrections communicated to him by the Post-Master and the Treasury Officer.
Also see that the district kanungo compares his list with those of tehsils at
his periodical inspections.
16. See that extracts from this list are duly
supplied to field kanungos who compare the extracts with the lists of
pensioners in the patwaris copies of jamabandis and make such alterations in
red ink in the lists are found to be necessary.
17. See that the deaths of pensioners are duly reported by patwaris and on the occasion, of the death of a military pensioner the pension certificate is recovered by the patwari from the person in whose custody it is and forwarded through the field kanungo to the tehsildar for transmission to the Deputy Commissioner.
VII. SURVEY MARKS (PARAGRAPH 4.6 AND 4.11)
18. See that the office kanungo maintains a list of villages which contain base line marks or trignometrical survey stations.
19. See that all sortsof survey marks are inspected by Tehsildars, Naib Tehsildars and field kanungo when they visit a village containing such marks and note in their diaries the date in which they find the marks.
20. Ascertain that on the completion of girdawari, patwaris send a note in the prescribed form as regards the condition of survey pillars in their circles.
VIII. PATWARKHANAS.
21. See that a list of patwarkhanas, in good condition, is maintained.
22. Ascertain that annual report on the conditions of patwarkhanas is sent by field kanungos on 1st January each year (Parahraph 3.57(viii) (1)
23. Ascertain that the field kanungos' reports are punctually forwarded to the District Office (Paragraph 3.57(viii).
IX. INDENTS.
24. Ascertain that a quinquennial list of patwari and kanungo forms is maintained (Paragraph 3.94(1)
25. Ascertain that the forms indented for do not exceed the number given in the quinquennial list and in the case of blank paper, the prescribed scale (paragrap 3.94)
26. See that the indents are dispatched from tehsils by 1st October (Paragraph 3.94(1)
27. See that the balances are correctly shown in the indent.
28. Ascertain that the forms and blank paper are received in Tehsil before the end of July and distributed among patwaris in September (Paragraph 3.93)
29. Ascertain that the duplicate copies of invoices received from the press are returned from tehsils within one week of the receipt of forms.
X. PAY OF PATWARIS.
30. Deleted.
31. Deleted.
32. Ascertain from acquittance rolls that the
amount drawn each day is disbursed the same day (Paragraph 3.34)
33. Ascertain that the purpose for which remittance is made is written by the office kanungo on the acknowledgement portion of the money-order form (Paragraph 3.36)
34. Ascertain that the salary register is
properly maintained , being signed by payees paid personally and showing the
numbers and dates of money orders issued(Paragraph 3.37 (3) and (4)
35. Deleted.
36. Ascertain whether
rewards are given to patwaris for consolidation of holdings and reporting
cattle diseases and cases of plague , cholera and small-pox (Paragraph 3.53 and
3.54).
37. Deleted.
XI. PAY OF KANUNGOS.
38. Deleted .
39. Deleted.
40. Ascertain that all sums drawn are disbursed the same day.
XII. REGISTRATION MEMORANDA (PARAGRAPH 7.32)
41. Have the following statement prepared:-
Year Month Date of receipt Number
from Registration pending
Office
42. Ascertain that registration memos, and promptly sent by registrars and sub-registrars each month.
43. Ascertain that the registration memos, are promptly sent to the field kanungos and promptly distributed by them to the various patwaris.
44. Ascertain that mutations are entered by patwaris immediately on receipt of memos.
45. See that the files of registration memos are, are properly arranged by the office kanungo and the date on which the last memorandum is received , is noted on the fly index.
46. Ascertain that files of registration memos,
are destroyed a year after the date of the receipt of the last memorandum.
XIII.ARRANGEMENT
OF MUTATION SHEETS.
47. See that mutation are arranged by field field kanungos circles, patwaris' circles and by villages (Paragraph 7.38(iv.)
48. See that mutations are arranged by field kanungo's circle are kept distinct and on separate shelves (Paragraph 7.38(iv.)
49. See that miscellaneous papers detached from sanctioned mutations are kept in bundles by field kanungo's circles and destroyed after five years (Paragraph 7.39)
XIV. – FEES.
50. See that the fee is entered in red ink on each mutation against its number in the annual list and that the fee entries are checked at the Tehsil by the field Kanungo (Paragraph 7.36)
51. Check the entries of a few villages with the
sheets of accepted and rejected mutations and see that the entries made in the
annual list are correct.
52. Give the demand for the Tehsil for the latest complete year
53. See that the office kanungo prepares in duplicate, statement of fees, one copy for the Tehsil and the other for the sadar wasil baqi nawis.
54. Deleted.
XV.
INTERROGATORIES.
55. See that a separate dispatch book is maintained for showing the receipt and dispatch of interrogatories (paragraph 7.31)
5.6. Ascertain that interrogatories are not issued for the examination of the persons residing within the limits of the tehsil unless such persons reside at a distance of more than 25 miles from the village to which the mutations relate (Paragraph 7.31)
XVI. REGISTER OF PATWARI CANDIDATES.
57. TO 62. Deleted.
XVII.
STOCK REGISTER OF PATYWARI CANDIDATES
63. See that the register id in the prescribed form (Parargraph 3.97)
64. See that receipts are entered promptly and a monthly balance is struck (Paragraph 3.97).
65. Ascertain that the spplies in hand agree with the entrie made in the register.
66. See that a memo, is kept with each kind of form and a balance struck and when forms are received or issued (paragraph 3.97)
67. See that issues are made generally once a year in September when patwaris come to Tehsil to file their jamabandis (paragraph 3.96)
XVII.- CHECK OF FEES RELATING TO COPYING AND INSPECTION OF PATWARIS' RECORDS.
68. Ascertain from the Tehsil wasil baqi nawis that the patwaris bring their registers for his check during September. What action, if any, is taken against the defaulters? (Paragraph 3.48 (ii).
69. Ascertain that the discrepancies noticed by the Tehsil wasil baqi nawis are brought promptly to the notice notice of tehsildar.
70. Ascertain that half-yearly statements of demand are received form the field kanungo on due dates and that the Tehsil wasil baqi nawis submits a consolidated statement of the whole Tehsil to sadar on the prescribed dates. (Paragraph 3.50)
71. See that the fees shown in the demand are received are duly credited into the treasury. Is any action taken against the patwaris who fail in this respect ?(Paragraph 3.50)
XIX. REGISTER OF MUTATIONS OF THE NAMES OF LAMBARDARS (PARAGRAPHS 8 OF STANDING ORDER NO.55)
72. See that there is space for the entries of several years.
73. See that column 1 shows the serial number of lambardaries.
74. See that in column 2 the names of villages are given in topographical order with the toporagraphical number in red ink below the name of the village.
75. Check the register with a few jamabandis and the misalband register and see that it is up to date.
XX
. MUAFI REGISTER
(PARAGRAPH 59 OF STANDING ORDER NO.7)
76. See that the general register of muafis is maintained in three parts and separate register are maintained for imams and roadside groves and wells.
77. Check this register with the misalband register and see that it is up to date.
78. Ascertain from columns 14 and 15 of the register that there is no delay in reporting changes.
79. Ascertain that a list of changes by lapses and change of occupancy by inheritance is sent by the end of April each year.
80. Ascertain that three inspection registers are prepared and the existence of assignee and the proper maintenance of grants is attested on the spot by teehsildars in March and a list of assignee who have neither who have neither attended nor furnished a life certificate sent to sadr as well as a report on the condition of grants.
XXI. REGISTER OF PERMANENT ADVANCE.
81. See that the applications for recoupment are made regularly and noted in the margin of the register and dealt with promptly at sadr.
82. See that no irregular payments are made and that every entry in the register is intialled by the tehsildar.
83. Check the balance in hand andvoucher, if any.
XXII. REGISTER OF PATWARI EQUIPMENT (PARAGRAPH 3.88)
84. See that the register is compared with the patwaris' register in the September and the discrepancies detected are duly reported to the sadr.
XXIII. – VILLAGES EXPOSED TO RIVER ACTION.
85. 85. See that a list is maintained.
XXIV. – PATWARI CIRCLES (PARAGRAPH 2.60)
86. See that the register begins with an alphabetical index which is followed by a page for each field kanungo's circle.
87. Ascertain that the totals of the field kanungos' circles are amended quinninquennially, and in the case of patwaris ' circles entries are made annually and below the last village of the circle.
88. See that the old entries are scored out when new entries are made.
89. Check column 3 of the register with the misalband register of patwari cases, and the patwaris cases, and the patwaris, pay-bills and columns 5 to 10 with the last quinquennial jamabandi.
XXV.RAINFALL.
90. See that the register is in the prescribed form (paragraph 12.15)
91. See that rainfall is reported on each day on which the rainfalls (Paragrphs 12.15)
92. See that a slight fall is denoted by the letter R. (Paragraph 12.14).
93. Ascertain that the raingauge is suitably placed and that the distance between the gauge and the nearest object (Paragraph 12.4)
94. Ascertain that the raingauge is firmly fixed in the ground , that the mouth of the funnel is one foot above ordinary level of ground and is approximately level and the firm of the funnel is circular (paragraph 12.5)
95. Ascertain that the raingauage has been inspected twice in the year by an officer of rank not below that of an Extra Assistant Commssion (Parragraph 12.18)
96. Ascertain that the office kanungo has got a spare measuring glass (paragraph 12.8).
97. Deleted.
98.
See that the monthly rainfall
reports are properly prepared.(Paragraph 12.16).
XXVI.- PRICES.
99. See that a record of prices is only kept. if really required.
100. See that the entries are made daily, weekly or fortnightly as circumstances require.
101. See that the items are as few as is consistent with the supply of the information required and the prices of only those articles are given for which there is a proper market.
102. See that the entries are made in kiligrams after proper enquiry and are checked and signed by the tehsildar.
103. Compare the prices with harvest prices given in the circle note-books and see that the prices given in the note-books are generally lower than those given in the register.
XXVI.-
ANNUAL RETURNS
(PARAGRAPH 8 STANDING ORDER NO. 55)
104. See that the quinquinneniial jamabandis and annual statements are filed by due dates.
105. See that the crop abstracts of more than one village of a patwari or the kanungo is to blame and whether suitable action has been taken against the defaulters.
106. See that suitable action has been taken against those patwaris who have failed to file their returns by due date.
XXVIII.- NOTE-BOOKS (CHAPTER 10)
107. Do they contain blank pages at the end?
108. Are areas in whole hectares, gross amounts in whole rupees and rates in rupeesd and paise?
109. Are the quinquinnial statements sent in by the patwaris signed by the kanungo ?
110. Are the books kept in almirahs or boxes, and permanently preserved?
111. When there is fluctuating assessment, are the note-books suitably amplified?
112. Are Large variations explained?
113. Statement I-
Column 2 should equal columns 3 to 11.
Column 13 should equal column 11+12
Column 14 should agree with corresponding
column in statement II and III.
Column 22 should equal column 24 plus 25.
Column 26 plus 30 of previous year should equal
column 28 plus 30 of the current year.
Column 27 plus 31 of previous year should equal
29 plus 31 of the current year.
114. Statement II and III.-
Is there a separate heading for each crop shown separately in statements IV-A, B and C of the Season and crop correctly grouped?
Are rabi figures and extra rabi figures entered in the proper columns?
Is the the rise or fall in water table noted in the Remarks column of kharif Jinswar?
Are harvest prices entered in the circle note-books after approval by the collector?
Has the office kanungo a list of centers, and do the field kanungos report prices punctuality?
115.
Statement IV.-
See that the entries in columns 3-16 tally with the kist-bandi, and if not ascertain the reasons.
116.
Statement V.-
Shamilat land transferred should be included in this statement.
Columns 14,19,24 should show details of land irrigated.
117.
Statement VI.-
In column 3separate details should be given for the land owner "Shamilat" "abadi "and sarkar.
In village note-books column 6 should agree with column 2 of statement I and column 8 with column 5 of statement IV.
Columns 17 and 18 should agree with columns 7 and 8 of groups A and B of the list of assignments, and columns 19 and 20 with columns 9 and 10 of group C. Column 2 should contain particulars of the assignees where the assignments are large.
See that the totals in circle and Tehsil note-books are obtained by adding to the previous totals the new totals of villages under quadrennial attestation and deducting the old totals of these villages.
118.
Statement VII.-
In the village note-books column 3 should agreee with column 7 of statement VI.
Columns 6 to 8 should = column9
Column 8 should = column 17
Column 19 should show any special rates of batai for special crops , and if the tenant pays a share of the land revenue or cash in addition to kind rents this should be stated . Where there is irrigation from a State Canal , it should be noted how the landlord and tenant share the liability for the canal charges in the case of (a) cash (b) kind rents.
119.
Statement VIII.-
Column 7. No. entry should be made against total
Columns 10 and 11.- No entries should be made against separate classes of land , but only against total.
Columns 5 and 9 .- The entries against total should agree with column 7 of statement VII.
120.
Statement IX.-
See that main tribes are entered in column 125.
See that important differences are explained by the field kanungo.
121.
Statement X.-
Is the danger rate noted in the remarks column of part II ?
Are remarks entered :-
(a) in the village note-book in the year of quinquennial attestation?
(b) in the village, circle or Tehsil note-books when any thing important has occurred?
(c) annually in the circle note-books of tracts under fluctuating assessment?
Are the remarks intelligent and useful or a mere repetition of statistics?
XXVIII-
A-HALAT DEHI
121-A. Register:-
Has the results of Thur, Sem, Chos and Sand Girdawari been incorporated in the Halat Dehi Register by the Office Kanungo after every harvest on receipt from the patwaris?
XXIX- PARTITIONS
122. Have the following statement prepared:-
Pending from New Total Deposals Pending Years of Pending
previous year institutions Cases
___________
Year No. of
Pending Cases
123. Examine the mislband register and see if there have been delays in-
(a) referring (column 6);
(b) carrying out orders (column 8).
Examine some pending files to see, if –
(a) there have been undue delays or adjournments;
(b) the preliminary hearing has been held on the spot in important cases;
(c) the mode of partition has been clearly reported ;
(d) the partition has been properly carried out and without delay.
124. Compare the parties in the application with the parcha jamabandi , and see if all necessary persons are parties, and that all have been duly notified .
125. See that the patwari is not allowed to point out the land to the share-holders except in petty cases and these only under the order of the tehsildar or naib-tehsildar.
126. See that he enters up mutations as soon as the partitions is due to take effect.
127. Does the kanungo check and sign the map and khatauni (paragraph 18.14).
128. Does he personally point out the land to the parties and give them copies of the khataunis, noting that he has done so in his report to the tehsildar?
129. Does he communicate all alterations to the parties and correct their khataunis and order the patwari to correct his?
130. Are annual entries preferred by a settlement entry in red ink?
131. See that there is no one volume for each assessment circle, or for a suitable number of villages where the circle is large.
132. Is an index of villages kept at the beginning of each volume?
133. Is a map of the circle kept with with the volume?
134. Are total figures for the whole circle entered at the end of volume or volumes of that circle?
135. Are remarks recorded on blank pages by Deputy Commissioner or any of his assistants?
136. Compare the entries of a few villages in each assessment circle with the village note-books and the totals of the assessment circle with the circle note-books, and the state the result.
137. Are quinquennial totals made?
XXXI- CORRECTION OF FIELD MAPS BETWEEN TWO SETTLEMENTS (PARAGRAPHS 4.29 AND 4.31)
138. Are the maps amended in September in the Tehsil office by patwaris under the supervision of field kanungos, and do the latter make a note of this in the jamabandis?
139. Are amendments correctly and neatly made with proper red ink and a pen?
140. Compare the tatimma shajras of a few villages with the settlements maps, and state the result.
141. Are the patwari's copies of the map also amended?
XXXII- ANNUAL RECORDS.
142. Ascertain that all jamabandis are sent to the record room in April (Paragraph 3.104(2)
143. Examine some jamabandis and ascertain if-
(a) they contan an amended genealogical tree, and amended field map and sanctioned mutations;
(b) the attestation notes of field kanungos and revenue officers are in accordance with the instructions in paragraph 7.60 and 7.62; and
(c) a reference to a mutation order is given in the column of remarks in cases of alteration of names (paragraph 7.41(10)
144. See that the patwari's copies of the fard bachh for the five proceeding years are filed with the jamabandis.
145. See that they have been checked and signed by the field kanungos and by the tehsildar or naib-tehsildar of the circles, and that the kharif copy has been corrected after the rabi girdawari.
146. See that the form of the fard bachh provide for the entry of all Government demands to be collected through the lambardars (e.g. surcharge local rate, etc.)
147. Check some of the entries with the jamabandi.
XXXIII- TOURING OF REVENUE OFFICER.
148. Ascertain with reference to the diaries of Tehsildars and naib Tehsildars that they are in camp for atleast 15 days a month during their cold weather touring they make a thorough inspection of each patwari's work in their circles, that they check a sufficient number of tatimma shajras, that they inspect survey marks and note the fact of their having done so in their diaries, that they visit the villages in which jamabandi is to be prepared before 15th January , and also at the time of harvest inspections or before 15th June , and that they check a suffiecient number of dhal bachhes.
XXXIV- MUTATIONS.
149. Have the following statement prepared for the last four quarters and examine entries and orders:-
Quarter Decided Pending
ANNEXURE G.
Points requiring attention at the quarterly inspection of District Land Record Office.
PRECIOUS INSPECTIONS.
1. See that a separate minute book is maintained (paragraph 8.15)
2. See that the record room is inspected once a quarter and he result of the inspection once a quarter and the result of the inspection recorded in the minute book (paragrph 8.15)
3. Ascertain that all the defects pointed out at previous inspections have been duly attended to.
ACCOMODATION.
4. See that the accommodation is sufficient and suitable for records and the staff; if insufficient what proposals have been made by the Deputy Commissioner and what action has been taken on those proposals.
5. What precautions have been taken against white ants, rats and damp.
6. What arrangements have been made to save the old settlement records from decay.
7. What precautions have been taken against fire. Is a Minimax Fire Extinguisher kept and does the district kanungo and his assistants know how to use it.
8. See that instructions contained in junior Seceretary to Financial commissioners' letter No. 721-321-5, dated 29th October , 1917 are compiled with.
RECORDS.
9. See that records of right are kept in shelves (paragraph 19.13)
10. See that goshwaras are divided into two sections (paragraph 19.6) and see that records have been entered in the goshwara in order of their receipt.
11. Examine a few bastas and see that their contents agree with the entries made in the goshwaras that all the necessary records have been filed and that destruction is up to date.
12. See that all the files and registers excluded from the record room are promptly destroyed when the period for their preservation has elapsed (paragraph 19.12)
13. See that only those registers, books , files and records , etc., which have been shown in chapter 19 have been kept in this record room.
14. See that the current registers and books have been kept separately from old ones (paragraph 19.34)
15. Are all newly received files duly entered in the register and goshwaras and placed in the village or other bundles to which they properly belong, and is the village goshwaras number given on the index.
16. See that files are being kept in annual kuliat bundles and current files kept in separate bastas (paragraphs 19.14 and 19.34)
INSPECTIONS OF RECORDS.
17. See that application for inspection of records are properly stamped, and that time taken up in in inspecting records is noted on them (paragraph 19.25).
18. Are paragraphs 19.24, 25 and 26 regarding the inspection muharrir,---
(a) In this connection examine a few files to see if fresh applications with anew stamp are invariably put in when the records are not inspected on due date.
(b) Examine the accounts of the inspection muharrir and see if the inspection branch of the record room is self-supporting, if not; suggest reduction.
19. Is the person desiring to inspect a certain record or case required to submit an application in writing and to affix there to proper court-fee stamps to cover the search and inspection fees prescribed in rules and orders. Volume IV, and rules contained in paragraph 19.25 and 19.26?
20. (a) Are all the applications referred to in the preceding question, entered by the inspection moharrirs immediately on receipt of application in the manner laid down in section 30 of the Court-Fee Act?
(b) Is the time spent on the inspection of a record noted in the register maintained by the inspection muharrir?
(c) Are the applications for inspection preserved till the audit inspection for the period is over?
21. Are the receipts from the record credited without delay to proper heads (paragraphs 19.32)?
ISSUES
22. See that the issue registers are maintained in form R-9 separately for each court, for copyists and for the special kanungo or patwari muharrir (paragraph 19.19).
23. See that on the second day of the first month of each quarter, list in form R-10 of all the files which have not been returned is sent to all courts below that of the Financial Commissioners and the High Court (paragraph 19.19(ii).
24. See that an official letter is sent to the offices of the Financial Commissioners and the High Court when files sent to these offices are not returned within 6 months (paragraphs 19.19(iii).
25. See that requisitions for files are sent by courts in FormR-8 and in duplicate in outlying courts (paragraphs 19.18)
26. See that requisitions are placed in bastas in place of the files takwn out (paragraph 19.18).
27. See that a "Number Book" in form R-II is maintained and shows the number of bastas actually handed each day (paragraph 19.19)vi).
28. See that the recently returned records have been placed in the relevant bastas.
PRODUCTION OF RECORDS BEFORE COURTS
29. Ascertain from the summons issued by courts that the points on which information is required to be supplied by the special kanungo or patwari muharrir are stated succinctly.
30. Ascertain that the special kanungo or patwari muharrir is not required to give opinions, is not used as a local commissioner or asked to provide instances in support of or to refute an alleged custom.
31. Ascertain that the special kanungo or patwari muharrir is not required to supply copies of records which should be obtained through the copying Agency.
MUSAVIS
32. See that musavis are kept in a flat condition in iron or wooden almirahs.
33. Are they in good condition; if not, what measures , if ny , are being adopted to set them right?
34. Enquire as to whether any of the musavis were sent to other departments; if so, whether they were properly packed and dispatched under the custody of a responsible official.
35. Ascertain that musavis were not spoilt or destroyed by the departments to which these were sent on loan.
JAMABANDIS
36. See that all jamabandis were received in the record room by the date on which the rabi girdawari ended (Paragraph 7.68).
37. See that these were checked by the district kanungo according to the instructions contained in (paragraph 7.68)
38. See that the jamabandis which were found incomplete in any respect were returned to tehsils for completion (paragraph 7.68).
39. See that jamabandis have been properly bound and entered in the repective village goshwaras.
40. See that rejected mutations with lists are entered in the village goshwaras and destroyed after 12 years from the date of filing in the record room.
REVENUE COPYISTS
41. See that as far as possible separate copyists have been employed for making copies of papers kept in the Land Records Office, so that there may be no occasion for removing the papers elsewhere for copying purposes.
42. See that separate registers have been kept for copying transactions of the Land Records Office.
ANNEXURE H.
Points requiring attention at the inspection of the work of the district kanungo.
Before making the inspection the district kanungo should be asked prepare the statements referred to in sections V, VII, XV,XVI and XVII, XXII and XXIII.
1. See that there is a sanctioned distribution of work between the district kanungo and his assistants and that it is hered to.
2. See that no assistant patwari is allowed to work with the district kanungo (paragraph 3.13)(4).
3. See that the district kanungo is not required to do work which should be done by the main office.
4. See that the district kanungo is not used as reader by the Officer Incharge (paragraph 2.29)
II. – STANDING ORDERS, ETC.
5. See that the district kanungo has got one copy each of the Settlement Manual, Land Administration Manual, Land Code, Land Records Manual and Financial Commissioners standing order(paragraph 2.57)
6. See that these books are complete with correction slips up to date and the latest published indices are pasted in them.
7. See that there are separate files for Financial Commissioners and Director of Land Records circulars and are up to date.
8. See that a check list of periodical reports and returns is kept.
9. See that the district kanungo has got a table of villages to be quinquennically attested, approved by the Collector.
10. See that the district kanungo has got a steel measuring tape (paragraph 2.33).
III. – FILES OF TRANSFER OF PATWARISS AND KANUNGO.
11. Ascertain firm the relevant files that on resignation or transfer, patwaris make over their papers, records and equipment to their successors and in case of dismissal or suspension to the field kanungos (paragraph 3.59).
12. Ascertain mention is made in the Patwari's charge reports of patwarkhanas (Director of Land Records' circular letter no. 31(No. 2617-1.29, dated 29th October, 1924)
13. Ascertain that patwaris are not transferred merely as a punishment and that fines are not excessive and are recovered by short drawals on pay bills (paragraph 3.59).
14. Ascertain that kanungo's charge reports are endorsed by tehsilars and those of the District kanungo and his assistants by Officer-incharge (paragraph 2.36)
IV. – PATWARKHANAS.
15. Ascertain that a list of patwarkhans in good condition is maintained.
16. Ascertain that annual reports on the condition of patwarkhanas are sent by field kanungos by the 1st January every year (paragraph 3.57 (viii(I).
17. Ascertain that the field kanungos' reports are punctually forwarded by the Tehsildars to the District Office and action taken promptly (paragraph 3.57 viii)
V. – INDENTS.
18. Have the following statement prepared:-
Tehsil
__________________________________________
19. See that indents are dispatched from Tehsil offices so as to reach district kanungo's on 1 st October at latest and dispatched by Sadar kanungo's so as to reach office of Director of Land Records on 2nd November and the Government Press on 1st December at the Latest (paragraphs 3.94 (1) and 3.95).
20. Ascertain that a qinquenniel list of patwari and kanungo forms is maintained(paragraph 3.94(1)
21. Ascertain that the forms indented for do not exceed the number given in the quinqennial list and in the case of blank paper, the prescribed scale (paragraph 3.94)
22. Ascertain that Tehsil indents are carefully checked by the district kanungo and the Officer Incharge (paragraph 3.95)
23. Ascertain that forms and blank papers are received promptly and the duplicate copy of the invoice dispatched from the Tehsil within one week of the receipt of the supplies (paragraph 3.96)
24-28. Deleted.
VII.- PAY OF PATWARI
29-34. 29-34. Deleted.
35. Ascertain whether rewards are given to patwaris for consolidation of holdings, reporting cattle diseases and cases or plague, cholera and small-pox (paragraphs 3.53 and 3.54)
VIII.- PAY OF KANUNGO
36.-38. Deleted.
IX.- BUDGET
39. Ascertain that the budget under head 9-D Land Revenue –D-Land Records is prepared by the district Kanungo, checked by the Officer Incharge and dispatched in time so as to reach Director of Land Records Office on 5th September, at the latest.
40. Ascertain that accurate budget provision has been made for all heads of expenditure.
41. Ascertain that allotments are not exceeded without sufficient reasons and that applications for additional grants are made in good time.
X.- PATWARI'S CHARACTER ROLLS.
42. Ascertain that patwaris character rolls are kept in order and are written up annually during the first quarter of the year.
43. Ascertain that no order necessitating an entry in a character roll is filed until the district kanungo has certified that he has made the necessary entry in the character roll.
44. Ascertain that enties made by inspecting officers in field kanungo's register of patwari circles are copied in the patwari's character rolls.
45. Check the character roll with the misalband register of patwari and kanungo cases, original files and the acquitance rolls and see that they are up to date.
XI.- PATWARI AND KANUNGO'S SERVICE BOOKS.
46. See that entries of service books are attested every year.
47. See that leave accounts are attached to service books and are up to date.
48. See that all the entries made in the service books and are attested by gazetted by gazetted officers.
49. Compare the service books with the misalband register of patwari and kanungo cases, original files and the aquittance rolls and see that they are up to date.
XII.- KANUNGO'S CHARACTER ROLLS.
50. Ascertain that character rolls are written p annually by the collector during the first quarter of the year and that each kanungo is called on to state whether he has acquired any new interest in land during the year (paragraph 3.9 of District Manual).
XIII.- DIARIES OD PATWARI AND FIEL KANUNGO'S.
(Section XXIV of Chapter 3 and paragraph 2.52)
51. Have the following statement prepared from the diaries of the last six months-
Date of Date of Date of sadr Date on Date Date of
Dairy receipt kanungo's which orders of issue receipt
report were passed of of
by Sub-divi. orders Tehsil-
officer (Civil to dars
or Deputy tehsildar reply.
Commissioner)
52. Ascertain that diaries are sent by field kanungos immediately on the close of the month to which they relate, and are promptly forwarded by the tehsildar to the district kanungo.
53. Ascertain that the diaries are carefully scrutinized by the district kanungo and the Sub-divisional Officer, Civil, and bad work detected and punished.
54. Ascertain that orders issued on the diaries are promptly attended to by Tehsildars.
55. Ascertain that diaries of patwaris and kanungos are closed with an abstract of the work done.
XIV- TOUR STATEMENTS OF FIELD KANUNGOS.
56. Ascertain that tour statements are submitted by the 10th of the month succeeding the conclusion of each quarter (paragraph 2.49).
57. Ascertain that the touring is systematic and that each patwari's circle is visited once in the month (paragraph2.48)
58. Ascertain that the district kanungo attached a similar statement of his own touring to the statements of the field kanungo(paragraph 2.49).
59. Ascertain that these statements are carefully checked by the district kanungo and the Officer Incharge.
XV.- DIARY AND TOURING OF THE DISTRICT KANUNGO.
60. Have the following statement prepared:-
TEHSIL
Month Field kanungo Field kanungo Field kanungo Tehsil
circle circle circle Office
TEHSIL
Field kanungo Field kanungo Field kanungo Tehsil Miscll. Total no. Rmk
circle circle circle Office of tour-
ing days
61. Ascertain that the district kanungo is in camp inspecting the work of office and field kanungos at least 15 days each month from 1st October to 30th April (paragraph 8.17).
62. Ascertain that the work of every Tehsil office kanungo is inspected by the district kanungo twice a year (paragraph 8.19).
63. Ascertain that the district kanungo at least once in the year and comes to a definite finding on his work (paragraph 8.17)
64. Ascertain that on return from tour the district kanungo submits his diary to the Officer Incharge or the Deputy Commissioner and the diary is carefully scrutinized by them and orders passed on the points requiring attention (paragraph 2.61)
65.Check the sadr kanungo's basta of pending papers and ascertain that he has no old papers on which no action has been taken.
XVI.- REGISTERS OF PATWARI CANDIDATES.
66. Have the following statement prepared :-
Name of Patwaris Number of candidates Matriculation pass Below
and Assistant Patwaris Matriculation
____________________________________________________________
Patwar pass Number of candidates since Number of posts
since last inspection who filled in during the
have failed to pass the patwari year
examination within three years
of acceptance
______________________________________________________________________________
67. Ascertain that the total number of patwari candidates does not exceed fifteen percent, of the total number of patwaris and assistant patwaris. (paragraph 3.6)
68.-70. Deleted.
71. See that the register of patwari candidates is revised from time to time and kept up to date.
XVII.- KANUNGO
72. Have the following statement prepared :-
Total number Number of kanugos appointed Number of kanungos
of kanungo by direct recruitment appointed by promotion
establishment from amongst patwaris
73-79 Deleted.
PATWARI CIRCLES (PARAGRAPH 2.60 AND 2.60 A)
80. See that the register begins with an alphabetical index which is followed by a page for each field kanungo circle.
81. Ascertain that the totals of the field kanungos circles are amended quinquennially and in the case of patwari circles, entries are made annually and below the last villages of the circle.
82. Ascertain that the old enries are scored out when new entries are made.
83. Check column 3 of the register prescribed in paragraph 2.60 with the misalband register of patwari cases and the patwaris by pay bills and column 5 to 10 with the last quinquennial jamabandi. The entries of register prescribed in paragrph 2.60-A should also be checked.
XVIII.- RAINFALL.
84. See that the register is in the prescribed form (paragraph 12.15).
85. Ascertain that rainfall is reported from out-stations on each day on which the rainfall (paragraph 12.15).
86. See that the remarks in the monthly weather reports are copied into the register (paragraph 12.16).
87. Ascertain that the raingauge is suitably placed and that the distance between the guage and the nearest object is at least twice the height of that object(paragraph 12.4).
88. Ascertain that the rainguage is firmly fixed in the ground, the mouth of the funnel is one foot above the ordinary level of ground; and is approximately level and that the run of the funnel is circular (paragraph 12.5)
89. Ascertain that the rainguage has been inspected twice in the year by an officer of rank not below that of an Extra Assistant Commissioner (paragraph 12.18).
90. Ascertain that the district kanungo has got a spare measuring glass (paragraph 12.8).
XIX.- RETAIL PRICES.
91. See that the register of retail prices shows the retail prices of every article separately specified in the crop abstract of the district and that the price of the district and that the price of the produce locally grown or consumed and of the quality in common demand is given(paragraph 14.1)
92. See that the register is allotted in 12 sheets, one sheet for each month and prices recorded twice a month (paragraph 14.1)
93. See that the statement showing retail prices is sent to the office of Director of Land Records punctually and in the prescribed form and in the case of articles whose prices are not given, the reason for omission is given (paragraph 14.1)
94. See that the prices given in the statement are those obtained on the last day of each fortnight and are in kilograms (Note under form P.C.1 in chapter-14).
95. Ascertain that a gazetted officer whose duties require him to remain at headquaters is made responsible for checking prices (paragraph 819 of Land Administration Manual)
XX.- ZALIDARS
96.-99. Deleted
100. See that the general register of muafis is maintained in three parts and separate registers are maintained for imams and for roadside goves and wells.
101. Check the general register of muafis is misalband register and see that it is up to date.
102. Ascertain from columns 14 and 15 of the register that there is no delay in reporting changes.
103. Ascertain that a list of changes by lapses and change of occupancy by inheritance is sent by the end of April each year.
104. Ascertain that the existence of assignee and
the proper maintenance of grants is attested on the spot by the Tehsildars in
March and a list of assignees who have neither attended nor furnished a life
certificate sent to sadr as well as a report on the condition of grants.
XXII.- LIST OF PENSIONERS (PARAGRAPH 63 OF STANDING ORDER NO.7).
105. See that a complete list of pensioners, civil and military, is maintained by the district kanungo, which is kept up to date date from the lists received from the treasury and the need postmaster of the district.
106. See that a copy of the additions and corrections communicated to the district kanungo by the Postmaster and the Treasury Officers is supplied to all Tehsil on 1st February each year.
107. Check the list of Pensioners with a few jamabandis recently filed in the Land Record Room.
XXIII.-
REGISTER OF
108. See that the register is maintained in the prescribed form and that land acquired for public purposes, nazul lands and encamping grounds are excluded from it (paragraph 2, Appendix III, Land Administration Manual).
XXIV.- CONTINGENT REGISTER.
109. See that allotments are entered in red ink at the beginning of each year and are not exceeded.
110. See that detailed contingent bills are sent by the 10th of each month to the Director of Land Records and the date of dispatch is noted in the appropriate column (paragraph 2.64).
111. See that each entry in the register has been checked by gazetted officer and is initialed by him.
112. See that expenditure is charged to the appropriate heads; and no expenditure chargeable to district contingencies is entered in this register.
XXVI.-
NOTE-BOOKS
(CHAPTER 10)
113. See that a list of the Great Trigonometrical Survey Stations is maintained (paragraph 4.6)
114. Ascertain that on the completion of Kharif girdawari patwaris send a note in the prescribed form as regards the condition of Survey pillars in their circles (paragraph 4.6(3)
115. Ascertain that an aanual returns as regards
survey pillars is submitted to the Surveyor General of
116. Ascertain that there exists the index showing riverian base line marks laid down by the Survey of India.
XXVI.-
NOTE-BOOKS
(CHAPTER 10).
117. Are they contain blank pages at the end?
118. Are areas in whole hectares, gross amounts in whole rupees, and rates in rupees, paise?
119. Are the books kept in almirahs or boxes and permanently preserved?
120. When there is fluctuating assessment, are the note-books suitably amplified?
121. Are large variations explained?
122. Statement I-
Column 2 should equal columns 3 to 11.
Column 13 should equal column 11 + column 12.
Column 14 should agree with corresponding columns in statements II and III.
Column 22 should equal columns 24 plus 25.
Column 26 plus 30 of previous year should equal column 28 plus 30.
Column 27 plus 31 of previous year should equal 29 plus 31 of the current year.
123. Statements II and III.-
Is there a separate heading for each crop shown separately in statements IV-A, B, and C of the season and crop Report, and are the crops correctly grouped?
Are rabi Figures and extra rabi figures are entered in proper columns?
Is the rise or fall in water table noted in the Remarks column of kharif Jinswar?
(Paragraph 9.3 (x) (j)
Are harvest prices entered in the circle note-books after approval by the collector?
Has the office kanungo a list of centers, and do the field kanungos report prices punctually?
Does the tehsildar send a copy of the prices to Revenue Courts every six months (paragraph 12 of standing order No.2)?
124. Statement IV.-
See that the entries in columns 3-16 with the kistbandi, and, if not, ascertain the reasons.
125. Statement V.-
Shamilat land transferred should be included in this statement.
Columns 14, 19 and 24 should show details of land irrigated.
Where ala milkiyat is transferred, columns 14, 19 and 24 should show the superior owners' dues and where occupancy rights are transferred, these columns should be blank.
126. Statement VI.-
In column 3 separate details should be given for "Land Owners", "Shamilat", "abadi", and "Sarkar".
127. Statement VII.-
In the village note-books column 3 should agree with column 7 of statement VI.
Column 6 to 8 should equal column 9.
Column 8 should equal column 17.
128. Statement VIII.-
Column 7.- No entry should be made against total.
Columns 10 and 11.- No entries should be made against separate classes of land, but only against total.
Columns 5 and 9.- The entries against totals should agree with column 7 of statement VII.
129. Statement IX.-
See that main tribes are entered in column 125.
130. Statement X.-
Is the danger rate noted in the remarks column of part II?
Are remarks entered-
(a) in the village notebooks in the year of quadrennial attestation;
(b) in the village, circle or Tehsil books when anything important has occurred;
(c) (a) annually in the circle notebooks of tracts under fluctuating assessment?
Are the remarks intelligent and useful or a mere repetition of statistics?
XXVII.- A REGISTER HALAT DEHI
130-A. Whether Halat Dehi Statements (Thur, Sem, Chos and sand Girdawari results) are copied in the Halat Dehi Register after every harvest on receipt from the Tehsildars.
131. Are annual entries prefaced by a settlement entry in red ink?
132. See that there is one volume for each assessment circle, or for a suitable number of villages where the circle is large.
133. Is an index of villages kept at the beginning of each volume?
134. Is a map of the circle kept with the volume?
135. Are total figures for the whole circle entered at the end of volume or volumes of that circle?
136. Are remarks recorded on blank pages by Deputy Commissioner or any his assistants?
137. Compare the entries of a few villages in each assessment circle with the village note-books and the totals of the assessment circle note-books and state the results.
138.Are quinquennial totals made?
XXIX.- FURTHER POINTS TO BE NOTICED AT THE TIME OF THE INSPECTION OF DISTRICT QANUNGO'S OFFICE
139. Whether settlement correspondence is kept in the office in a separate almirah in the same order as it is enteredin the catalogue.
140. Whether a register showing the distribution of books of reference and their correction slip is maintained (Director of Land Records circular no. 37., dated 27th February, 1925.)
141. Whether regular inspections are made of the field kanungo's work by Extra Assistant Commissioners and of the patwari's work by Tehsildars and Naib Tehsildars (paragraphs 8.4 and 8.11).
142. Whether the mutation work of the district is up to date and arrears are not being allowed to accumulate.
143. Whether the partition work of the district is up to date.
144. Whether the financial Commissioners orders regarding consolidation of holdings are carried out in the districts to which they relate.
145. Whether orders regarding the preparation of crop forecasts and season and crop reports are properly carried out (Chapter 11 and 13)
146. Whether Tehsildars and Naibcheck a sufficient number of tatima shajras and dhal bachhes (paragraph 18 in annexure C supra and paragraph 4.28)
147. Whether the Tehsildars and Naib- Tehsildars submit their diaries punctually and whether their touring is adequate.
148. What is the Govt. demand on account of mutation fees for the last year.
149. Whether the annual demand statements on account of mutaion fees are sent to the Director of Land Records by 10th Septembe each year.
XXX.- GAZETTER, VOLUME B.
150-171.
Deleted.
HARVEST INSPECTIONS
(Replace standing order No.22, original issue, dated 3rd August 1909, 1st reprint, dated 4th June, 1912; 2nd reprint, dated 21st November, 1921.
In connection with this chapter, Chapter IX of the Land Administration Manual should be read.)
9.1 The date on which the inspection of each harvest shall commence may be fixed for each district by the Commissioner as its special circumstances may require. But in the absence of any special order, the inspection of each harvest shall commence as follows:-
Kharif --------1st October.
Rabi --------1st March.
Date on which inspection of each harvest should begin - Besides, if extra rabi crops, such as melons and tobacco, are grown, which cannot be observed in March, the patwari shall make a inspection of these immediately after the 15th April. When for any reason the ripening of the crop is later than usual, the Deputy Commissioner may postpone the inspection for a period not exceeding fifteen days.
9.2. Form of the khasra girdawari with instruction - The form of the khasra girdawari, or harvest inspection book, with instruction regarding the entries to be made in it, is given below:-
Khasra Girdawari or Harvest inspection book.
Khasra No. Owner (Written Cultivator Area Classification
short with with rent of land accord.
jamabandi No. (written to the last
short with jamabandi
khatauni
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
_______________________________________
__________________________________________________________
YEAR 19
Kharif Crop Rabi crop with umber of fruit- Changes
bearing trees of rights
possession
and rent.
Cultivated Uncultivated Cultivated Uncultivated
6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
__________________________________________________________
YEAR 19
Kharif Crop Rabi crop with umber Changes of right
of fruit-bearing trees possession and
rent.
Cultivated Uncultivated Cultivated Uncultivated
11. 12. 13. 14. 15.
__________________________________________________________
YEAR 19
Kharif Crop Rabi crop with umber Changes of right
of fruit-bearing trees possession and
rent.
Cultivated Uncultivated Cultivated Uncultivated
16. 17. 18. 19. 20.
__________________________________________________________
YEAR 19
Kharif Crop Rabi crop with umber Changes of right
of fruit-bearing trees possession and
rent.
Cultivated Uncultivated Cultivated Uncultivated
21. 22. 23. 24. 25.
__________________________________________________________
YEAR 19
Kharif Crop Rabi crop with umber Changes of right
of fruit-bearing trees possession and rent.
Cultivated Uncultivated Cultivated Uncultivated
26. 27. 28. 29. 30.
N.B.-1. Cultivated area includes area sown with different crops in that harvest and the areaunder current fallows, i.e. 'khali'(area sown under different crops is to be shown distinctly and separately for each crop).
2.Uncultivated area includes (1) Forest, (2) Baren and unculturable (3) Land put to non-agricultural uses (4) culturable waste, (5) Permanent pastures and groves not included in the Net Area sown and (7) other fallows. (If any portion of forest land is not actually wooded, but put to some agricultural use that portion shall be included under the appropriate heading of cultivated or uncultivated land).
3. Survey number means the field or khasra number given to the field in the village map.
4. Khewat numner (also called Patta number of jamabandi number) means the number of owners holdings.
5. Khatauni Number means the number of the holding (Khata) of the person responsible for the cultivation.
6. Tenure denotes the relationship between the Government and the holder of the land , e.g. Zamindari Raiyatwari, Inam, etc.
7. Tenancy denotes the relationship between the Government and the holder of the land and the cultivator, e.g. Khudkhast, batai.
8. Cutivators holding may be defined as all land that is used wholly or party for agricultural production and is cultivated along or with the assistance of others without regard to ownership, size, or location.
9. '
10. Current fallowes (Also called khali) denote lands which are left fallow during the current year (i.e. Kharif and Rabi harvests of that year), only.
11. 'Other fallows' (Also called banjar jaded) denotes all lands which were taken up for cultivation, but are temporarily out of the cultivation for a period of not less than one year and not more than five years.
12. Cuturable waste (Also called Banjar qudim) denotes all lands available for cultivation whether not taken up for the cultivation or abandoned for more than five years for one reason or other. Such lands may be either fallow or covered with shrubs and jungles which are not put to any use. They may be assessed or unassessed and may lie in isolated blocks or within cultivated for five years in succession shall also be included in this category, at the end of the five years.
13. Barren and unculturable land (also called ghair-mum-kin) denotes all barren and unculturable land like mountains, deserts, etc. Land which cannot be brought under cultivation unless at a high cost shall be classed unculturable, whether such land is isolated blocks or within cultivated holdings.
15. Permanent pastures and other grazing lands,
whether they are permanent pastures and meadows or
16. Miscelleneous tree crops and groves not included under net area sown denote all cultivated land, which is not included net area sown but is put to some agricultural use. Land under Casuriana trees thatching grass, bamboo bushes and other groves for fuel, etc. which are not included under orchards, shall be classed under this category.
17. 'Net area sown' dnotes the net area sown to crops, counting areas sown more than once in the same year only once.
18. 'Cultivated area' (also called raqba mazura) is the sum of net area sown and area under current fallows.
19. 'Gross cropped area' represents the sum of net sown area and area sown more than once in the year.
20. 'Net irrigated area' means the area irrigated from different sources, counting area irrigated more than once in the same year only once.
21. 'Area of crops irrigated' denotes the gross irrigated area which is the sum of net irrigated area and irrigated more than once in the same year.
22. Normal yield should be computed as a moving average of the average yield per hectare obtained by the method of crop-cutting experiments based on the random sampling technique, wherever available, conducted during the preceding ten years.
23. 'Condition factor' denotes the condition of
the crop in any season in terms of the
24. Harvest price of a commodity may be defined as the average wholesale price at which the commodity is disposed of by the producer at the village site during the specified harvest period.
25. At the end of the Rabi Girdawari while striking out pagewise and village wise total (i)the area irrigated more than once and (ii) the double cropped area should be shown separately.
26. The canal irrigated areas should be shown separately for Government canals and private canals.
27. The chahi irrigated areas should be shown in detail under (i) Government wells (ii) private wells, (iii) Government tube wells run with electricity and (iv) Private tube wells run with mechanical power (oil engines).
28. The areas irrigated by lifts or tanks should be shown separately from areas.
29. Unirrigated areas should be classified as (a) Barani (dependent on rain) and (b) Sailab (Flooded or kept permanently moist by rivers).
30. Irrigated areas should be classified as (i) Aabi (watered by (a) lift from tanks or jhils and (b) streams and springs and other sources which should be separately shown (ii) Nehri (Irrigated from canals, whether Government or private), (iii) chahi (watered from wells and tube wells.
31. In the case of chahi-nehri areas, the name of major source of irrigation should precede the supplementary source of irrigation, e.g. chahi-nehri where the major source of irrigation is a percolation well and the canal is a supplementary source. Nehri-chahi (where the major source of irrigation is a canal and the supplementary source is a percolation well.
32.The area sown under cotton, sugarcane, maize tobacco, rice, bajra, potato, and wheat crop should be classified separately under Desi and improved varieties.
33. If for two harvests in succession in a single year, no crop is sown in a field and no fruit-bearing trees are standing thereon, it should be entered as current fallow (khali) in the kharif and rabi harvests of that year and then as other fallow banjar jadid in the succeeding 8 harvests and thereafter is culturable waste (banjar qadim).
9.3 9.3 (i) A new khasra girdawari shall be brought into use whenever a new quinquennial jamabandi has been prepared.
(ii). Where tarafs or patties are chakwat and all fields included in the taraf or patti should be entered across the page above the entry of the first field included in it.
(iii). In estates under fluctuating assessment, and else where, if considered desirable for special reasons, a new khasra girdawari may, if necessary be prepared each year. The form used in such cases should be as simple and brief possible. If not already sanctioned by the Financial Commissioner, it must be referred to the Director of Land Records for approval.
(iv.) The ordinary form shouldbe used in the case of urban lands to which the Land Revenue Act applies.
In it both agricultural (Zarai) and urban (sakni) Land should be included. Land specially assessed as potential building land, ahould be classed as in the former, but distinguished from other agricultural land by the patwari in the usual way at the ordinary girdawari.
(v) Column
If it is necessary to re-numer a field, this should be done as in the following example:-
If a field number, say 24, has been sub-divided into two, and the last number in the field-register of the village is 150, entry No.24 should be scored through and the new fields enter as 151/24 and 152/24 . Where a second sub-division takes place, the denominator number should simply be the numerator of the field which is again sub-divided. Thus, in the example; we should have first 151/24 then 185/151 and lastly, 201/185 from each of which, if necessary, it would be very easy to trace back to the old number. If field Nos. 31 and 32 have been joined into one field, the new entry may be 153/31 & 32, 152 being the last number in the field register. In the estates, in which field numbers, have been assigned by killa numbers within rectangles instead of continuous series, the sub-divided numbers will be given new fields numbers within the same killa number.
Care must be taken not to increase numbers and sub-numbers needlessly. They should not be increased for temporary changes of cultivating possession, or because part of a field is cultivated and part uncultivated. Temporary changes of cultivation can be shown in the column headed Changes of rights, possession and rent, thus-
A. Owner, 2 bighas/kanals/Ares.
2. Tenant-at-will; 1 bighs/kanal/Are.
Similarly when part is cultivated and part uncultivated, the entry in the harvest column can be-
Khali, I bigha Kanal/Are
Wheat, 2 /ighas Kanals/Are
or
Banjar jadid, I bigha/Kanal/Ares
Wheat, 2 bighas/Kanals/Ares
The chain should not be used for such measurements; they should be made by stepping or by rough estimate as may in each case be suitable.
(vi) A circle in red ink should be used for such measurements; they should be made by stepping or by rough estimate as may in each case be suitable.
(vii). A red ink entry without number will be made for every pakka survey mark or trijunction pillar or base line mark or international boundary pillars to following the field inspections the patwari should note whether the mark is in good repair.
(viii). Column 3. – Rent should be entered as briefly as possible.
(ix). Column 4.- The areas in this column and in the crop column must be in figures and not in rakms.
(x). Columns 6-9.
(a). When a crop fails to germinate or dies, up or is destroyed by calamity of season, enter it as kharaba. Very careful attention must be given to partially failed crops, that is, crops of which is yield appears to be much below average. When the actual yield as a whole of the crop grown in one khasra number is estimated by careful inspection to be not more than is estimated by careful inspection to be not more than 75 percent. of the usual or average yield, then a deduction from the whole area of the crop should be made , for example, an inferior field of wheat , area 4 Kanals, may be returned as (Wheat 3 kanals, kharaba 1 kanal ), but this should done when the actual yield of the whole crop is estimated to be not more than 75 percent of the average, and the kharaba allowed should be only as much as is necessary to raise the whole crop of the area returned as under crop to the average of an ordinary harvest. The average yield is that adopted by the Settlement Officer at the previous settlement for the assessment circle in which the village is included, unless some other yield has been specially prescribed in the dastur-ul-amal or elsewhere. The crops for which average yields are not fixed at settlement are generally unimportant. The revenue officials concerned should be regarded as average in such cases. Where two or more distinct crops are grown separately in different portions of one khasra number, the above procedure should be applied separately to each of such distinct crops. Deductions for kharaba made under this instructions should, unless some other special local sale has been prescribed by proper authority, be entered as far as is reasonably practicable in accordance with the following scale taking 100 Paise as the average yield of a crop.:-
Yield more than 75 paise --- No deduction.
Yield more than 50 paise --- Deduct ¼ of the
but not more than 75 paise sown area
Yield more than 25 paise --- Deduct ½ of the
but not more than 50 paise sown area
Yield more than 25 paise --- Deduct whole sown area
Jowar which fails in the year; should be entered not as "jowar kaharaba" but as "chari pukhta" . The same details should be given for failed crops as for matured crops. Gowara, hemp, indigo and jantar crops, ploughed in as green manure should be recorded in the khasra girdawari as gowara hemp, indigo or janter, used as manure. They should be exempt from land revenue assessment provided they are ploughed in before 15th September. The concession shall be allowed only on canal irrigated area under fluctuating assessment. Where land revenue on such areas is assessed by the revenue patwaris, the following procedure should be adopted in this behalf:-
Zamindars shall not necessarily have to apply for this concession. As soon as green crop is ploughed in the patwari will be make a suitable note in the khasra girdawari and intimate the fact to the field kanungo , who within 14 days of the date of receiving such intimation shall inspect the field and verify the patwar's note in the khasra. To verify this, the field kanungo should scrape away the soil at several places in thefield and satisfy himself that the whole crop and not merly the roots have been ploughed in as no remission is permissible if this crop is cut and only the roots are ploughed in. Revenue Officers should also make a point of checking some proportion of the green manure remission during partal and check of kharaba.
(b) Enter the area of the crop, etc. below the soil description. Except for garden produce , smaller fractions than a biswa or ¼ kanal or 50 centares need not to be stated. In the case of mixed crops for which there is no separate column in the jinswar statement, enter the area of each crop by estimate.
(c) In fields containing a well, note whether it is at work (jari) or out of use (uftada). If a new well has been made, note this.
(d) In the village under ordinary thur, Sem Girdawari, the following instructions should be followed recording of damaged areas:-
(1). At the time of each harvest, all those fields which may have been rendered unfit for cultivation due to thur, kallar, Reh or Sem , shall be entered in the khasra Girdawari by the patwari as Thur, kallar, Reh, or Sem as the case may be, along with the word khali. Similarly all the fields which have been rendered unfit for cultivation or grazing due to the action of Cho or deposits of sand in consequence of heavy floods, shall be entered by him as "Ghairmumkin Cho" or "Ghairmumkin-Sand" as the case may be.
(2) Whenever a field affected by Thur, Kallar, Reh, Cho or Sand is sown with a crop which yields less than twenty-five percent of the normal yield, the entry shall be "Kharaba" together with the word Thur, Kallar, Reh Sem, Cho, or deposit of the Sand as the case may be.
(3) Whenever a part of the field is affected by Thur, Kallar, Reh, Sem, Cho or deposit of Sand, only the area affected thereby shall be taken into consideration.
(4) All such fields shall be checked by the field kanungos as also, up to atr least fifteen per cent by the Tehsilar or Naib Tehsildar concerned. A specific note showing that such inspection had been made, shall be recorded by the inspecting officer, The Revenue Assistant or Sub Divisional Magistrate (Civil) shall also check the Giredawari of at least ten per cent of the villages which are affected by Thur, Kallar, Reh, Sem, Cho or deposit of Sand.
(5). Where an entry is made in respect of such a field or part thereof successively for three harvests and similar entry has to be made in the fourth harvest also, the word "Banjaar Jadid" shall be substituted for "Khali" in the fourth harvest and if this entry persists further for four succeeding harvests, it shall be changed into Banjar Qadim in the eighth harvest. In the case of lands affected by Cho or deposit of sand, the entry shall continue to be "Ghairmumkin Cho" or Ghairmumkin Sand", as the case may be.
(6) When any field or part thereof shown in the khasra Girdawari as "Banjar Jadid", Thur, Kallar, Reh or Sem or Banjar Qadim, Thur, Kallar, Reh or Sem or Ghairmimkin Cho or Ghairmimkin Sand, is again brought under cultivation, the entry in the Khasra Girdawari shall clearly show the crop sown.
Provided that if the crop yields less than twenty five percent of the normal yield, it shall be shown as "kharaba".
(7) The land-revenue of every field or part thereof, shown in khasra Girdawari as "Banjar Jadid/Qadim," Kallar, Reh, Sem Ghairmumkin Cho or Ghairmumkin Sand shall be remitted with effect from the rabi harvest and from the next Rabi harvest, if the entry is made in the kharif harvest.
(8) The remission shall case and the assessment of land-revenue revived after the fiekd or part thereof relating to which the remission was granted, has produced four crops, each yielding more than 25 per cent of the normal yield . This revival of assessment of land-revenue shall take effect from the fifth harvest if it is Rabi and from the sixth harvest if the fifth harvest is kharif.
(9) After the expiry of Rabi harvest every year and within five days of the expiry of the Rabi Girdawari of the village, the patwari shall draw up a statement in form A showing all the fields numbers earning remission and another statement in Form C showing the field number meriting revival of assessment of land-revenue.
(10) Every field Kanungo shall carry out a cent percent comparison of these statements with the relevant entries in the khasra girdawari and record a certificate thereon to that effect. The Tehsildar or Naib-Tehsildar concerned shall carry out a similar check of 25 per cent of the entries in Forms A and C. The Assistant Collector, first Grade and the Collector may, at any time carry out random checks of these forms.
(11) After the statements in Forms A and C have been prepared and checked by the Revenue Officers, the same shall be forwarded to the Tehsildar concerned.
(12) The Tehsildar shall have a consolidated statement prepared for his Tehsil in Form B and submit it, together with the statements in Form A, to the collector by the 20th April each year.
(13) On receipt of form B the Collector may remit the proposed lan-revenue if the total demand for remission for the Tehsil does not exceed Rs. 3,000 or suspend if it exceeds this limit and forward the proposal for remission to the Commissioner of the Division for sanction. The order of suspension or remission thus made by the Collector or the Commissioner, as the case may be, shall be initially conveyed to the Tehsildar, who shall give effect to it. The necessary changesin the Dhal Bachh and other relevant papers shall be made accordingly.
(14) The patwari shall enter in his daily diary statement of all fields mentioned in Forms A and C for each village at the time of their submission to the Tehsildars.
(15) A parcha in Form 'D' of the field number mentioned in form 'C' shall be delivered to the land-owner in the manner laid down for the service of summons in Sub-sections(1) and (2) od Section 90 of the Punjab Tenancy Act 1887.
(e) In village under Thur Sem-Girdawari, the following instruction should be followed regarding the recording of depth of water table of selected wells:-
The Patwari should select one or more pukka wells in each affected village, according to its size, record the name with khasra numbers of those wells in the Halat Dehi statement and during kharif girdawari in October every year measure the depth of water table from natural soil surface in those wells and record the measured depth in the Halat Dehi statement as well as in the remarks column of kharif jinswar of the village Note Book. The field kanungo of the circle and the Tehsil Revenue Officer concerned should invariably check the recorded depth of water table during harvest inspections and particularly mention the fact in their kharif Girdawari inspection notes. Any rise or fall in water table should also be reported in the Remarks column of the kharif jinswar.
(xi) Column 10.- When no change in the cultivating occupancy has occurred in the kharif the patwari should make a stroke of the pen across the oblong space provided for changes in the khasra from the left hand top corner to the right hand bottom corner, and another diagonal from the right hand top to the left hand bottom corner, if no change has occurred in the rabi.
Put a red cross in this column, or in column 15, or 20or 30 according to the year against a field, the boundaries or area of which have changed in such a manner that correction of the field map is required.
9.4. The form of Khasra girdawari or harvest inspection book for colony towns and chaks with instructions regarding the entries to be made in it is given below:-
1 2 3 4 5
Block No. Khasra No. Name of owner Name of tenant Area accord.
or Site No. in brief with or occupier or rent to the regtd.
with khewat No. payer(in brief)with deed or acc-
khatauni No. ording to the original con-
tract.
Year 19
6 7 8 9 10
Area given in Class of site Purpose for which Name of Amount
the last jamabandi accord. to the the land was orig. occupier of rent
last jamabandi allotted. of rent payer paid.
(in brief)
_______________________________________________________________
11 12 13
Present Area Purpose for which the land is used Changes in ownership
14 15 16 17 18
Year 19 Year 19 Year19
or rent-payer rent paid which the ownership
(in brief) land is used
19 20 21 22 23
Year 19 Year 19 Year19
or rent-payer rent paid which the ownership
(in brief) land is used
24 25 26 27 28 29
Year 19 Year 19 Year19
or rent-payer rent paid area for which ownership occupier
(in brief) the land is rent-payer
used (in brief)
Note:- This form shall be used where the land in colony towns and chaks has been built upon. The existing form of khasra girdawari (paragraph 9.2) will continue to be used in the case of land which is still culturable though situated within the limits of towns and chak.
A new khasra girdawari will be brought into use whenever a new quinquennial jamabandi has been prepared.
INSTRUCTIONS.
9.5. Column 2.- The khasra number or site number will usually be entered in the order of the field map(shajra kishtwar). New numbers of the sub-divided sites will be shown in the same place as the old numbers of the undivided sites and not at the end of the khasra .For renumbering of site numbers the procedure given in the example under column 1 of the ordinary khasra girdawari from (Paragraph 9.3(vii) should be followed.
In case where blocks have their sites numbered serially blockwise, the number khasra or site number should be entered accordingly.
Column 4.- The entries in this column will be the same as in column 6or 8 of the last jamabandi, as the case may be.
Column 5.- This column will be left blank when the area originally allotted has been divided or amalgated with other fields and separate field numbers have been given to it.
Column 9.- In case the site is occupied by the owner the word maqbuza malik should be written. The person occupying the upper flat should be entered in this column also.
Column 10.- In case the site is occupied by the owner, this column will be left blank. If the site is occupied by a tenant, the total amount of rent paid during the years, should be given.
Column 11.- The area held by each tenant or occupier or rent-payer should be stated separately, in kanals, marlas and sarsahis or metric units.
Provided that where the holding is joint, it is not necessary to specify the exact share of each shareholder; and
Provided thatwhere there is an upper flat the area of that flat will not be entered, but the words "Bala Khana " will be written against the names of the occupiers of that flat given in column no.9;
Provided further, that where Government land is encroached upon , full details should always be given.
Column 13.- The number of mutation and the names of the new owners should be entered in thos column.
The instructions for columns 14 to 18, 19 to 23, 24 to 28 and 29 to 33 are the same as in the case of instructions for columns 9 to 13.
9.6. Patwari not to hinder agriculturists
during harvest operations - When making the harvest inspection, the patwari
must on on account hinder the harvest operations of any agriculturists.
9.7. Rough tracing of field map to be used
- In working over the fields, the patwari will carry in his hand his cloth copy
of the field map.
9.8. Entry of crops and rights - The crops shall be entered in the Khasra girdawari as the inspection proceeds in the column provided for the purposes. The changes in rights, rents and possession will be noted in the appropriate column. And, where the boundaries or area of a field have changed in such a manner as to require a correction of the field map, the patwari shall make a rough measurements, sufficient for the crop entries.
9.9 Prevention of errors in Khasra Girdawari
Register - The following subsidiary instructions shall be observed for
preventing errors etc., in the khasra Girdawari.
(a) (a) The patwari shall supply a copy of the Fard Raftar to the Lambardar concerned. He should take with him the lambardar and the persons concerned at the time of his field to field inspection. An entry to the effect that harvest inspection was done in the presence of the particulars Lambardar and a few notable persons (mentioning their names) shall be made by him in his Roznamchawaqiati. The signatures of the Lambardar who accompanied the patwari shall be obtained against this entry.
(b) (b) The patwari must enter in his diary a list of all field numbers in which any change of cultivating occupancy or rent has occurred in the following form:-
Changes in rent-field numbers so and so changes in cultivating occupancy-field numbers so and place this list before the Field Kanungo at his next visit for verification . The numbers so entered will be verified by the Kanungo and totalled under his signatures.
But if the change is such as to necessitate an entry in the register of mutations it need not to be entered in the diary as well.
(c) A patwari may alter an entry once made in the khasra Girdawari after making an entry in his diary during the crop inspection period, in the following circumstances:-
(i) When all the interested parties agree to a change being made: and
(ii) Where specific orders have been passed by a competent authority regarding a change in the girdawari entry. In cases where any of the interested parties does not turn up before the patwari, but the change is verified by the persons present at the time of girdawari to his satisfaction he should make the necessary entry in the khasra girdawari as verified on the spot, but should record a note in his Roznamoha Waqiati giving reasons on the basis of which he was so satisfied. However, in cases in which the change is disputed the patwari should make a note of the entry regarding the rent or cultivation being disputed and also record a note to this effect in his "Roznamcha Waqiati" and put up a list of such cases before the Kanungo, at the time of the latter's visit for checking of girdawari . The Kanungo, will, then, refer the matter to the competent Revenue Officer for decision.
(d) Whenever a patwari has to correct a typographical or clerical error in any entry once made in the khasra girdawri, he may, after making a note of such an error in his Roznamcha Waqiati, correct withred ink the error in question. All such entries shall be scrutinized by the Kanungo on his next visit. No such correction may however be made after the kachha papers of the harvest have been drawn or corrected.
(e) The entry regarding crops in the khasra girdawari may be corrected by the patwar, during the girdawari inspection period after making a note to this effect in his diary and that may be endorsed by the supervisory Revenue Officers under their signatures.
(f) At the time of attestation of the jamabandi or at an earlier stage, a Revenue Officer of the rank of a Naib-Tehsildar or above, may order the correction of a wrong entry that has crept into the khasra girdawari after giving to the parties concerned an opportunity of being heard. The corrected entries should be made in red ink.
9.9-A. Competition of entries of khasra Girdawari with the register of Canal Patwari - (i) At the conclusion of each girdawari in the canal-irrigated areas the local Revenue and Canal Patwaris shall compare their khasra girdawari registers by the 15th November in kharif harvest and by the 15th April, in Rabi harvest each year and, where undisputed, incorporate the correct area, crops and cultivating possession recorded by the one and left out by the other. The Revenue Patwari shall record a note to this effect in the following form in his daily diary of occurrences (Roznamcha Waqiati) and have it attested by the Canal Patwari in token of verification :-
Changes in ownership, mortgage with possession, cultivating possession and area discovered during the girdawari of___________harvest________19 .
Enrry originally made by the patwari Correct entry made after comparison
Area Owner Cultivating Area Owner Cultivating
with or mortgage possession with or mortgage possession
crop crop
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5
(ii) If a discrepancy detected by comparison is disputed , it will be reconciled by a joint inspection of the area by the Local Naib- Tehsildar and the Canal Ziledar, under intimation to their respective superiors.
9.10. Patwari to show the work done on each
day's inspection - At the end of
each day's woek the patwari should total the pages completed. He should write
at the top of each page the day on which the inspection work recorded in it was
done.
9.11. Crop abstracts and their record and
dispatch - As soon as the field inspection of a harvest is
finished in any village, the patwari shall complete the crop abstract
(jinswar), before commencing work in another village . When the field kanungo
has seen the abstract and signed it, the patwari shall enter a copy of his
jinswar register and dispatch the abstract to the office kanungo of the Tehsil.
The field kanungo will satisfy himself that areas have been correctly converted
into hectares from the local standard.
9.11-A. Halat Dehi Statement - As soon as the thur and sem girdawari of an
affected village is completed, the patwari should prepare the Halat Dehi
Statement from the khasra girdawari register, incorporate it in his register of
thur and sem girdawari results and forward it to the Tehsil office Kanungo
through the field. Kanungo, before undertaking the girdawari in the next
village.
9.12. Form of crop abstract - The form of the crop abstract (goshwaras of crop jinswar), with instructions for preparing it, is given in chapter 10 (agricultural statstics).
9.13. Date of filing jinswar returns - The returns of the kharif and rabi crops should reach the Tehsil within a month of the date on which girdawari commenced; those of the extra rabi containing canal irrigation.
An additional ten days for filing crop abstracts may, if necessary, be allowed to patwaris of circles containing canal irrigation.
On receipt of the Halat Dehi Statements from the patwaris, the office kanungo shall prepare village-wise consolidated statement of the whole Tehsil and send one copy of it to the Sadar Kanungo or the Thur Em Kanungo of the district as the case may be. The Sadar Kanungo or thur, sem, kanungo shall prepare a consolidated statement of the statement of the whole district and submit the results on the prescribed form to the Financial Commissioner, Revenue, Punjab, Thur, and Sem girdawari results for kharif harvest should reach the Financila Commissioners office before the 1st January and those for Rabi harvest before the 31st May, at the latest.
9.14. Patwari's work in intervals between harvest inspections - On the compeletion of the kharif jinswars of his circle, the patwari shall prepare the bachh papers and write up the mutation registers, and then under the orders orders of the field kanungo, shall undertake any amendments of the field map or measurements that may be necessary. (See appendix VII to the Settlement Manual and chapter 4 of this Manual). This will be the ordinary course; but in rerian chaks it may be necessary to amend the survey before preparing the bachh and mutation papers. On the completion of the rabi girdawari, the patwari shall similarly first make any corrections that may be required in the bachh papers then write up the mutation registers, and afterwards set to work on the jamabandis that have to be prepared for the current year.
AGRICULTURAL STATISTICS.
Replace standing order No.24 original issue. dated 28th july, 1909 corrected 20th April , 1910, 1st July, 1921.
Chapter XVII of the Settlement Manual and Chapter XI of the Land Administration Manual should be read with this chapter.
10.1. Forms of agricultural register with instructions - The forms of the nine registers included in the patwari's copy of the village note book (paragraph 398 of the Land Administration Manual), with instructions for their preparation, are given below. The note books for each village and assessment circle and for the Tehsil are kept in the Tehsil in the same form, except that they have an additional statement, No. 10. Variations in the forms of the several statements to adapt them to the special circumstances of a district Tehsil or circle, can be sanctioned by the Financial Commissioner. Statements 1 to 5 are prepared annually, but statements 6,7 and 8 are only prepared in the year of quennial attestation of the jamabandi. The field kanungo will carefully supervise and guide the patwari in preparing statements 6.7 and 8 as they are of somewhat difficult character. He will be responsible for their correctness, and they will be signed by him as well as by the patwari.
REVENUE
REGISTERS
OR
VILLAGE
NOTE BOOK
Mauza _____________No.___________situate in assessment circle _______________ Tehsil ______________ District____________________.
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
1. The entries in these registers are obtained by exception from the jamabandi last prepared, the crop.
Column No. 2 Should show the area according to village papers in the Revenue records.
Column No. 3 Should show all actually forested area in respect of the lands classed or administered as forests under any legal enactment dealing with forests, whether state owned or private. If any portion of such land is not actually wooded, but is put to some agricultural use, that portion shall be included in the one shown under the appropriate heading of 'cultivated' or 'uncultivated' land.
Column No. 4 Should show all barren and unculturable land like mountains deserts, thur, kaller and sem i.e. land whih cannot be brought under cultivation unless as 'unculturable', whether such land is in isolated blocks or within cultivated holdings.
Column No. 5 Should show all land occupied by buildings, roads and railways or under water, e.g. rivers and canals, and other lands put to uses other than agricultural.
Column No. 6 Sholud show all lands available for cultivation whether not taken up for cultivation or abandoned for more than five years for one reason or other. Lands once cultivated, but not cultivated for fivt years in succession shall also be included in this category at the end of five years.
Column No. 7 Should show all grazing lands, whether permanent pastures and meadows or not. Village common and grazing lands within forested area shall be included under this head.
Column No. 8 Should show all cultivable land which is not included under net area sown, but is put to some agricultural use. Lands under casurine trees , thatching grass, bamboo bushes and other groves for fuel etc. which are not included under orchards, shall be classed under this category.
Column No. 9 Should show all lands which are left fallow during the current year only.
Column No. 10 Should show all lands which were taken up for cultivation, but are temporarily out of cultivation for a period of not less than one year and not more than five years.
Column No. 11 Should show the net area sown which represents the area sown to crops counting area sown more than once in the same year only once.
Column No. 12 Should show the area sown with crops more than once in the same year.
Column No. 13 Should show the total or gross cropped area which is the sum of areas under all crops and represents the sum of net sown area and area sown more than once in the year.
Column No. 14 Should show the total area of crops ascertained from
Jinswars Abstracts if Kharif and RAbi.
Only matured areas according to Jinswars statements are to be mentioned in this
column.
Column No. 24 Should those wells which have got a well defined area that can be irrigated by that source alone and not irrigated by any other source of irrigation. The sum total of such wells will be given in this column.
Column No. 33 Should show those tanks which can irrigate 40 hectares of land or more.
Column No. 34 Should show tanks which can irrigate less than 40 hectares.
Column No. 41 Should show the area information will be collected from the entries in the Khasra girdawari register.
STATEMENT
NO.2,
1. 1. Annual Kharif Crop Register
2. 2. Annual Kharif Crop Register of Mauza……………hadhast no………
Jinswar or crop return of the ……………..harvest………
(N.B.-Write in figures (not in remarks) all fraction omitted)
Year Description of CEREALS
And cultivation Rice Jowar Bajra Maize Swank Jowar Total
Crop
1. 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Nehri Govt.canals
Pvt.canals
Lifts
Chahi Tube Well
Govt.
Pvt.
Well
Govt.
Pvt.
Abi
Sailabi
Tanks
Barani
Total
PULSES SUGARCANE
Mong Mash Arhar Moth Kulth Total Desi Improved Total
(green (black (Red (horse
gram) gram) gram) gram)
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
FRESH FRUIT DRY FRUIT
Number Pears Grapes Apples Total Walnut Total
Of fruit and (akhrot)
Bearing Peaches
Trees
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35
__________________________________________________________________
VEGETABLES
Patatoes Sweet Onions Gourd Lady’s Brinjal Total
Potatoes gourd punpkin finger
Shakar- (Kaddu) finger
Kandi) (bhindi)
36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46
FIBRES OIL SEEDS
Misc. Total Cotton Cotton Hemp Total Groundnut Sesam Total
Food food desi American (san and (Moong- (til)
Crops crops Sankukra) phalli
47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59
DYES AD TANNING MATERIAL DRUGS AND NAROOTICS
Non edible
Total Indigo Kikar Total Tea Poppy Total
(ncal) etc.
60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72
CONDIMENTS AND SPICES FODDER
CROPS
Ginger
Turmeric Chillies
Total Maize Chari
(Adrak )
(Haldi)
fodder grass
jowar)
73 74
75 76 77 78 79 80
81` 82 83
84 85
TOTAL
AREA SOWN AREA
CROPED NET CROPPED Total
Incidence Remarks on
Matured Falled MORE THAN AREA
assessmetn of asses character of
______________________ ONCE
of the ment on
harvest and
Pure Mixed Pure
Mixed Pure Mixed
Pure Mixed harvest
area reasons for
kharaba
86 87
88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96
N.B.- (1) The entries in the Khsra girdawari should be make crop-wise according to the surce of irrigation or the mode of irrgation.
(2) Any other crop(s) sown in any loclity should be entered in the blank columns providede under the appropriate head mentioned above.
(3) Any other major crop mixtures sown in any area may be entered in the common dialect in the blank column provided under proper head.
(4) Peaches and peas include plums, apricot, cherries, etc.
(5)
Citrus fruit includes, mitha, nimbu,
galgal, sangtra,
(6) Other fresh fruit includes jaman, shahtut, strawberries, date(khajoor), lichi, phalsa, figs, papaya and grapes (angoor)
(7) Gaurd, includes halva, petha, ghia, chappan kaddu.
(8) The zaid kharif crops should be shown with light vertical stroke by eviding the column of the crop and be entered under the stroke in that column.
(9)
The failed crops should be
shown in red ink under the crops which is to be shown in black ink under the
appropriate hand.
STATEMENT NO.3
Annual Rabi Crop.Register
Annual Rabi crop Register of
mauza__________NO.______ Jinswar or crop return of
---------------harvest_____________
(N.B-write
in figures (not in rakams) omitting fraction)
Year
& Description Wheat
Barley Gram Wheat Wheat
Gram Total
Crop of cultivation barley gram
barley
(1) (2)
(3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
(10)
Govt.canals
Pvt.canals
Lifts
Nehri
Tube wells
Govt.
Pvt.
Chahi
Wells
Govt.
Pvt.
Abi
Sailab
Tanks
Barani
Total
PULSES FRESH
FRUIT DRYFRUIT
Masur Peas Total Number
Citrus Other Total Total
Of fruit fruit fresh
Bearing fruit
Trees
(11) (12)
(13) (14) (15) (16) (17)
(18) (19) (20)
(21)
Total
VEGETABLES MISC.FOOD
CROPS
Potatoes carrots
cauti- Turninps onion
radish total Total
Flower
(22) (23) (24)
(25) (26) (27)
(28) (29) (30)
(31) (32) (33)
Total
FIBRES OIL SEEDS
Edible
Non edible
Total Toria
Taramira Sarson Mustard
Total Linseed Total
/sarshaf
(34) (35) (36)
(37) (38) (39) (40) (41) (42)
(43)
Total
DYEING AND
TANNING DRUGS AND NARCTICS CONDIMENT & SPICES
Total
Tabacco Bhang Total Dhania
Zeera Total
(44) (45)
(46) (47) (48) (49) (50)
(51) (52) (53)
(54)
________________________________________________________________________
Total
FODDER
CROPS
Lucrene Barsem
Saftal Oats Sanji
Mehtra
(55)
(56) (57) (58)
(59) (60) (61) (62) (63)
Total
TOTAL AREA
SOWN AREA CROP NET CROP
Total Incidence Remark
Mature Failed Pure Mixed Pure Mixed
assesment of asses- on char-
Of the ment on acter of
Pure Mixed
Pure Mixed Harvest area harvest
(64) (65) (66)
(67) (68) (69) (70) (71) (72) (73) (74)
N.B.(1) The
entries in the Khasra Grdawari should be made crop wise according to the source
of
Irrigation
or mode of irrigation.
Any other crop(s) sown in any locality should be entered in the blank column provided under the approriate head mentioned above.
(10) Any other major crop mixtures sown in the area may be entered in the common blank column provided under the proper head.
(11) Peaches and peas include plums apricot,cherries etc.
(12) Citrus fruit includes mitha, nimbu, galgal, sangtra, malts etc.
(13) Other fresh fruit includes jaman, shahtut, strawberries, date, lichi, phalsam, figs , papaya and grapes (angoor)
(14) Guard, includes halva, petha, ghiaa, chappan kadu.
(15) The zaid rabi crops shoud be shown with light vertical stroke by dividing the column of the cop and be entered under the stroke in that column.
(16) The mango should be treated as exta rabi or zaid rabi crop.
(17)
The failed crops should be
shown i red ink under the crop which is to be shown in black ink under the
appropritate head.
4.
4.
Annual Rev.account of Mauza_____________________harvest
no._________________Revenue account or jama wasil baki
N.B.-All
fractions omitted .write in figures ,not in rakms)
______________________________________________________________________________________
(1) (2) (3)
(4) (5) (6)
(7) (8) (9) (10)
(11) (12) (13)
Year Harv-
Khal- Assig- Tot Suspe- Bal for Arrears
Arr. Total Current
Arrears Total
est sa
ned al ded on
colle- ordered order harvest
A/c of ction of pre.
For
Harvest harvest collec.
(14) (15) (16) (17)
Remitted Under suspension Not under Remarks
Suspension
Note: Land revenue and malikana only will be shown in the statement .Where the collection of any revenue is deferred owing to progressive assessment or protective leases ,such revenue should not be shown in this statement until the period for which its collection was deferred has expired,
Column 4.- Revenue not collected because it is assessed on lands of which the revenue is assigned to the owners ,will be included in the assigned revenue shown in this column.
Columns 11.-13-Revenue not collected
because it is assessed on lands on which the revenue is assisgned to the owners
or because the jagirdars are allowed themselves to collect the assigned
revenue, will.
5. Annual Transfers by owners___________of mauza_____________hadbast no._____________
Yearly totals of transfers of rights of owners
N.B.-Write in figures (not in rakams)omitting fractions.
A-partitions B-Transfers by C-Gifts
In heritance
Year Nature of
Number Area partitioned Number of
area Number of Total area
Rights cases Total of which
cases trans- transactions transferred
Transferred cultivated sferred
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
D-EXCHANGE E-MORTGAGE WITH POSSESSION
INCULDING TEMP.TRANSFRS
FROM DEBT.BY
ORDERS OF COURTS
Number Total Number of Total
Of which Revenue Mortgage money
Of
trans area mortgages area cultivated in rupees
Actions transferred
(10) (11) (12)
(13) (14) (15) (16)
F-RECEMPTIONS
OF MARTGAGES G-SALES & PERMANENT
TRANSFERS FOR VALUE
Area
receemed Area
transferred
Number Total
of which rev. Mortgage
number Total of which
rev. price Number remark
of redeem
cultivat money of tran cultivate in of mutati ptions ed dischar fers ed rs.
Attested at
The
close of year
(17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22)
(23) (24)
(25) (26) (27) (28)
N.B.- (1) The figures for this statement are compiled from the mutation register and in case of increase of martgage money on existing mortgage from the patwari’s daily diary of occurrence(roznamcha waziati)
(2) Shamlat land transferred should also be included .
(3) In irrigated villages, columns nos,14,19,24 should show how much of the land entered is irrigated.
5-A Annual Statement of sales and morgages of ownership by classes of land.
Mauza_____________hadbast no._______________
(N.B.-Units in figures (not in rakams) (Omitting fractions)
Year
Class of land according
Mortgages with possession ,inclulding temp. to the main rakba No.of mortgages Area Revenue Mortgage money
statement in rupees
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
19---- Mixed irrigated
mixed unirrigated
mixed irrigated and
unirrigated
______________________________________________________________________________
total
Sales and Permanent transfers for value
No.of
Area Revenue Price in Remarks
transfers rupees
(7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
19---- Mixed irrigated
mixed unirrigated
mixed irrigated and
unirrigated
N.B- (1) The figures for this statement will be taken from the mutation register and in cases of increase of martgage money on existing mortgages from the patwari's diary of daily occurrences Roznamcha waqiati)
(2) Sub mortgage i.e.,further martgages by the first mortgages as opposed to re-mortgages by the first mortgages should be exculded from this statement.
(3) In the blank space in column no.2 enter the classes of land as given in statement No.1(Milan Rakba Statement)
6.- Quinquennial abstaract of ownership,mortgages and revenue assignments of mauza__________,hadbast no._______________
Abstract of Ownership,mortgage and revenue assignment
(N.B.- write in figures (not in rakams) omitting fractions of hectares/rupees)
______________________________________________________________________________
PART
–1-TENURE AND OWNERSHIP
Year Description of Detail
Number of Number of Area Total
tenure of jamabandi owners & Total of which revenue
owners holdings share-holders cultivated
(Hissedar)
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
Total villages
PART-11-TOTAL
AREA HELD UNDER PART –111-REVENUE ASSIGNMENTS
MORTGAGES
Number Area
Revenue
of Total of which
Rev. Details Num
Area Total Amount
Amount Nazarna remark
mortg- cultivated asses- of of asse-
thereof of land annuaily
gages sment assig- which ment
assign- rev.assi- paid by
of nees the rev
of ned gned not assignees
martg- is
ass- land by appor-
aged igned assig rtionment
land in whole ned. of land but
by cash allo
tment out of
total assess
ment
(9) (10) (11) (12) (13)
(14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20)
1.In
perpetuity
2.For
life or lives
3.For
term of settlement
Total
The above is the form,in the village note book,Inthe statement filed by the patwari in the tehsil,column no1 is omitted.
N.B. (1) In large villages where the sub divisions of the villages are of importance,it may be conveninet to fill up part I of this statement by sub division addings between column 1 and 5 a column for the name of the sub divisions (taraf or patti)
(2) In column No.2,the tenure will be described either as (1) Zamindari(2) Pattidari(3) bhaaichara or (4) by lease from Govt. without grant of ownership.
(3)In column No.3,give separate details for (1) panchayat,(Aadi Deh and (3) Govt,Property.
(4) In column No.5,no entry need e made against the Panchayat,village abadi ro Govt.property.
(5) In column no. 3 to 8 enter the number of maliks (owners)and the particulars relating to them.
(6) In column no.8 the total should agree with column no.5 of the jama wasil baki.
(7) In column no.9 to 12,should be entered number of mortgages and the particular relating threto.
(8) In column no.13,the grants for service and the condition for maintaining the institutions will be entered under head I.
(9) in column no.16 to 17,the entries will agree with corresponding entried under parts A and B of the statement of revenue assignments column no.7 and 8 thereof)
(10) In column no.18,the entry willagree with part C of the statement of revenue assignments
(11) In column no.19,the entry will agree with that in column no.10 of the statement of rev.
assignment.
(12)
In column no.20, give
particulars of the assignees where the assignments are large. The field kanungo
will explain here any important difference between the old and the new entries.
He will sign the statement meant for the tehsil.
Quinquennial Abstract of cultivating
occupancy of Mauza______________Hadbast NO.
(N.B.-write in figures
(not in Rakams) omitting fractions
Area
cultivated by tenants
paying
rents
without
right of occupancy
Year Detail
Total Area culti- Area culti paying
paying paying in Total held
Details of
culti- vated by vated by at rev. other kind with by classes
vated owners tenants with or cash
or without tenants of land(as
area free of rent without
rents addition paying
or at a no- malkana in cash rent rakba)
minal rent
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
19--- Holding
Area
No.of tenants
total
Details of rents in kind and area of which
paid by tenants at will
Zabti ½ produce 2/5th and
1/3rd &
Less By fixed Total Share of Remarks
rents or more less than less than
1/3rd amount area under straw taken
½ 2/5th of in kind by the land
produce
lords
(11) (12)
(13) (14)
(15) (16) (17) (18) (19)
N.B.(1) Zabtirents should be reckoned in this return as rent in kind.
(2) In column no.4 include all land cultivated by owneers jointly with persons who bring their onw cattle and share in the labour taking some share of the produce i.e.,bhaiwal.
(3) In column no.17 enter the totla area which whould agree with the area entered in column no.8.
(4) In column no.19 show any special rates or batal in the case of special rate or tatal in the case of special crops,It the renant pays a share of the land revenue state this ,and where there is irrigation form a canal ,state how the lanlord and the tenant share the liability for the fluctuating canal cfharges in the case of (2) cash rents and (b) kind rents.Also state any cash items paid as Nazarrana by the tenants to the landlord in addition to kind rent.
(5) The field kanungo should sing the statement meant for submissione to the Tehsil.
Zabti rents and cash rents paid by tenants without rights of occupancy
not constiting of land revenue and cesses with or without the addition of a
malikana
Cash rent for area given in column 7 of statement 7:-
year zabti rents On holdings containing one class of
land
crop rate class of Area Rent Average per hectare
per land
hectare
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
On holdings containing more than one class of land Remarks
class of land
Area Rent Average per hectare
(8) (9) (10) (11) (12)
Total
column 2. - Enter all crops on which zabti rents are paid.
column 4 and 8. –Enter whatever classes of land are necessary.
(These will usually have been fixed at settlement)
column 7 -No entry will be made opposite "Total".
column 10-11 -No entries will be made opposite separate classes of land,but only opposite"Total".
column 12 -Note here any hectare rates that
are commonly paid.
9. Quinquennial Live stock return No.9 (Number of livestock, poultry,agriculture Machinery an implements) in village_________Hedbast no._______
N.B.- write in figures (not in rakms) omitting fractions)
Quin Quennnial
livestock Census 19---------
Livestocks
Males over three year
Name of Census
Used for Used for Used for
bulls and bullocks Total males over 3
head of house breeding
breeding work over 3 years not in years
household NO.
only and work only use for breeding or
with
Sr.no.
both cast unc-
work
racte astr
ed ated
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
(7)
(8)
Females over three years
breeding cows i.e.cows over 3 years kept for breeding or milk production
In milk
or dry Not calved even Total
15th
April,19---- once
(9)
(10) (11)
(x)
The animals entered in this
column 16 should not be added up while giving totals of cattle in columns 26
and 27. Thus columns 8 and 23 and column 27 will be equal to the sum of columns
15 and 24 sub-columns may be provided under columns 3 and 4 for showing breed
of bulls.
LIVESTOCK
CATTLE-CONCLD
Name of Census
Females over three years
Young stock
head of House Cows Cows Total Of the under 1 year 1 to 3 year
household No.
over 3 over 3 females
total no. Male Female Total Male
Fml. Total
with
Sr.no. years year over 3 of cows
used for
not used years in col.15
work
for work those in
only or bree- milk in
ding pur- Dec.19__
pose.
(1) (2)
(13) (14)
(15) (16) (17)
(18) (19) (20)
(21) (22)
Total
three years and under
Total cattle
Buffaloes-Males over three years
Male Female Total Male
Female Total Used for Used for breeding
breeding and work both
(23) (24) (25) (26) (27)
(28) (29) (30)
LIVESTOCK
BUFFALOES
Males over three years Females over three years
used for
work only breeding cows i.e. cows
over
3
years kept for breeding of
milk
prodution
Castrated
Uncastrated Bulls Total
In milk Dry Not
Total Cows over Cows over 3
& bull males on 15th calved 3 year used years not in
ocks
& over Apr.19__ even for work use for work
over 3 3 year once only or breeding
year
purposes
not
in
use
for
breeding
of work
(31) (32) (33) (34)
(35) (36) (37) (38) (39) (40)
FUFFALOES
– CONTD.
Females over three
years
Young stock
Total *Of the under 1 year 1 to 3 year total 3 years and under
female total
Male Famale Total
Male f.male Total Male
female Total
over 3 no.of
years cows in
col.41
those in
milk in
Dec,19__-
(41) (42)
(43) (44) (45)
(46) (47) (48)
(49) (50) (51)
*The animals entered in the column
42 should not be added up while giving totals of buffaloes in column 52 and
53,thus column 53 will be equal to the sum of column 41 & 50.
Buffaloes-continued
yaks
Total buffaloes 3 years and under above 3years Total yaks Total bovine
Male female total
male female Male
female Male female Total
Male Female Total
(52)
(53) (54) (55)
(56) (57) (58)
(59) (60) (61)
(62) (63) (64)
Livestock
Sheep
Goats
upto
one over one year Upto one year Over one year
year Male
Female Total Total sheep Male Female
Total Total goats
(65) (66) (67) (68) (69) (70) (71) (73) (74) (74)
Total
Livestock
HORSES
AND PONIES
Young
stock
Over
three year Upto one
year One to three year Total three year and under
Male Female Total
Male Female Total
Male Female Total Male
Female Total
(75) (76) (77) (78)
(79) (80) (81)
(82) (83) (84) (85) (86)
LIVESTOCKS
Young
stocks
Canels
Total horse and ponies Mules Donkeys Over 4 years
Male Female Total
Upto 3 Over 3 Total
Male Female Total
Male Female
years years
(87) (88) (89) (90)
(91) (92) (93)
(94) (95) (96) (97)
LIVESTOCK
Camels Fowls Total Fowls
Four year Total
Pigs Total livestock Hens
Cooks Chiken Total Desi Improved and under
(98) (99) (100) (101) (102) (103)
(104) (105)
(106) (107)
- The criterion to distinguish between adult powls
and chicken is the ability to breed.
Of the total
number of fowls in column.105 Desi and improved virieties muy be shown in
column 106 and 107 respectively.
Poultry
Agricultural machinery and Implements
Ducks
Ploughs
Sugarcane Crushers
Ducks Duckes @ Duck lings
Total Other Total Wooden
Iron Carts* worked by
worked by
poultry power bullocks
(108) (109)
(110) (111) (112)
(113) (114) (115)
(116) (117) (118)
@ The
criterion to distinguish between adult ducks and duckkings is the ability to
breed.
- Carts and Tractors used for agricultural purpose
should be included in these columns.
AGRICULTURAL MACHINERY
AND IMPLEMENTS (concluded)
Tractors
Ghanis
oil
engine Electric pumps Persian Government Pvt..
Five kilog. Less than
with
pump for irrigation wheels or and over five kilograms
for
irrigation purposes rahat
purposes
(119) (120) (121) (122) (123) (124) (125)
In column no.1 the area owned or cultivated by the head of the house hold may also be shown,with detail of owned as owner and cultivator/ cultivated as tenant without right of ownership.
urban area:(a) will include municipa; ,Cantanment, small town,notified civil lines area.
(b) A village inhibited by not less than 5,000 persons and having urban charactericts should also be treated as an urban area.
village:- The village for the purposes of the livestock census is the Revenue estate(village)which has well defined boundaries excluding (b) above.
House and Household :- (columns No.1 and 2) A house is defined as any human dwelling having a separate main entrance.
A house hold is a group of persons who commonly live together and would take their meals from a common kitchen unless the exigencfies of work prevent any of them from doing so.
concept of possesion:-The livestocks should be enumerated against hosehold where it is located at the time of enumerat ion irrespective of ownership.
cows in milk:-Signifies cows which yield wilk on the date of enumeration or census of a particular area or any other date specified for the collection of such data.
yak- means as ox of
plough:-means an implement or plonghing and not yokes of oxen.
cart:- means bullock cart capable ofcarrying
agricultural product and does not include rathsand behlies.
10.
Assessment Statement of
Mauza__________with remarks of Officers
I-
I-
Assessment guids and estimates
Nature
of estimates
of land
A. Guides of expiring settlement
:
last summary
settlemnt ,actual assesment :
First
regular settlement ,actual assesment :
Expiring
settlement ) Reveune rate estimate
actual jama assessed :
B. Guides of settlement now made :
Estimate at
circle half-net assest rate :
Estimate
at sanctioned circle revenue rates:
- Assessment statement of Mauza
__________with remarks of Officers (concluded)
II.New
assessment imposed from _________ harvest ___________
Amount Rate per Remarks
hectare on cultivation
1. Gross assessment :
2.
2.
Deduction , viz.
(a)
(a) on account of
favourable assessment on gardens :
(b)
(b) On account of
unexpired protective leases :
(c)
(c) on account
of progressive assessment
:
Total
deductions (a),(b)and (c) :
Amount Rate per
Remarks
hectare
on culti-
vation
3.
Balance being the net new
assessment with detail as below:-
Mafis
Talukdari
allowance (when a deduction from the Revenue) jagir:
Total
assigned revenue
:
Balance
khalsa :
Total :
4.
Ceases at per cent on total No.3 :
5. Total new assessment and cases
(No's 3 and 4) :
6.
Commutation due to Govt. on jagir :
7.
Malikana due to Govt. :
8.
Future increase by progressive assessment or expiring :
protective leases
A.D.
A.D.
A.D.
iii.
iii.
cesses per cent,on revenue assessmet:
Detail
Former New Remarks
Local rate
Lambardari
cess
Lambardari
cess
Total
In the "Remarks"column of part –II the "danger rate" of the village should be stated if such a rate has been fixed.
Blank pages are provided at the end of the village,circle and tehsil not books in which the sub divisional officer the tehsildar and the naib tehsildar should record remarks from time to time shen any thing sepcially note worthy in the history of circumstances of the village,circle or tehsil occurs. In tracts under fluctuating assessment yearly remaks in the circle not books at any rate,should be recorded giving such details of the past sessons as will expalian the success or otherwise of the village.
10.2 The regtisters in the village not-books main tain ed by the offfixce kanungo of the tehsil (Paragraph 400 of the Land Administrativfe Manual) are filled up from the statement submitted by the Patwaris.Figures for the register in the assessment circle and tehsil note books also mjaintained by him are obtained aby adding together those in the village note books.
(village
,circle and teh.note books maintained at tehsils)
10.3 The orders regarding the record of harvest prices in circle note books will be found in para graph 401 o f the Land Administration Manual.
(record of
harvest price)
10.4 General remarks applicable to the whole of an assessment circle or of the tehsil may be entered in the circle or tehsil note book by the tehsildars or sub Divisional Officers on the blank pages(statement no.10) provided for the purposes at the end of the book.In cases where there are fluctuating assessment,particular attention should be paid to the yearly record of sufficient remarks in this part of the circle note book. These remarks should given such details of the past season as will explain the success or otherwise of the cultivation,and if recorded with sufficient care for the whole circle,no very lenghty note against each village will usually be required on this subject.
(General
remarks in circle and tehsil note books)
10.5
The note books for villages
circles and tehsils will be properly arranged by the knaungo in almirahs provided for the purpose.
(Arrangement
of note books)
10.6 The note books for assessment circles and tehsilsw and for the whole district, are kept up by the district Kanungo (paragraph 403 of the Land Administion Manual) in the same form as the circle and tehsil books kept at tehsils. The entries for them are obtained from statement s submitted by the tehsil Office,Kanungo.
(Note books
maintianed by the distrcit kanungos)
10.7 The following are the instructions to the maintenance of abstract village note books
(1) The abstract village note book and its uses are described in paragraphs 405-407 of the Land Administration Manuall .For each district as it comes under settlement a separate form adapted to the special circumstances of that district ,will be submitted by the settlement officer through the Commissioenr, to the Director of Land Records for the orders of the Fianccial Commissioner.
(2) The books should be kept at Sadr in the Office of the District Kango who is reponsible for their sage custody and maintenance.
(3) There should be one volume for each assessment circle,or if the assessment circle or if the assessment circle is large ,for a suitable number of villages.Blank sheets for remarks are inserted after the statistics of each villages ,The entries are made in hectares and in English numberals by the Disrict Kgo or his assistant. The annual entries should be prefaced by a settlement entry in red ink data for which are available in the village assessment statistics. At the end of the volume or volumes for an assessment circle the total figures for the whole corcielo should be entered in the same form as that prescribed for eaach estate. Quinquennial averages be given in all village note books. from the beginning of the current settlement in red ink.
(4) To enable the columns as to cropping and the incidence of revenue in each harvest to be written up as early as possible the tehsil office kgo should send the necessary figures to the d\Sadr immediately after the filing of each jinswar. The remaining columns should be filled in from information abtained by the tehsil office kanungo from the statements filed by the patwaris in September. Details as to revenue should ,if necessary ,be procured from the tehsil wasil baqi navis.
(5) As soon as any figures for entry in the not books are received ,,the District kanungo or his assistant will see that they are in due form and will ten copy them as carefully and neately as possible into the columns for which they are intended.
(6) The reports containing the figures sent from the tehsils in any one year should be kept in the distrixct kanungo's office till the figures for the followinmg year have been copied into the note books and should then be destroyed.
Note As an alternative method to
that prescribed in (4) to (6) above to avoid the preparation of long statements
by the tehsil office kanungo,the District kanungo,agter the filling of the zaid
rabi jinswar,may either himself take the abstract note-books to each tehsil in
turn and there enter up the jinswar and other figures for the whole year with
the help of the tehsil office kanungo and return the books to sadr,or may
depute one of his assistants to visit the tehsils for this purpose.
(7) The village inspection of the settlement officer should be written in or copied into the abstract not books .Assessment statement and a small scale map of each villge amy also be added if thought advisable.
(8) A copy of the map of assessment circle showing village boundaries and natural features with the name and number of each village should be mde on a samll scale and kept in the pocket of the cover of the volume concerned. This copy should be made on tracing cloth and ijnsecrue fluctuating and grazing tracts within the limits of the circle should be coloured.
(9) At the begining of each volume there should be an index in the following form:-
This book
containsstatements for __________villages in the ________ assessment
circle,arranged in the order of their topographical numbers as follows:-___________________________________________________________
NO.(Topographical) Name of Village Page
(10) The abstract note books are not intended to supersede the ordings village note books. They will help the Deputy Commissioner,to decide questions of suspensions and remissions of revenue and generally speaking,will enable him,the Sub Divisional Officer to see at a glance what villages appeal to require to have their circumstances carefully enquired into.Such further enquiries as may be necessary,should of course only be conducted after full examination of the detailed village not book in each case.
It is hoped that when the Deputy Commissioner,or any of his assistants are in camp,they will take with them the asbtract not books of each assessment circle in which they are touring and consider the statistics of each village while marching through it. The tehsil note book of a village should not be sent for in the camp until refrence to it is found necessary.
The proper place for the Deputy Commissioner,to record remarks is the ordinary note book . As regards the entry of remarks,paragraph 407 of the Land Administration Manual should be consulted.
REPORTS AND RETURNS
PART A-
WEATHER AND CROP REPORTS
(Replaces
standing order no.36,original issue dated 11th June,1909,reprint
dated 1st july,1929 and protions relating to Season and Crop Report
and Report on the Operations of the Department of Land Records ,of Standing
Order no.53 ; original issue ,dated 29th November,1909 reprint dated
21st May 1912 and reprint,dated 18th December,1929.
11.1.- 11.6,Deleted.
PART –B-OTHER
REPORTS.
11.7. In accordance with the orders of the Govt.of India,the following schemes of the reports mentioned hereafter are prescribed or substituted for those hitherto in use,as the case may be.
11.8. Reports,dealt with in this chapter,with their dates of submission to the various authorities ,are given in the statement below,which is followed by detailed instructions as to the preparation of all the reports and of each severally:-
Sr.No. Description 1.Date of Submission Date of submission Date of submission of report to commissioner,& to the Financial to Govt.
of office copy to Dir. Commissioner,
of Land Records.
2.Date of submission
of fair copy to Dir.of
Land Records.
1. Season & 1. 10th july 16th Oct. 23rd Oct.
crop.report 2. 25th july
2. Report on the 15th October to 5th Feb. 28th Feb.
operations of Commissioner 1st
the Department Nove to
of Land Record
11.9. Following rules are applicable to the report enumerated in the above table:-
(i) Deputy Commissioners about to leave the district shortly before the date of submission of the reports must write as much of it as can be written before their departure.
(ii) The report must follow the prescribed order of subjects,buts if in any year there is noting to say on any prescribed subject ,it is important that noting should be said. The invention of remarks which are necessary merely to fill up a report is an objectionable practice, which should be discontinues.
(iii) The reports is to be written on half margin foolscap,on both sides of the paper.A separte sheet shoul dbe used for each prescribed subject if there is anything to report. A consolidated statement should be given for the subjects for which no remarks are made.
(iv) The report is inteneded to set out events and resuldts of the year to which it relates,It is not a means of obtaining orders or the places to discuss plans for the furture .,Diffuseness and artument should be avoided ;and refernces requiring orders should be made separately.
(v) As a rule the old practice of repeating in annual reports. The figures ofr the preceing year has been abandoned. Tghere is no greather waste of time than the invention of commentaries on small variations in annual figures which do not reuire amy emplanations at all, It however ,gigures of one year are,for any reason repeated in the report of the next,this should be done wihthout alternation or if necessary altertions must be fully explained. Although repetition of past figures is to be avioded as much as possible, officers preparting the report will themselves compre the figures and results of the year under report with those of the precedingf year and will note in the body of the report such variations only as have real importance and therefore required explanation, which should be supplied as far as practicable mere conjectures based on no reasonable grounds should be avoided.
(vi) In sending up district reports Commissioners will avoid the mere recapitulation or condensation of the information contained in the report and will make such remarks as they think necessary, usually in the form of a marginal comment,or na addition on the sheet or sheets used for a certain subject.
(vii) It is the duty of the Commissioners and Deputy Commissioners to see that no pains are spared in their respective offices to make every report, and returns annexed there to as accurate as possiable. In particular, orders of Govt. require that returns and statement shall be checked for accuracy in Commissioner, Offices.
I- SEASON AND CROP REPORT.
11.10. Following instructions should be observed while preparing the season and crop report:-
(i) The season and crop report, together with the following statements:-
(i) Rainfall, - form I.
(ii) Classification of Area.
(iii) A,B, and C –Sources of water supply and irrigated area under food and non-food crops.
(iv) A.B and C- area under food and non – food crops and details of cropped area.
(v) A and B – out-turn per hectare and total out – turn.
(vi) Prices at harvest time of the principal crops,
(vii) Agricultural Wages.
(viii) Number of livestock,Poultry and Agricultureal Machinery and implements ( to be prepared only in the year when this census is undertaken)
Should be sent by Collector to the Commissioner of the Division by 10th July, Office copies of statistics attached to the report should be forwarded direct to the office of the Director of Land Records by the same date.Commissioners should forward the report and returns received by them from Deputy Commissioners with such marginal notes as they may desire to make ,to the Director of Land Records by the 25th July, The Director of Land Records report shall be issued by 16th October each year and shall be limited to 16 pages of letter-press, exclusive of statement.
(2) The season and crop report will review agricultural conditions of the whole agricultural year.which begins at the beginning of the kharif season and ends with the end of the rabi season next before the report is prepared . It will include information regarding rainfall,cultivation,sown areas,irrigation,out-turn per hectare,prices,trade in food graains,food-stocks,agricultural stock,agricultural deterioration and the condition of the agricultural population.
(3) following general instructions apply to the returns for both harvests:-
The
best time for the drawing up a description of the character and results of an
agricultural season is the close of that season.All facts connected with it are
then fresh in every ones memory, and half an hour spent then by each tehsildar,
and by the collector or any selected officer at the headquarters of a district
in writing out these facts concisely, will give far more useful results than
any later information gathered from an annual report. The account of the
results of each harvest should mention very concisely those matters which
chiefly affect the area of the yield of any important staple.
The duty of drawing it up should be assigned to a selected officer before the crop inspection commences, and should fall usually to that officer, generallly the Officer-Incharge of the Revenue Branches, Who will be chiefly engaged in supervison the girdawari. He should avail himself of any reports furnished by Tehsildar and while, on the one hand, both he and the Tehsildar should speak mainly from personal observations, on the other hand,they should check their own conclusions very carefully by the opinions of the most relibale agriculturists.
(4) The Directors of Land Records Office will compile form III-B and III-C from forms IV-A and IV-B ,so as to give crop stattistics fro both harvests . In doing so percentages of the normal will be worked out and shown for each district and for the State for the kharif and rabi ,and for the total area in the year. Percentages on the normal will also be shown for all the crops in districts in which they are of importance as well as for the state. For these purposes that figure should be taken as the normal figure which in existing circumstances might be expected to be attained in the year if the rainfall and seasons were normal for the tract under consideration,that is,neither very favourable nor the rever4se. The Directors, Office will similarly prepare form V-B which shall be printed in th e State Report from materials suppled,by districts and agricultur Department in returns V-A and IV-A and IV-B.
(5) Detailed memorandum of the contents of the season and crop report:-
(i) Character of the seasons:-Review briefly the seasons,the amount and distribution of the rainfall of each seasons,and their influence on agricultural operations and on the harvests. Mention any calamities of importance,such as famine,scarcity drought floods,equdemicsw and any othe r events materially affecting agricultural interests adversely.
(ii) Damage to crops by other calamities:- Review breifly the diseases and other natural calamities that damage the crops.
(iii) Classification of area:-Review brielfy the reasons for variations in the figures of net area shown, forests, culturable waste, Current fallow, not available for cultivation and the area shown more than once.
(iv) Irrigated area of the year:- Note and account for any marked fluctuations in the area of crops grouwn with the aid of irrigation.
(v) Crop Acreage:- Review briefly the reasons for increae or decrease in the fugures of area sown ,matured,irrigaed and unirrgated (both) under principle crops.
(vi) Yield per hectare (in Kilogrames):- Review briefly the reasons for increase or decrease in the yiekd per hectare as compared with the normal (quinquennial) yield.
(vii) Total Out-turn of crops:- Reveiw briefly the reasons for increase or decrese in the figures of normal quinguennial average and total productions of principal crops.
(viii) Prices ,trade and stocks:- comment briefly on the figures in statement VI which shows the harvest prices in the assessment circle not books of the district,the corresponding prices of the previous year,and normal prices.Harvest prices are those at which the produce of the harvest was actually disposed of by cultivators. Comment on the course of trade in the products of the principal crops and on the food-stocks held in the districts.
(ix) Agricultural Wages:- Review briefly the increase or decrease in daily wages or agricultural labour and the availability or otherwise of agricultural labour.
(x) Agricultural stocks:- Give only,a brief account of the general conditions of cattle,of the state of fodder supply,of any unusual mortality and of the prevalence of any disease of importance. Resulsts of the quinquennial census of agricultural stock when taken should be compared with those of the previous census in the cattle census Report, which is issued separately.
(xi) Agricultual Deterioration:- Separate notic e should be taken of any tracts in which there seems reasons to fear that the standard of agricultural prosperity is being lowered,with causes of deterioration and measures taken or recoemmended to remedy it.
(xii) Condition of the Agrucultural Population:- Give any available information regarding wages and the state of the labour market ,so for as it affects agriculturral laboures.
FORM NO.1
Rainfall (in
Millimetres ) in District for the year
Hot Weather Moonsoon
(1st March to 31st may) (1st June to 30th September)
March April May Total for the June July August Sept Total for t he
seasons seasons
Curr Norm Curr Norm Curr Norm Total Corre No. Curr Norm Curr Norm Curr Norm Curr Norm Total Correspon No. of
ent al ent al ent al rain pond of ent al ent al ent al ent al rain dings rainly
fall normal rainy fall normal days
days
Total
Rainfall (in Millimetre) in _______District for the year_________
POST –MONSOON WINTER
(1 oct. to 31st December) (1st January to 28th February) Total for the year
October November Dec. Total for January February Total for the
the season season
Curr Nor Curr Nor Curr Nor Total Corrs No. Curr Nor Curr Nor Total Corr No. Total Corr No. of
ent mal ent mal ent mal rain espon of ent mal ent mal rain esspon of rainfall esponding rainy days
ding rainy fall ding rainy normal
nor days nor days
mal mal
Total
form no.11
Classification of area in the ___________District for the year
___________
District By professi- By vill- For- Barren & Land Cultu- Perm- Land Curr- Net Area Total
/Tehsil survey age est unnculti- put to rable anent under ent area sown croped
paper ural non- waste pastur- misc. fall sho- more area
land agri. es & ,tree ows wn than
uses other crops once
growing & groves
lands not incul-
in area
shown
Source of water supply
and area irrigated therefrom in ______Distt.for tye year
CANALS WELLS
TANKS
Govenment Private Tube wells Number of other wells used for irrigation
purposes only
Government Private
Name No. Mil No. Mil Govt.Pvt. Total Maso Non Total Total No. No. Re
NET AREA IRRIGATED BY (IN HUNDRED
HECTARES)
Govt. Private Tanks Wells Other
Total Percentage Area irrigated Total gross
Canals sources of net area more than area
of crops
Irrigated
to once in the same irrigated(in
Net
area sown year( in hundred (in hundred
Hectares) hectares)
Percentage
of total No. of wells No. of wells percentage of area irrigated by well
having independent
Gross
irrigated area having indepe- supplementing ayacuts to the total area irrigated
To total
sown area dent ayacuts recongnised
Sources
of
Irrigation
FORM
NO.III-B
Irrigated area under
Food crops in …………………..District for the year…………………….
______________________________________________________________________________
District
Rice) Autumn
Winter
Summer
Total
Wheat
Jowar} Rabi
Kharif
Total
Bajra
Barley
Maize
Ragi
Kangni
Kodo or Varagu
Little millets
Common Millets
Other cereals
Gram
Green Gram or Mung
Red Gram or Arhar
Black Gram or Mash
Horse Gram or Kulthi
Other Pulse
Massar
Sugarcane
Patato
Chillies
Ginger
Pepper
Turmeric
Cardamons
Other Food Crops
Total
Food Crops
Irrigated
area under non-food crops in the ……………district for the year……………
District
Cotton Desi
American
Total
Jute
Sann-Hemp
Groundnut
Coconut
Sesamum
Sarshaf Taramira and toria
Mustard
Linseed
Castor Seed
Indigo
Rubber
Tabacco
Coffee
Tea
India Hemp
Opium
Cinchona
Fodder crops
Other Non food crops
Total non-food crops
Total
food and non food crops
Page No. 361-390
FORM NO. VI-A
Area under Food Crops in the district for the year
District Irrigated Unirrigated
|
Rice |
Autumn (Aus) |
Current |
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
Winter(Aman) |
Current |
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
Summer(boro) |
Current |
|
|
|
Normal |
Wheat Current
Normal
|
Jowar Or
Cholum |
Rabi |
Current |
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
Kharif |
Current |
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
Total |
Current |
|
|
|
Normal |
|
Bajra or cumbu |
Barley |
Current |
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
Maize |
Current |
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
Ragi or Marua |
Current |
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
Italian
Millets |
Current |
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
Kodo or
Varagu |
Current |
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
Little Millet or kutki |
Current |
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
Common
Millet |
Current |
|
|
|
Mormal |
District Irrigated Unirriggted
|
CEREALS |
PULSES |
District Irrigated Unirrigated
|
OTHER CEREALS |
Kharif |
Current |
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
Rabi |
Current |
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
Total |
Current |
|
|
|
Normal |
|
Total cereals |
|
Current |
|
|
|
Normal |
|
Gram |
|
Current |
|
|
|
Normal |
|
Green gram or mung |
|
Current |
|
|
|
Normal |
|
Red gram or turhur |
|
Current |
|
|
|
Normal |
|
Black gram or urud mash |
|
Current |
|
|
|
Normal |
|
Horse gram |
|
Current |
|
|
|
Normal |
|
Mussar |
|
Current |
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
|
363
FORM NO.IV (Conta)
|
OTHER PULSES |
KHARIF |
CURRENT |
Moth |
|
|
|
|
Others |
|
|
|
Normal |
Moth |
|
|
|
|
Others |
|
|
RABI |
CURRENT |
Peas |
|
|
|
|
Others |
|
|
|
NORMAL |
Peas |
|
|
|
|
Others |
|
|
TOTAL |
|
Current |
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
TOTAL PULSES |
|
Current |
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
Total Foodgrain (Creasls and Pulses) |
|
Current |
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
SUGAR CROPS |
Sugar cane |
|
Current |
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
Other sugar crops |
|
Current |
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
Total Sugar Crops |
|
Current |
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
|
|
364
FRUITS AND VEGETABLES
FRUITS
|
FRESH FRUITS |
APPLES |
Current |
|
|
|
|
Mormal |
|
|
|
Graps |
Current |
|
|
|
|
Mormal |
|
|
|
Bananas |
Current |
|
|
|
|
Mormal |
|
|
|
Citrus Fruits |
Current |
|
|
|
|
Mormal |
|
|
|
Mangoes |
Current |
|
|
|
|
Mormal |
|
|
|
Peaches and Peas |
Current |
|
|
|
|
Mormal |
|
|
|
Others fresh fruits |
Current |
|
|
|
|
Mormal |
|
|
|
Total fresh fruits |
Current |
|
|
|
|
Mormal |
|
|
DRY FRUITS |
Cashew nuts |
Current |
|
|
|
|
Mormal |
|
365
FORM NO.IV A (Contd.)
FRUITS AND VEGETABLES ---Concld
|
FRUITS –Concld |
DRY FRUITS –Concld |
Other dry fuits |
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total dry fruits |
Current Normal |
|
|
|
|
|
Total fruits fresh and dry |
Current Normal |
|
|
|
|
VEGETABLES |
Potatoes |
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
|
|
Topioca |
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
|
|
Sweet potatoes |
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
|
|
onion |
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
|
|
Winter |
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
|
|
Summer |
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
|
OTHER VEGETABLES |
Total other vagetables |
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
|
|
Total Vagetables |
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
|
|
Total fruits and vegetables |
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
366
FORM NO.IV A (Contd)
CONDIMENTS AND SPICES
|
Betelnuts |
Current |
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
Cardamoms |
Current |
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
Chillies |
Current |
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
Ginger |
Current |
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
Pepper |
Current |
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
Turmeric |
Current |
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
Other condiments and spices |
Current |
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
Total condiments and spices |
Current |
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
Other Miscellaneous Food crops |
Current |
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
Total Food crops |
Current |
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
|
|
367
FORM NO.IV B
Area under Non Food Crops in the __________district for the year
|
FIBRES |
Cotton |
Desi |
Current |
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
American |
Current |
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
Total |
Current |
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
Jute |
Current |
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
Hemp |
Current |
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
Other fibres |
Current |
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
Total fibres |
Current |
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
OLD SEEDS |
EDIBLE |
Groundnut |
Current |
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
Coconut |
Current |
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
Sesamum |
Current |
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
Toria |
Current |
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
Taramira |
Current |
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
Sarsshaf |
Current |
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
Mustard |
Current |
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
Otherincluding Solflower seeds,safflower etc. |
Current |
|
|
|
|
Normal |
Form No.IV (Contd.)
|
OLD SEEDS Concld |
EDIBLE CONCLD |
Total Edible |
Current |
|
|
|
|
oilseeds |
Normal |
|
|
|
|
Linseed |
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
NONEDIBLE |
Castor |
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
|
Otherincluding dill or showa mastwood |
Current |
|
|
|
|
neerali and niger seed |
Normal |
|
|
|
|
Total oilseed |
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
DYES AND TANNING |
Indigo |
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
|
Other Days and tanning Materials |
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
MATERIALS |
Rubber |
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
DRUGS AND NARCOTICS |
Tobacco |
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
|
Coffee |
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
|
Tea |
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
|
|
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
369
FORM NO.IV B(Contd)
|
DRUGS AND NARCOTICS –(Concld) |
Indian Hemp |
Current |
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
Opium |
Current |
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
Cinchona |
Current |
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
Other Drugs and Narcoties |
Current |
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
Total Drugs and Narcotics |
Current |
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
Fodder Crops |
Current |
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
Other Miscellaneous Non Food Crops |
Current |
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
Total Non Food Crops |
Current |
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
Total Food and Non Food Crops |
Current |
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
FORM NO IV C
Details of cropped area in ___________________district for the year___________
(In hundred hectares)
GROSS CROPPED AREA
|
|
|
Kharif |
Food Crops |
|
|
|
|
Non Food crops |
|
|
|
Rabi |
Food Crops |
|
|
|
|
Non Food Crops |
|
|
|
Tota |
Food Crops |
|
|
|
|
Non Food Crops |
|
|
|
Grand Total |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Area cropped more than one |
|
|
|
|
Net cropped area |
|
|
|
|
Cropped area of forecast crops |
Matured |
|
|
|
|
Failed |
|
|
|
Total cropped area |
Matured |
|
|
|
|
Failed |
|
Area under mixed showing |
wheat barley (Crop mixture) |
Gross area (unadjusted |
|
|
|
|
Net area under |
Wheal |
|
|
|
|
Barley |
|
|
|
|
Gross area (unadjusted) |
|
|
|
Crop Mixture |
Net area under |
|
|
|
|
Total unadjusted area under mixture |
371
FORM NO V A
Standard yield perhectare and they yield hectare in Kilograms of Principal crops in ________district for the year ________________
FOOD CROPS
|
RICE |
AUTUMN (AUS) |
Standard |
|
|
|
|
Condition factor |
|
|
|
|
Current |
|
|
|
WINTER (AMAN) |
Standard |
|
|
|
|
Condition factor |
|
|
|
|
Current |
|
|
WHEAT |
SUMMER BORO |
Condition factor |
|
|
|
|
Current |
|
|
|
|
Standard |
|
|
|
|
Condition factor |
|
|
|
|
Current |
|
|
JAWAR |
RABI |
Standard |
|
|
|
|
Condition factor |
|
|
|
|
Current |
|
|
|
Kharif |
Standard |
|
|
|
|
Condition factor |
|
|
|
|
Current |
|
|
|
Bajra or cumbu |
Conditionfactor |
|
|
|
|
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
372
FORM V A (contd)
Standard yield per hectare and they yield per hactare in Kilograms of Principal Crops in
________________district___for the year______________________
|
FOOD CROPS (Contd) |
Barley |
Standard |
|
|
|
|
Condition factor |
|
|
|
|
Current |
|
|
|
Maize |
Standard |
|
|
|
|
Condition factor |
|
|
|
|
Current |
|
|
|
Regi or Marut |
Standard |
|
|
|
|
Condition factor |
|
|
|
|
Current |
|
|
|
Italian Millet |
Standard |
|
|
|
|
Condition factor |
|
|
|
|
Current |
|
|
|
Rodo or Varagu |
Standard |
|
|
|
|
Condition factor |
|
|
|
|
Current |
|
|
|
Common Millets |
Standard |
|
|
|
|
Condition factor |
|
|
|
|
Current |
|
|
|
Common Millets |
Standard |
|
|
|
|
Condition factor |
|
|
|
|
Current |
|
|
|
Gram |
Standard |
|
|
|
|
Condition factor |
|
|
|
|
Current |
|
|
|
Green Gram or Mong |
Standard |
|
|
|
|
Condition factor |
|
|
|
|
Current |
|
|
|
Red Gram or Tur(Arhar) |
Standard |
|
|
|
|
Condition factor |
|
|
|
|
Current |
|
FORMV A (Contd)
|
Black Gram or Urd Mash |
Standard |
|
|
|
Condition Factor |
|
|
|
Current |
|
|
Horse Gram |
Standard |
|
|
|
Condition factor |
|
|
|
Current |
|
|
Masur |
Standard |
|
|
|
Condition factor |
|
|
|
Current |
|
|
Sugarcanse |
Standard |
|
|
|
Condition factor |
|
|
|
Current |
|
|
Potatoes |
Standard |
|
|
|
Condition factor |
|
|
|
Current |
|
|
American |
Standard |
|
|
|
Condition factor |
|
|
|
Current |
|
|
Desi Cotton |
Standard |
|
|
|
Condition factor |
|
|
|
Current |
|
|
Jute |
Standard |
|
|
|
Condition factor |
|
|
|
Current |
|
374
Form No V A (Contd)
|
Hamp |
Standard |
|
|
|
Condition Factor |
|
|
|
Current |
|
|
Goundnut |
Standard |
|
|
|
Condition factor |
|
|
|
Current |
|
|
Coconut |
Standard |
|
|
|
Condition factor |
|
|
|
Current |
|
|
Sesamum |
Standard |
|
|
|
Condition factor |
|
|
|
Current |
|
|
Rape |
Standard |
|
|
|
Condition factor |
|
|
|
Current |
|
|
Mustard |
Standard |
|
|
|
Condition factor |
|
|
|
Current |
|
|
Linseed |
Standard |
|
|
|
Condition factor |
|
|
|
Current |
|
|
Castor |
Standard |
|
|
|
Condition factor |
|
|
|
Current |
|
375
FORM NO.V A (contd)
|
Indigo |
Standard |
|
|
|
Condition Factor |
|
|
|
Current |
|
|
Rubber |
Standard |
|
|
|
Condition factor |
|
|
|
Current |
|
|
Tobacoo |
Standard |
|
|
|
Condition factor |
|
|
|
Current |
|
|
Coffee |
Standard |
|
|
|
Condition factor |
|
|
|
Current |
|
|
Tea |
Standard |
|
|
|
Condition factor |
|
|
|
Current |
|
|
Indian Hemp |
Standard |
|
|
|
Condition factor |
|
|
|
Current |
|
376
FORM NO. V A (Contd)
|
Opium |
Standard |
|
|
|
Condition Factor |
|
|
|
Current |
|
|
Cinchona |
Standard |
|
|
|
Condition factor |
|
|
|
Current |
|
|
Cardamoms |
Standard |
|
|
|
Condition factor |
|
|
|
Current |
|
|
Chillies |
Standard |
|
|
|
Condition factor |
|
|
|
Current |
|
|
Ginger |
Standard |
|
|
|
Condition factor |
|
|
|
Current |
|
|
Pepper |
Standard |
|
|
|
Condition factor |
|
|
|
Current |
|
|
Turmeric |
Pepper |
|
|
|
Condition factor |
|
|
|
Current |
|
FORM NO. V B
Total out turn of Principal crops in hundred metric tons in_________________ district for the year__________________
FOOD CROPS
|
RICE |
Autumn(Aus) |
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
|
Winter (Aman) |
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
|
Summer (boro) |
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
|
Total |
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
|
Wheat |
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
JOWAR OR CHOLUM |
Rabbi |
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
|
Kharif |
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
|
Total |
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
|
Bajra or Cumbu |
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
|
Barley |
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
|
Maize |
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
|
Ragi or Marua |
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
|
Italia Millets |
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
|
Kodo or Varagu |
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
|
Little Millet or Kuthi |
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
|
Common Millet |
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
|
Gram |
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
FORM NO. V B (Contd)
|
FOOD CROPS (Continued) |
|
Green Gram or Mung |
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
|
Red Gram Tur or Arhar |
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
|
Black gram Ordor Mash |
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
|
Horse Gram |
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
|
Masur |
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
|
Total Food gram |
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
|
Sugarcane |
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
|
Potatoes |
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
NON FOOD CROPS |
COTTON |
American |
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
|
Desi |
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
|
Total |
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
|
Jute |
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
|
Hemp |
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
|
Groundnut |
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
|
Coconut |
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
|
Sesamum |
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
|
Rape |
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
|
Mustard |
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
FORM NO. V B (contd)
Total outturn of principal crops in hundred metric tons in_________District for the year______________________________________________________________
NON FOOD CROPS –Concld.
|
|
District |
Linseed |
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
|
Castor |
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
|
Indigo |
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
|
Tobacco |
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
|
Coffee |
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
|
Tea |
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
|
Indian Hemp |
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
|
Opium |
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
|
Cinchona |
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
|
Rubber |
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
|
Betelnuts |
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
|
Cardamoms |
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
|
Chillies |
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
|
Gingernut |
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
|
Peppert |
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
|
Turmeric |
Current |
|
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FORM NO. VI
Statement showing the farm prices of principal crops at certain Centre of_________________________ District for the year_______________-
|
District Centre |
Rice |
Current year |
|
|
|
|
Last year |
|
|
|
Wheat |
Current year |
|
|
|
|
Last year |
|
|
|
Jowar |
Current year |
|
|
|
|
Last year |
|
|
|
Bajra |
Current year |
|
|
|
|
Last year |
|
|
|
Barley |
Current year |
|
|
|
|
Last year |
|
|
|
Gram |
Current year |
|
|
|
|
Last year |
|
|
|
Maize |
Current year |
|
|
|
|
Last year |
|
|
|
Cotton |
Current year |
|
|
|
|
Last year |
|
|
|
Sugar Raw |
Current year |
|
|
|
|
Last year |
|
381
FORM NO VI (Concld)
|
District Centre |
Ground nut |
Current year |
|
|
|
|
Last year |
|
|
|
Castor seed |
Current year |
|
|
|
|
Last year |
|
|
|
Linseed |
Current year |
|
|
|
|
Last year |
|
|
|
Rape |
Current year |
|
|
|
|
Last year |
|
|
|
Mustard |
Current year |
|
|
|
|
Last year |
|
|
|
Toria |
Current year |
|
|
|
|
Last year |
|
|
|
Seamum |
Current year |
|
|
|
|
Last year |
|
|
|
Tobacco |
Current year |
|
|
|
|
Last year |
|
|
|
Ginger |
Current year |
|
|
|
|
Last year |
|
|
|
Pepper |
Current year |
|
|
|
|
Last year |
|
FORM NO.VII
Agricultrual wages in the ______________district for the year_______________
|
JULY |
normal nO. OF working hours |
Skilled Labour |
Carpenters |
|
|
|
|
|
Blacksmiths |
|
|
|
|
|
Cobblerrs |
|
|
|
|
|
Field Labour |
|
|
|
|
|
Other agricultural Labour |
|
|
|
|
|
Herdsmen |
|
|
AUGUST |
Normal No. of working Hours |
Skilled Labour |
Carpenters |
|
|
|
|
|
Blacksmiths |
|
|
|
|
|
Cobblers |
|
|
|
|
|
Field Labour |
|
|
|
|
|
Other Agricultrual Labour |
|
|
|
|
|
Herdsmen |
|
|
September |
Normal No of Working Hours. |
Skilled Labour |
Carpenters
|
|
|
|
|
|
Blacksmith |
|
|
|
|
|
Cobblers |
|
|
|
|
|
Field Labour |
|
|
|
|
|
Other 'Agricultrual Labour |
|
|
|
|
|
Herdsmen |
|
|
October |
Normal No of working hoHours |
|
Carpentres |
|
|
|
|
|
Blacksmith |
|
|
|
|
|
Cobblers |
|
|
|
|
|
Field Labour |
|
|
|
|
|
Other AgriculturalLabour |
|
|
Novermber |
Normal No of working hoHours |
|
Carpentres |
|
|
|
|
|
Blacksmith |
|
|
|
|
|
Cobblers |
|
|
|
|
|
Field Labour |
|
|
December |
Normal No of working hoHours |
|
Carpentres |
|
|
|
|
|
Blacksmith |
|
|
|
|
|
Cobblers |
|
|
|
|
|
Field Labour |
|
|
|
|
|
Other AgriculturalLabour |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FORM NO.VII (concld)
|
JANUARY |
normal nO. OF working hours |
Skilled Labour |
Carpenters |
|
|
|
|
|
Blacksmiths |
|
|
|
|
|
Cobblerrs |
|
|
|
|
|
Field Labour |
|
|
|
|
|
Other agricultural Labour |
|
|
|
|
|
Herdsmen |
|
|
FEBRUARY |
Normal No. of working Hours |
Skilled Labour |
Carpenters |
|
|
|
|
|
Blacksmiths |
|
|
|
|
|
Cobblers |
|
|
|
|
|
Field Labour |
|
|
|
|
|
Other Agricultrual Labour |
|
|
|
|
|
Herdsmen |
|
|
MARCH |
Normal No of Working Hours. |
Skilled Labour |
Carpenters
|
|
|
|
|
|
Blacksmith |
|
|
|
|
|
Cobblers |
|
|
|
|
|
Field Labour |
|
|
|
|
|
Other 'Agricultrual Labour |
|
|
|
|
|
Herdsmen |
|
|
APRIL |
Normal No of working hoHours |
|
Carpentres |
|
|
|
|
|
Blacksmith |
|
|
|
|
|
Cobblers |
|
|
|
|
|
Field Labour |
|
|
|
|
|
Other AgriculturalLabour |
|
|
MAY |
Normal No of working hoHours |
|
Carpentres |
|
|
|
|
|
Blacksmith |
|
|
|
|
|
Cobblers |
|
|
|
|
|
Field Labour |
|
|
JUNE |
Normal No of working hoHours |
|
Carpentres |
|
|
|
|
|
Blacksmith |
|
|
|
|
|
Cobblers |
|
|
|
|
|
Field Labour |
|
|
|
|
|
Other AgriculturalLabour |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FORM VIII
Number of livestock, pultry and Agricultrual Machiner and implements in the District according to last Census in __________________________
LIVESTOCK
|
CATTLE |
MALESOVER 3 YEARS |
Breeding Buills,i.e.entire bulls over 3 years kept or used for breading purposes only. |
|
|
|
Other males over 3 years |
|
|
FEMALES OVER 3 YEAR |
Breeding cows,i.e.cows,over 3years kept for breeding or milk production. |
|
|
|
Other cows over 3 years |
|
|
|
Young Stock |
|
|
|
Total Cattle |
|
|
|
Breeding bulls e.g.entire males over 3 years kept or used for breeding purpose only. |
|
|
|
Other males over 3 years |
|
BUFFALOES |
FEMALES OVER 3YEARS |
Breeding cows ie. cows over 3 years kept for breeding or milk production |
|
|
|
Other cows over 3 year |
|
|
|
Young stock |
|
|
|
Total buffaloes |
|
|
|
Total Bovine |
|
|
|
Total sheep |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FORM NO.VIII (CONTD)
|
|
Horses and Ponies |
Total goats |
|
|
|
Males over 3 years |
|
|
|
Females over 3 years |
|
|
|
Young stock |
|
|
|
Total horses and ponies |
|
|
POULTRY |
Fowls (Hens,Cocks and Chickens) |
|
|
|
Ducks(Ducks drakes and drakings) |
|
|
|
Others |
|
|
|
Total poultry |
|
|
AGRICULTRUAL MACHINERY AND IMPLEMENTS |
Ploughs |
|
|
|
Carts |
|
|
|
Sugarcane crushers |
|
|
|
Tractors |
|
|
|
Oil Engines |
|
|
|
Electric Pumps |
|
|
|
Ghanis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IREPORT ON THE OPERATIONS OF THE DEPARTMENT OF LAND RECORDS PUNJAB.
11.11.Following
instructions should be observed in the preparation of the report on the
Operations of the Department of Land Records.
This report is prescribed by the orders in the resolution of the government of India , Revenue Department No.VIII 3$39.;1 dated the 20 th March 1897 as modified by the letter from the Government of India (Revenue and Agricultural Department) No.6-231 –I , dated 8th March 1906. The following subjects are dealt with in the report:-
Land record Establishments.
Utilisation of Land records.
The following memorandum shows subjects which Deputy Commissioners should discuss in their annual reports.Their reports, dealing with the year ending 30th September, should be submkitted to their Comm issioner by 15 th October, and forwarded by the latter to the Director of Land Records by Ist November each year.Office copies of the reports and returns should be forwarded to the Director of Land Records at the same time when the fair copies are sent to Commissioners. The Departmental report shall be limited to 16 pages octavo of print, exclusive of statements.Forms of the statistics attached to the report are aoppended of these Deputy Commissioners will forwsard statements III to VIII as usual to the director of Land Records to supply him with data to prepare state ments I and II which alone will be printed with the annual report
DETAILED
MEMORANDUM AS TO THE SUBJECTS
TO BE DEALT
WITH IN THE REPORT ON
LAND RECORDS.
Detail of subjects with notes as to treatment.
(1) Patwari candidates: Measures taken to train.
II REPORT ON THE OPERATIONS OF THE DEPARTMENT OF LAND RECORDS, PUNJAB.
11.11. 11.11. Following instruction should be observed in the preparation of the report on the Operations of the Department of Land Records.
This report is prescribed by the
orders in the resolution of the Government of India, Revenue Department,
No. viii------, dated the 20th March,1897, as modified by
the letter from the Government of India (Revenue and Agricultural Department)
No. 6-231-I, dated 8th March, 1906.
The following subjects are dealt with in the report:-
Land Record
Establishments.
Utilisation
of land records.
The following memorandum shows subjects whih Deputy Commissioners should
discuss in their annual reports. Their reports, dealing with the year ending 30th
September should be submitted to their Commissioners by 15th
October, and forwarded by the latter to the Director of Land Records by Ist November, each year.
Office copies of the reports and returns should be forwarded to the Director of
Land Records at the same time when the fair copies are sent to Commissioners.
The Departmental report shall be limited to 16 pages octavo of print, exclusive
of statements. Forms of the statistics attached to the report are appended---of
these Deputy Commissioners will forward statements III to VIII as usual to the
Director of Land Records to supply him with data to prepare statements I and
II, which alone will be printed with the annual report.
DETAILED MEMORANDUM AS TO THE SUBJECTS
TO BE DEALT
WITH IN THE REPORT ON
LAND
RECORDS.
Detail of subjects, with notes as to treatment.
(1) Patwari candidates----Measures taken to train the candidates; patwari schools; number of passed candidates.
Action taken to the enlist patwari candidates possessing higher educational qualifications.
(2) Patwaris:- Note on the conduct and efficiency of patwaris;punishment and rewards of patwaris; punctuality in submission of their returns; extent to which they have obtained promotion to posts of Field Kanungo, Judicial Muharrir, Wasil Baki Navis, Siah Navis,etc.
Explain the circumstances which led to the appointment of any non-qualified candidates during the year (vide side-head 10 of Form No. VI at page 33).
Rewards granted to patwaris for reporting cattle diseases and contagious diseases among human beings or for work done by them in connection with consolidation of holdings or co-operative societies and for conspicuous good work in connection with their ordinary duties.
Inspection of Patwaris` work by Tahildars and Naib-Tahsildars under paragraph 8.11.
Reasons for increasse or decrease in the annual expenditure during the preceding year.
Note on the conditions of the patwarkhanas and what measures have been taken to enforce residence if patwaris within their circles.
The extent to which the responsibility of the patwaris for the
maintenance in good repairs of the patwarjhanas on the list is enforced.
Remark on the employment of assistant patwaris.
(3) Kanungos- Mention the measures taken to train candidates in actual survey work. Any departure from the observance of the rule,laying down that three out of every four posts vacancies should be given to persons who are patwaris, shoud be explained. If there are any Kanungos or officiating kanungos who have not passed the Departmental Kanungo Examination reasins should be given. Note to what extent janungos have obtained promotion to higher appointments. Note on the efficiency of kanungos and the qualities and amount of the inspection work done by the District Kanungo.
(4) Records of Rights:- Notice the character of the records and any special measures other than regular settlement operations in progress for their revision.
Damage done to revenue records by book-bettle and white-ants and measures taken to prevent further damage to records.
Accommodation
provided for the records and measures taken to extend or improve the existing buildings.
Mutation work- Review shortly the mutation work done; mention work if special officers have been appointed to assist in mutation work, and review the work done by the special staff and the ordinary district staff. Note how for the mutation work was scrutinized on the spot and at tahsil inspections by officers above the grade of Tahsildar.
Speedy disposal of mutations of consolidation of holdings. The average length of time elapsing between applications for sanction of mutations and the passing of orders in such cases should be noted.
(5)
Annual Records- Review
the work done to bring the records up to date: quincquennial attestation work
done on the spot by field kanungos and revenue officers, with special rference
to partition case work; special diluvion records, etc.
(6) Checking of girdawari by Sub-Divisional Officer (Civil) - Number of jamabandis checked by the Collector and Sub-Divisional Officer should be stated separately.
Note any general orders issued with regard to the preparation and maintenance of the records.
(7) Village and circle Note-books and Abstract Village Note-books (Pargana Note-books)—State whether these note books have been written up-todate. Note whether any observations have been recorded by the Deputy Commissioner or his Assistants.
Remarks recorded in the village and circle note-books by tahsil revenue officers.
(8) Survey- Note separately for each kind of survey marks, trijunction platforms, square survey marks (specially those at the end of the base lines), metrical survey pillars, the conditions of the mark and report instructions in paragraphs taken to repair them. Are the instruction in paragraphs 9.2, 4.6 and 4.7 observed?
Tatimma shajras checked and survey marks inspected by Tahsildars and Naib-Tahsildars.
Special mention about riverain base line marks should also be made and the Deputy Commissioners should specifically supply the information in the following form:-
(1) Name of village.
(2) Number of base line stone as given in the index map supplied by the Survey Department.
(3) Field number in which base line stone has been laid down.
(4) Remarks on the conditions of base line stone
(9) Other matters- Note on the condition of raingauges and the rainfall registers. Have they been inspected by the Deputy Commissioner and his assistants during the year, and,if so, were any defects detected? (This information will not be mentioned in the State report). It is intended for the annual report separately submitted to the Director-General of Observatories,Poona, by the 15th of May, under paragraph 12.19 on Rain-gauges, etc.
A statement in the following from should also be prepared and sent along with the statements prescribed in this Chapter:- _____________________________________________________________________District Tahsil Date of the Date of inspection Number Remarks a inspection of by the Sub- of
Tahsil Kanun- Divisional Officer mutations
go`s office by (Civil) or checked at
the Depty any other Extra inspection.
Commissioner Assistant Com-
missioner depu
-ted by the De-
puty Commiss-
ioner for the pur-
pose.
Note-
Whether the office of the District Kanungo was inspected twice a year by the
Deputy Commissioner or Officer Incharge Revenue Branches, if so, give
dates.
Page No.
391-400
CHAPTER- II
FORM NO. I
Statement showing the total numbers of kanungos, patwaris and the Annual Expenditure on the Patwari Establishment for the year ending 30th September, 19 .
1 2 3 4 5 6
Patwaris and Assistant Patwaris
who have passed
__________________________________________________
Division District Total No. of Total No. Matriculation School Final
kanungos Examination
or Primary
Examination
7 8 9 10 11 12
Annual Expenditure on the Patwari Establishment
No. of a No. of patwaris Salaries of Patwari Survey Equip- Gratuties
Kanungos promoted to Patwaris School ment.
Promoted kanungos or
to Naib- other higher
Tehsildar- appointment
ship or other
higher appoin-
tment.
_______________________________________________________________
13 14 15
Annual Expenditure on the Patwari Establishment
Other Charges Total Cost Remarks
Note:- This statement is to be prepared by the Director of Land Records.
FORM NO. II
Statement showing the working of Land Record Agency during the Year ending 30th September,19 .
1 2 3 4 5
Mutations
Division District No. of villages No. for disposal No. attested
6 7 8 9 10 11
Partition Jamabandis Crop Inspections
No. for No. decided No. prepared No. checked No. checked No. of
disposal by Collector by Collectors villages
or Assistant or Assistant checked
Collectors Collectors by Tehsil-
I Grade I Grade Officers
______________________________________________________________
12 13 14 15
District Kanungos Work
No. of field No. of days spent No. of Tehsil Offices Remarks
kanungo circles on tour inspected
inspected
Note:- This statement is to be prepared by the Director of Land Records.
FORM NO. III
QUINQUENNIAL RETURN -------District
Cha. II (Note to be printed with Annual Report)
Table
showing the statistics of Existing Patwari and Field Kanungo circles for the
Year ending 30th September,19 .
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Area and revenue (00s) omitted
Area in Hectares
District No. of field No. of Total Cultivated Total No. of No. of
kanungos Patearis Assess- fields khatauni
ment holdings
9 10 11 12 13
Average per field Kanungo Average per patwari
Fields Khatauni holdings Fields Khatauni holdings Remarks
Note:- Columns 4-8- Information is to be obtained from the annual paper field in September, -vide paragraph 7.61 on the Record of Rights.
FORM NO. IV.
(Not
to be printed with Annual Report)
Statement showing the educational qualifications of Patwaris and Patwari candidates and punishments and promotions of Patwaris for the year ending 30th September,19 .
1 2 3 4 5 6
Patwaris and Assistant Patwari
Number who have passed
District No. The old entrance The old Uni- Total of Percentage
or present Matri versity Middle columns of column
-culation Exam- School or pres- 3 and 4 5 on column
ination of the ent Department 2
University or al Middle School
higher exam- Examination
ination
7 8 9 10 11
No. Dismissed No. reduced, No. of promoted Number % of
Suspended or to Kanungoships column
fined or other appoint 10 on
ments column 2
_______________________________________________________________
12 13 14 15 16
Candidates
No. who have passed
The old entrance The old University Total of columns No. who have Remarka
or present Matri- Middle School or 12 and 13 passed the pat-
culation Exami- present Depart- wari examin-
nation of the mental Middle ation
University or school Exami-
higher exami- nation
naion
FORM NO. V.
(Not
to be printed with Annual Report)
Statement showing the educational qualifications of Kanungo candidates and promotions of Kanungos for the year ending 30th September,19 .
1 2 3 4 5 6
Kanungos Kanungo Candidates
Number who have passed
District Total no. of No. of No. of No. of kanungos Total No. of
the kanungo kanungo Kanungo promoted to direct
establishment who are who are Naib- Teh.ship candidates
Graduate U.G.T. of higher
appointments
during the year
7 8 9 10 11 12
Kanungo Candidates
No. of kanungo No. of No. of No. who No. of Patwaris Remarks
candidates who kanungo kanungo have passed who have
are Higher Sec. candidates candidates kanungo passed the
or equiv. who are who are examina- examination
graduate U.G.T. tion
_______________________________________________________________
Paragraph
No. 11.11 L.R.M.
Form
No. VI.
(Not
to be printed with Annual Report)
Statement
showing the recruitment and promotions
of Patwari and Kanungo Agency in the District of ________ for the year ending 30th September,19 .
Patwaris
1. New candidate accepted during the year .
2. Of the above, the number of Patwaris possessing lower educational qualifications than Matriculation or equivalent Examination.
3. Patwaris newly appointed during the year.
4. Number of Patwaris (out of those mentioned at S.No. 3 above who have not passed the qualifying examination.
Kanungo
5. New candidates accepted during the year.
6. New appointments made during the year from the direct recruited candidates.
7. How many promoted from amongst the patwaris during the year.
8. Number of kanungos (out of those mentioned at S.No. 7 above) who have not passed the qualifying examination.
CHAPTER –11
Land Records Manual
FORM NO. VII.
(Not
to be printed with Annual Report)
Statement showing the working of the Land Record Agency during the year ending 30th September,19 .
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
__________________________________________________
Mutation
District No. of No. of No. instituted Total No. Attest- Balance
villages pending for ted unattested
from last disposal at close of
year year
8 9 10 11 12 13
Partitions
No.of pending No. instituted Total for Number Area in Cultivated
from last year disposal decided acres , area, in
involved hectares
in decided included
cases in column 12
_______________________________________________________________
14 15 16
Partitions Inspections made by Collectors and their Asstt
Number of cases District Kanungo offices Tehsil Offices
pending at close
of year
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
__________________________________________________
Detailed jamabandi No. of villages in which District
crop inspections were kanungo's
checked work
No of No. of No. of By collector By Tehsil- By Naib- No. of
villages villages jamabandis & his asstt. dar Tehsildar days
for which whose filled by due spent
jamabandi detailed date on
prepared jamaba- tour
during prepared
the year last year
were
checked by
collector &
his asstt.
this year
_______________________________________________________________
24 25 26 27 28 29
District Kango work Bundary, survey and base
line marks
No. of No. of inspect- No. of field Trinjuctions Square Travers
villages ions of tehsil kanungo's pillars survey points
tested office circle inspec- marks
ted by the
distt. kanungo
during the yr.
_______________________________________________________________
30 31 32
Bundary, survey and base line marks
Trignometrical survey Baseline stone International boundary
pillars pillars
CHAPTER –II
FORM NO. VIII.
REPORTS AND RETURNS
(Not
to be printed with Annual Report)
Annual expenditure on the patwari establishment for the year ending 30th September,19 .
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
__________________________________________________
Salaries Stationary
District Total No. Cost Annual Avg. Cost Annual avg. Patwari
of patwaris per head per head school
including
assistant
patwaris
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
Total
Survey Rewards Gratuities Other Charges Cost Annual avg. Remarks
Equipment per head
FORM NO. IX.
(Not
to be printed with Annual Report)
Statement showing the details of jamabandi prepared, checked and consigned during the year ending 30th September, 19 .
Distt. No. of jamabandis, the No. of Jamanbandis
preparation where of prepared during the yr.
Was Out- Was due Total Pertaining Pertaining to Total
standing this year to previous this year
at the year(Give
close of year-wise
the last details)
year (Give
year-wise
details)
No. of jamabandis Checked No. of Jamabandis consigned
by the Revenue
Pertaining Pertaining to Total Pertaining Pertaining to Total
to previous this year to previous this year
year(Give year(Give
year-wise year-wise
details) details)
Pg. No. 401-500
RAIN-GAUGES, RAINFALL
AND SNOW FALL
Replaces Standing Order No.37,
Original issue dated 11thJune, 1909, revised issue dated 9th April
1915, first reprint, dated 5th August 1930, Second reprint, dated 20th
August 1930.
REFERENCE MAY BE MADE TO THE PARAGRAPH 816, LAND ADMINISTRATION MANUAL.
12.1 The rainfall organization - The registration of the rainfall of the Punjab is under the control of the Director of Land Records The duties of controlling officer, as specified in the Meteorological Department circular or rainfall, are :-
(a) The suitable distribution of rain gauge stations so that the rainfall of the province is properly represented.
(b) The choice of suitable sites for
the gauges.
(c) The issue of rain-gauges and measuring glasses by countersigning indents on the National Instruments Institute, which will not, as a rule, supply a rain-gauge unless the indent is countersigned by the controlling officer.
(d) The collection of data.
(e) The preparation of rainfall statement for
publication in the official Gazette.
In cases of doubt as to the
desirability of starting new gauges and changing the sites of old ones, the Director-General
of Observatories should be consulted.
In the
later case a site plan showing the distance and bearing of the new site with
respect to the old one should be sent.
12.2 Under Whose charge placed - Rain-gauges at the headquarters of a district should be placed in charge of the Assistant to the District Kanungo, or other clerk, as may be convenient in each case. Those at tehsils should be in charge of the Tahsil Office Kanungo.
12.3 Pattern
of Rain gauge - Except at canal stations, in respect of which the
irritation Department issues its own instructions the rain gauges in use are of
non-recording Fibreglass.
12.4 Locality of rain gauge - It has been found that a rain-gauge exposed on a perfectly open space registers less than the true amount of rain This arises because the wind forms an eddy over the mouth of the gauge and carries away samll drops that would otherwise have entered the gauge. Accordingly a certain amount of protection from the wind is advantageous : at the same time no obstacle should be so near to the gauge as actually shield it from rain which may be falling at a considerable angle.
The following rule has been found to be most satisfactory in practice :-
"The distance between the gauge and nearest object should be at least twice the heights of that object."
If this rule is followed the presence of trees and bushes in the neighbourhood of a gauge is rather to be encouraged than otherwise : but (as trees may be allowed to grow without being effectively lopped) no tree should be planted within thirty yards of the gauge.
The gauge should never bve situated on the side or top of a hill if a suitable site on level ground can be found. In the hills, where it is difficult to find a level space, the site for the gauge should be chosen where it is best shielded from high winds, and where the wind does not cause eddies.
*Only under very exceptional circumstances should a gauge be exposed on a roof.
If it is impossible to choose a site in conformity with the above stipulations a detailed report shold be made to the controlling officer, and his sanction obtained to erecting the gauge in teh abnormal site proposed.
12.5 Erection of the gauge - A masonry or concrete foundation for the gaugse shold be provided, the best from being a cube of 600 mm sides sunk into the ground so that its top is just 50 mm. above the general level of the ground. Into this foundation the base of the gauge is firmly cemented, so that the top of the complete gauge is exactly 300 mm. above the ground level. Great care must be taken when setting the gauge to ensure that the mouth is perfectly level. The horizontality should be checked with a Spirit level laid accross the rim.
_______________________________________________
* It is not intended that all the gauges now on roofs should be at once removed to ground sites. Oppurtunities should, however, be taken as they arise for effecting a change for example, when an office is removed from one building to another, or when a site on a roof becomes unsuitable.
____________________________________________________________
12.6 Protection of gauge - It is often desirable to protect the gauge from being damaged by cattle, and for this purpose a fence may be erected around it. This can be made of any suitable material, but is must be of such a size that the tope of the fence is not higher above the mouth of the gauge than half its distance from the gauge (see paragraph 12.4 above)
It is also desirable to keep the rain-gauge locked and to have it painted periodically to prevent its surface from corroding. The National Instruments Limited can supply rain-gauges with locking arrangements.
12.7 Measurement of the rainfall - To measure the rainfall the water in the receiver is poured into the glass measuring cylinder which is to be placed on a level surface. The eye is then brought into horizontal line with the bottom of the menicus, the curved surface of the water, and its reading taken. Each of the graduations on this cylinder represents 0.2 mm. rainfall and the observer must count the number of the divisions covered by the water. In order to facilitate this, numbers are engraved on the glass at 1,2,3,4, etc. ; divisions. If the water comes up to the third division above the line marked 2 the rain fall is 2.6mm. In writing up the amount recorded the observer has simply to put the number of milimeters in front of a decimal point, and double the number of division after it. Thus if he has measured one mm, and three divisions, he writes 1.6mm. The observer will make no mistake if he always writes one figure after the decimal point.
If there is more water in the receiver than the measureglass will hold, the glass should be filled nearly up to the top graduation mark and the reading taken. This water should then be thrown away and the aboe process repeated till all the water collected has been measured. The total rainfall is the sum of all these measurements. Thus if the measure-glass holds 20mm. i.e., and the amounts measured are 19.0,18.0 and 17.0mm. the total rainfall is 19.0+18.0+17.0 mm. or 54.0mm.
The rainwater in the gauge should be measured every day at 8.30 AM and the raingauge should be examined every day at that hour even when in the observer's opinion no rain has fallen. During heavy rains it must be measured three or four times in the day, lestthe receiver fills and overflows; but the last measurement should be taken at 8.30 A.M. and the sum total of all the measurements during the previous 24 hours entered as the rainfall of the day.
If it is raining at the time of observation, it is necessary, to complete the operations as quickly as possible to avoid considerable error.
The receiving bottle, as a rule, does not hold more than 200 mm. of rain.
Snow
and frozen rain water -When the receiver contains or frozen rain water, the
amounts or percipitation can only be measured by converting the contents into
water. To do this a definite amount of very warm water should be accurately
measured into the measuring glass, and then added to the contents of the
receiver, through the funnel(which may
contain a certain amount of frozen water). The quantity of water added should
be sufficient, or a little more than sufficient, tomelt all the ice. The exact
measurement of the ice in the receiver is thus obtained by substracting the
amount of warm water added from the total amount measured i.e. the total
contents of the receiver, after all the ice has has been melted by the addition
of a known quantity of warm water.
12.8 Breakage of the measure-glass - It is desirable that every raingauge station should be supplied by the local authority with an extra measureglass. When the measure-glass in regular use is broken the spare measure-glass should be at the same time indented for in the manner prescribed in paragraph 12.9 below.
If it should heappen that the
measure glass at any station, not provided with a spare one, should be broken,
the following arrangement should be made for the measurement of the rainfall during the interval between
the breakage of the measuring glass and the arrival of a new measure-glass
should be temporarly used to measure the rainfall(the measurement being
recorded in the monthly return in fluid cc.)until the broken measure-glass is
replaced. In such a case care must be gaken to strike out the printed word
"milimeters"and to substitute "cc."which must be clearly
and boldly written. In the even of the measure-glass being broken and a cc
measure-glass not being procurable , the rainfall collected on each day must be
stored up in a separate bottle and kept corked. Each bottle containing the
rainfall for each particular day should be labelled. and on receipt of a new
measure-glass the rainfall can be measured and entered as usual.
200 cc. of water is equal to 10 mm. of rain.
12.9 Supply of rain gauges and measure-glasses - All rain gauges and measure-glasses, etc. required at rain-gauge stations in India are supplioed bvy the National Instruments Limited, Calcutta, the responsibility for their accuracy rests, however, with the Meterological Department, who test them before they are issued. Price list of rain-gauges, etc. rules and regulations and indent forms are obtainable from the National Instruments Office.
Whenever
a rain-gauge or measure-glass is required at any station, an indent from (page
11) should be obtained from the
controlling officer, and after being filled in should be returned to him for
countersignature. The indent will be forwarded by the controlling officer to
the National Instruments Limited, who will on its receipt send the rain-gauge
or measure-glass, etc. direct to the station requiring it, and will recover the
cost from the local authority singing the indent unless otherwise directed. The
form of indent and the instructions for its preparation are
printed as Appendix B.
12.10 Miscelleneous expenditure connected with rain-guages - All expenditure in connection with the erection, repairs and removal of raingauges under the control of Deputy Commissioners should be debited to the head "9-Land Revenue-D-Land Records-District Charges-Contigencies-Miscellaneous".
12.11 Inspection of rain-guages - It is of great importance that rain-guages should be inspected as the observers often allow large changes to take place in the exposure of a guage without being aware that action is necessary.
The object of the inspecting officer should be to determine –
(a) Whether the instrument is suitably placed and is in good order :
(b) Whether the observer can make the rainfall measurements correctly and enter them properly in the rainfall records;
(c) Whether the rainfall records are properly and neatly kept up and are in good order;
(d) Whether the observer makes his measurements at 8.30AM; and
(e) Whether any part of the rain-guage requires repair or replacement.
In order to determine whether the instrument is suit ably placed and in thoroughly good order he should ascertain-
(1) Whether there are any trees growing up or houses being built wgucg are likely to affect the exposure;
(2) whether the gauge is firmly fixed, so that it is not likely to be blown over;
(3) whether the rim, when pressed home, is level. As all gauges are made level when first erected it will not be necessary for the Inspector to use spirit level. He will only need to see that no obvious displacement of the gauge has taken place.
(4) Whether the rim or mouth of the funnel is circular. All gauges are accurately measured before being issued, and unless the rim is obviously damaged or out of shape, it is not necessary to measure the diameters.
In order to ascertain whether the observer can measure the rainfall accurately and make entries correctly, the glass receiver should be partially filled two or three times with different quantities if water and observer required to measure them and write down the entries. If he can do this correctly, nothing further is necessity; if not, the inspecting officer should teach him fully.
The Inspector should also see that the rainfall book, prescribed in paragraph 12.14, is in good condition and the entries in it carefully and neatly made. He should also verify that the rainfall observer knows how to make entries in the various rainfall returns.
12.12 New rain-gauges - Applications by District Officers for sanction to establish a new rain-gauge or transfer or abolish an existing one, should be submitted to the Director of Land Records. They should be accompanied by a map of the district showing the rain-gauge stations and should give detailed reasons for the proposals made. Before sanctioning a new gauge, the Director of Land Records should obtain the assent of the Director-General of Observations thereto, and in all cases he should send to the Director of Agriculture a copy of the orders passed. It may be added that as the State already possesses an adequate number of rain-gauge stations for meterological purposes, sanction for the erection of new gauges will be very sparingly accorded.
12.13 Observatories under the direct control of the Government of India - Appended is a list of meterological observatories which are under the direct control of the Meterological Department of the Government of India. If any rain-gauge or measure-glass at one of these observatories is found to be defective by an inspecting officer, he should not order it to be replaced, but should report the matter to the Meterological Department of the Government of India.
List.Observatories
- Adampur (Air force)
- Amritsar
- Bhatinda
- Ferozepore
- Jullundhar
- Pathankot (Air Force)
- Patiala
- Ludhiana
- Halwara (Air Force).
12.14 Register of rainfall At each rainfall station there should be kept in the form given below, a strongly bound book, for the due care of which the rainfall observer should be held responsible :-
Meterological Register kept in
the office of the _________________of ______________________for the month of
___________________19.
_______________________________________________
Date | Day of Week | RAINFALL 24 HOUR | Remarks
| | PRECEDING 8.30 AM|
| | Milimeters |
-------|------------------|-----------------------------|---------------
1 | 2 | 3 | 4
----------------------------------------------------------------------
_______________________________________________
Note .- Falls so slight as not to admit of measurement should be denoted in the register by the letter R.
The record of the rainfall at that
station from the commencement of observations or in continuation of it should
be kept in this "Rainfall Book", and the entries ini it should be
made as neatly as possible, and every care should be taken for its
preservation.
12.15 At the headquarters of a district the Sadr Kanungo will keep a register in the form given below in which he will enter daily(a) all rainfall observed by himself at the rain-gauge in his charge, if any, an (b) all rainfall recorded at outstations. The rainfall recorded at outstations will be reported, on each day on which rainfalls, to him by postcard. It is unnecessary for the Sadr Kanungo to keep up the register prescribed in para 12.14.
DISTRICT
REGISTER OF
RAINFALL FOR THE MONTH OF ____
(N.B.- Enter
rainfall in milimetersm using English numerals)
RAIN-GAUGE STATIONS IN THE DISTRICT
Date | ------- | Remarks
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | |
2 | |
3 | |
4 | |
5 | |
6 | |
7 | |
8 | |
9 | |
10 | |
11 | |
12 | |
13 | |
14 | |
15 | |
16 | |
17 | |
18 | |
19 | |
20 | |
21 | |
22 | |
23 | |
24 | |
25 | |
26 | |
27 | |
28 | |
29 | |
30 | |
31 | |
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| |
12.16 Monthly return - A monthly statement of a rainfall should be prepared by the Deputy Commissioner in duplicate in the form printed as Appendix C and despatched not later than the 5th of the following month – one copy to the Commissioner and one copy to the Director of Land Records. No copy of the return should be kept in the Deputy Commissioner's office. The Sadr Kanungo's register prescribed in paragraph 12.15 will supply all the information that may at any time be required. The remarks recorded by the Deputy Commissioner in the monthly sttement should be copied in the register.
If more than one rain-gauge is kept at any station, the nentries in ther egister should show only the data of one gauge.
The following matters should be noticed under the different heads in the column of remarks :-
(1) The extent and effect of rainfall, if any, during
the month, and the proportion of sowings made, i.e., whether ½, ¾ ir 5/6 etc., of the expected sowings.
(2) The state of the standing crops all over the district.
(3) The probable outturn-average, good or bad; and in months when crops are being harvested, the estimated outturn of each important crop in detail for leading classes of soil.
(4) The condition of the healthy stock with reference to the amount and description of fodder and grazing available. Cattle disease, only so far as it affects agricultural operations.
(5) Any disease in towns or villages, if it affects agriculture operations.
(6) The supply in canals, the sufficiency or deficiency of floods from rivers or torrents, and whether the normal area under each class has been irrigated.
12.17 Reports from canal rain-gauges - Reports of rainfall are received from canal rain gauge stations direct by the Director of Land Records, for inclusion in the Punjab Gazette. The Director of Land Records is, with the concurrence of the Chief Engineer, Irrigation Branch, empowered to add to the number of such stations.
12.18 Deputy Commissioners will arrange to have each rain-gauge inspected twice a year by an ofifcer of rank not below that of Extra Assistant Commissioner. The points to which attention should be directed are indicated below. If any serious defect is found, it should be reported to the Director of Land Records. Defects should be remedied at once under the Deputy Commissioner's orders. The practice of reporting the results of inspection by postcard to the Meterological Department to the Government of India, and to the Director of Land Records will be discontinued.
POINTS REQUIRING ATTENTION
(1) Is exposure of raingauge good? Distrance between gauge and neighbouring object should be at least twice the height of that object.
(2) Are any trees growing up or houses being built which are likely to affect the exposure?
(3) Is rain gauge firmly fixed in ground? How is it fixed?
(4) Is mouth of funnel 300 mm. above ordinary level of ground?
(5) Is mouth of funnel approximately level?
(6) Is rim of funnel circular, or does it appear to be indented or distorted?
(7) Are measuring glasses and receiver clean?
(8) Test observer to see if he can measure correctly.
(9) Has rainfall been accurately measured at the fixed hour, i.e. 8.30 A.M., since last inspection?
(10) Are rainfall records properly and neatly kept up?
12.19 Report on the working of rain gauges - The Deputy Commissioners and the Superintending Engineers in charge of Irrigation Circles will submit to the Director of Land Records on the 20th April, for the preceding financial year, a very brief report on the working of the rain registration system. The reports on gauges in the charge of anal Officers will be sent by Executive Engineer by the 10th April, who will submit a consolidated report for his circle to the Director of Land Records by the 20th April. The Director will then compile and submit the State report to the Deputy Director-General of Observatories, Poona, by the 15th May.
12.20 Supply of printed forms - Printed forms of the monthly rainfall Return and of the district register can be obtained on indent from the Controller, Printing & Stationery, Punjab, Chandigarh.
12.21 Deleted.
12.22 Deleted.
12.23 Deleted.
12.24 Deleted.
APPENDIX
A. Deleted.
APPENDIX
B
On Indenting for Raingages
(a) The National Instrument Limited, Calcutta supplies not only complete rain-gauges, but also the component parts. It often happens that only a part of a guage is damaged and in such case a new part, not a new guage, should be ordered. There are two main parts to a gauge besides the rain receiving bottle and these are shown in figure 1. The correct names of these parts are -
(i) (i) Top part (Collector)
(ii) (ii) Receiver
(iii) (iii) Bottom part (Base)
In ordering it is only necessary to specify the part required by these names, and then unless it is definitely stated that the part is required for an exceptional gauge, it will be supplied to fit a standard five inch gauge.
(b) In forwarding indents to the National Instrument Limited it is important that the instructions for filling up the indent should be strictly followed. IF this is not done unnecessary delay and correspondence results. The indent form is attached.
The entries are to be as follows:-
Column (3) – In this column it must be clearly stated whether a complete guage or only a part is required. In the latter case the correct name as given in paragraph (a) above must be used.
Columns (4 to 6) – These columns should be filled in with the information required.
Column Book transfer (Vide top of Indent Form Cash payment "A")
The cost of gauges and measuring glasses issued to official rain-gauge stations will in practically all cases be recovered by "book transfer".
APPENDIX
C
Monthly
Rainfall Return of the ________Distt. for the month of _________19.
Paragraph 12.16 of Chapter 12.
______________________________________________________________________
RAIN GAUGE STATION IN THE DISTICT | REMARKAS
----------------------------------------------------------------------- 1. The extent and effect of
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | rainfall , and the progress
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | in sowing.
Date | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 2. The condition of crops.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 3. The expected yield - At
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | harvest time, note the
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | estimated outtun of each
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | important crop in detail
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | for the leading classes of
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | soil.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 4. The condition of cattle,
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | the amount and descri-
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | ption of fodder and gra-
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | zing available.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 5. The state of Public health
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 6. The working of the canal
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | and the sufficiency and
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | seasonableness of river
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | in undations, or of floods
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | from hill torrents.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 7. General matters.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
2. | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
3. | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
4. | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
5. | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
6. | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
7. | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
8. | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
9. | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
10 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
11 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
12 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
13 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
14 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
15 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
16 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
17 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
18 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
19 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
20 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
21 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
22 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
23 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
24 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
25 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
26 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
27 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
28 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
29 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
30 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
31 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total|
Number | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
of rainy days | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Average | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
number | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
of rainy | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
days | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total rain | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
fall for | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
the month| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Average | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
rainfall | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
for the | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
month | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Heaviest | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
rainfall | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
during the | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
month | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total rain | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
fall from | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
October | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
upto | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
. | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Averag | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
rainfall | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
from | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
October | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
upto | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Note : (1) The rainfall should be shown in millimeters to one place of decimal.
(2) The names of stations should be written in the same order as these
are published in the Local Gazette.
(3) The enteries opposite marginal Headings marked * will be made
from the data supplied by the office of the Director of Land Records, Punjab.
(4) A day with 2.5 millimeters (or 10 cents) or more should be counted as rainy day.
(5) The figures should be in the international form of Indian numerals
(1,2,3, etc,) and should be written up legibly in ink.
(6)
(a) If the rainfall observations are not taken on any day for any reas-
on , the fact should be cleanly indiciated by the symbol "X" in the
appropraite columns(date and month) of the statement.
(b) (a) The word 'Nil' should be written up only when the rainfall recorded is Nil, i.e. when there is no rainfall on any day.
(7) The statement should reach the office of Director of Land Records, Punjab, not later than the 5th of the month following that to which it relates.
Dated Deputy Commissioner
CHAPTER 13
FORECAST OF
CROPS
Replaces Standing Order No.38, original issue dated 11th June 1909, First Reprint dated 5th February 1914.
13.1 Forecast reports have to be submitted by the Deputy Commissioners and Settlement Officers as noted in paragraph 8.17 of the Punjab Land Administration Manual to the Director of Land Records, Punjab, in form F.C.I of the crops shown in the statement below :-
_______________________________________________
Name of | Distt. from | Dates on which forecasts are to reach the office of Director of
Crop | which the | Land Records Punjab.
| forecase are| ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| required to | First | Second | Third | Fourth | Final |supplementary| Remark
|be submitted| Fore | Forecast| Forec | Foreca | Fore | Forecast |
| | cast | |-ast | -st | -cast | |
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cotton All Distt. 2nd 2nd 29th 30th .. Ist April
Aug Oct. Nov. Jan.
Wheat Ditto 7th Jan 7th Mar .. .. 7th May ....
Rabi Oil Ditto 12th Dec 21st Jan .. .. 5th May ...
Seeds
Sarshaf
Taramira Ditto Ditto Ditto .. .. Ditto
and Toria
Sugar Cane Ditto 11th June 6th Oct .. .. 30th April ....
Ground Nut Ditto 7th Aug 30th Oct .. .. 31st Jan ....
Seasamum Ditto Ditto 7th Oct .. .. 15th Dec ....
Rice Ditto 7th Oct 7th Dec .. .. 5th Feb ....
Bajra Ditto 7th Aug .. .. .. 23rd Nov ..
Maize Ditto n Ditto .. .. .. 22nd Nov
Barley Ditto 5th Jan 5th Mar .. .. Ist May
Gram Ditto Ditto Ditto .. ... Ditto
Jawar Ditto Ist Aug .. .. ... 31st Oct.
Other Ditto 25th Aug .. .. ... 15th Dec.
Kharif
pulses mung,
mash moth
and others
Tobacco Ditto 10th Mar .. ... .... .. 31st July
Other Ditto 25th Dec. .. ... .... 20th Apr. ..
Rabi pulses
massar,
peas &
others
Ginger Ditto .. ... .... .... .....
Pepper
Chillies
Potatoes Ditto 21st Jan ... .... ... Ist June ....
Sweet Ditto .. ... ... .... 16th Aug
Potatoes
Red gram Ditto 16th Aug 15th Dec. ... ..... 15th April ....
(Tur)
Guara Ditto '... 15th Dec. .. .... 15th April
Turmeric Ditto .. .. ... ... Ist June
San-Hemp Ditto Ist Aug .. .... .... ..... .....
Garlic Ditto 16th Aug ... .... .... .... .....
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The potato crop year for purposes of these estimates should be that
beginining with the summer crop and
ending with the winter crop. First estimate
should contain areas under potato crop and general information regarding
growth and prospects, and in the final
estimates information relating to area
and production of potato crop be given.
In both of these estimates, the figures for summer and winter crops should be
shown separately.
13.2 Importance of punctuality in the despatch of forecasts -The publication of crop forecasts is always anxiously awaited by business firm.s As delaydetracts greatly from their value, special efforts should be made to despatch all forecasts to the Director of Land Records by their due dates. There should be no difficulty as regards the first and second forecasts which are merely estimates. The third or final forecasts, however, should contain a statement of the actual area sown, together with an estimate of the yield per hectare. Where it is found impossible to complete the crop inspection in time for the inclusion of correct figures of area in the time for the inclusion of correct figures of area in the third or final forecasts, the best possible estimates should be submitted in their place. It should be noted that revised figures will follow, and these should be despatched as soon as they have been prepared.
13.3
Deleted.
13.4 The Director of Land Records prepares and publishes the State forecasts in Form F.C.2 on the basis of the information supplied by the Deputy Commissioners. In the case of third or final forecasts, the Director of Agriculture checks the tehsils estimtes of outturn with those reported to him by the field officers and then fixes the yield in kilograms per hectare for each district separately for irrigated and unirrigated areas. Then the total outturn of the State is calculated in the Director of Land Records the province is calculated in the Director of Land Records office by applying this yield to the sown area reported by the Deputy Commisioners in their forecasts and a draft report of the forecasts together with a statement is submitted to Director of Agriculture for countersignature.After these forecasts are countersigned by the Director of Agriculture, a copy of each forecast is supplied to the Economic and Statistical Adviser to Government of India, Ministery of Agriculture, New Delhi, Revenue Secretary to Financial Commissioners, Punjab and Controller, Printing and Stationery, Punjab. A copy is also posted at the office of the Director of Land Records, and the Director of Agriculture, Punjab, for the information of the public. Printed copies of forecasts are also supplied gratis to various firms in and outside India.
13.5 Disposal of Forecast reports - The final reports of Forecasts should be retained till next settlement and then handed over to Settlement Oficer. The intermediate reports of Forecasts should be preserved for two years from the date of submission and then destroyed.
The
Director's printed reports on forecasted crops should be similarly disposed
of.
13.6 Deleted.
13.7 (1) The estimates of production for the final forecasts and revised estimates should be based on the results of crop-cutting experiments by Random Sampling Methond in the case of crops on which such experiments are carried out in the State.
(2) The method of framing pre-harvest as well as post-harvest forecasts for crops not covered by the Sample Surveys shall remain the same as before(i.e. on the basis of the normal yield, modified according to the condition factor as ascertained through eye estimation) For framing the final forecasts and revised estimates, the results of the crop-cutting surveys by the Random Sampling Method should be utilized. For the yield of the crops in the State as a sholw and for major Divisions and districts, there should be no difficulty in utilizing the results of such surveys since they give estimates of reasonable accyracy for these administrative units. With regard to the yield for districts of minor importance from the point of view of croper acreage, however, the crop-cuttingsurveys do not provide results to the same degree of accuracy and, therefore, the data from crop-cutting experiments should be supplemented by ancilliary information collected at present under the existing official methods such as the product of crop acreage, the normal yield and the condition of crops ascertained through eye estimation.
(3) Wherever a change is made on the basis of calculating production of a crop from eye estimation to the crop cutting surveys, two sets of figures should be published side by side arrived at by each method, for a period of two years, in order that the production figures in the current year can, be compared with the previous years and to denote the extent of change in the production estimates made by the old and the new method.
(P.G.Memorandum No.ESA-56/1890 dated the 17th October,1956)
The Punjab Land Records Maunal................Chapter 13.........paragraph 3......
FORM F.C.1
Primary
Forecast Return..............
Year........................due on..................
Name of Crop......................................details of cultivation of
Village.................Hadbast No.................Tehsil................Distt........................
_____________________________________________________________Number of Due on Total area in the Total area in the last year
Forecoast current year
Pure Mixed Total Pure Mixed Total
net net
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
First
Second
Third
Fourth
Final
Supplementary
_____________________________________________________________
Cause of increase Details of area of Valuation of the Remarks
or decrease current year (A) crop in Naye paise
Irriga- Unirri- (to a rupee represen
ted gated ting the normal or
average settlement
yield
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9 10 11 12 13
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_____________________________________________________________
Signature......................
(a) To be filled in for final forecast only
Date.............................
In the Remarks column mention..................
1. Whether the sowings were early or in time or late;
2. Whether the harvesting commenced in time.
3. Specify gross areas under mixed crops separatelyin the remarkas column.
FORM F.C.II
Forecasts State Return
Forecast report on.....................Crop for the year 19...............
............................State
______________________________________________________________________
AREA IN ACRES
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
District Of current Of previous Average of Preceding Percentage by which column
year crop year crop 3 years 5 years No.2 exceeds or is less than
Column Column Column
No.3 No.4 No.5
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------Percentage Of
Current year 's Of Previous
year's Average of Preceding
of each crop only crop only 3 years 5 years
irrigated in
the current
year
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9 10 11 12 13
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
YIELD IN TONS
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Percentage by which column no.10 Condition factor Harvest price Remarks
exceeds or
is less than
Column Column Column
No.11 No.12 No.13
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
14 15 16 17 18 19
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Due Date fixed by Central Government...............................................
Date of which return is despatched......................................................
Reasons of delay, if any.......................................................................
CURRENT
PRICES
In connection with this chapter, paragraph 819 of the Land Administration Manual should be read.
14.1 Register maintained by Deputy Commissioners - (i) Every Deputy Commissioner shall maintain a register as in Form P.C.1 showing the retail prices at district headquarters of every article specified in the crop abstract of the district referred to in paragraph 10.1 of manual and firewood and salt. This register shall be arranged in twelve sheets , one sheet for each month, and the prices will be recorded twice a month, viz, on the 15th and on the last day of the month, those of each monthof the current year following the entries for the same month of the preceding year. The duty of maintaining this register is entrusted to the district kanungo, who should obtain his information from the tahsildar of the headquarters' Tahsil.
(ii) Return sent to Director of Land Records - From the prices contained in this register a return as in Form P.C.2 will be compiled in the General Office of the Deputy Commissioner, and despatched on the Ist and 16th of each month to the Director of Land Records. It is not necessary to keep a copy of this return. If the price of any article is not stated , the reason (e.g. "not procurable", "not produced", etc.) should invaribly be given.
(iii) The price in this return are
those required for the reports submitted to the Government of India, and the
articles of which prices are shown should not therefore be altered or added to
in any case except under instructions from the Financial Commissioners.
14.2 Report of Wholesale prices - Deputy Commissioners are reuired to report to the Director of Land Records on the Ist and 16th of each month, the wholesale prices of the principal foodgrains etc., in form P.C.3. This information is supplied to the Deputy Commissioners by the tahsildars of Jullundhar, Ludhiana, Ferozepur, Amritsar, Gurdaspur, Phagwara, Pathankot, Bhatinda, Faridkot and the Naib Tahsildar Abohar and Dhuri after collecting figures from their mandis.
Care shold be taken to prepare this
return strictly in accordance with the instructions given at the foot of the
form. REgisters will be maintained in the districts named for wholesale prices
in the same way as for retail prices.
14.3.- 14.7. (Deleted)
14.8. Preparation of lists or prices in special emergencies - Orders as to lists of prices which have to be prepared in special emergencies when troops are on the march, or for checking of accounts, will be found in part G (price lists) of standing order No.58-Troops which is repeated here.
(PART G OF
STANDING ORDER NO.58)
PRICE LISTS
1. (a) for tropps on the march - (i) Besides having to supply articles, Deputy Commissioners may also be called upon to furnish information aas to the current prices for the same. This information is usually required merely as a safeguard against overcharging on the part of shopkeepers in the camp.
(ii)
For this purpose Deputy Commissioners should give to tahsildars a list of the
camping grounds where price lists are to be kep, and also a list of the
articles to be included in these price lists. Nothing should be included which
cannot form the subject of a requisition as described in the preceding
paragraph. The price lists need only be prepared during the camping season when
troops are on teh march, and in the case of the less frequented camping
grounds, it will be sufficient to prepare them on intimation being received of
the passage of troops. The 'prices' quoted will be those prevailing in the
vicnity of the camping ground in question with such enhancement for carriage as
may be reasonable.
2. 2. Cancelled.
3. For audit of bills for compensation for dearness of provisions -(i) A thrid occasional price list which Deputy Commissioners may be called upon to supply is connected with the audit of bills for compensation for dearness of provisions consumed by troops on the march. The following rules relating to this occasional price list are still in force.
(ii) When so called upon, Deputy Commissioners will supply prices current of any of the following articles mentioned in the requisition of which the form is given under paragraph 11.2 of Part F of standing order No.58:-
(1) Gram
(2) Barley
(3) Bajra
(4) other inferior grains
(5) Grass
(6) Wheat Flour, usual first or second quality
(7) Rice, usual first or second quality
(8) Dal }
(9) Ghee } first or second quality
(10)Salt }
(11) Gharrahs.
(iii) It appears to be the practice of Commanding Officers in some cases to ask for prices of both first and second class qualities of wheat flour, dal, ghee and salt. If such a requisition is made and quotations are available for one quality only, that should be assumed to be the first or usual quality unless it is expressly reported to be somethind else and the entry against the second quality should be "Nil".
(iv) The prices to be entered are to be ruling or prevailing prices. If the average of a week or a month is available it may be given. But it is not necessary to record the prices daily for the purpose of striking an average. What is wanted is a statement of the prices usually paid during the period, if any specified in the requisition, or if no period is specified, during the week preceding the requistion.
(v) When purchases of the provisions have been made in a bazar, the current prices to be supplied by civil officers are to show the rates ruling in that bazar, the rates to be shown are those prevailing in the large town or bazar nearest to the place or purchase. It follows that the rates must be reported by the tahsildar in whose tahsilthe bazar or the town in question is situated. The tehsildar shall primarily be responsible for the accuracy which he reports to be prevailing. The certificate to be supplied to the Commanding Officer must be signed by the Deputy Commissioner, whose signatures will imply that he is satisfied that the tahsildar's report be accepted as correct.
4. The price list enumerated above, togehter with those periodical returns, which are described in this chapter, are all that Deputy Commissioners can be called upon to supply to military officers, and no other information should be given without the sanction of Financial Commissioner.
14.9 Maintenance of a general register of prices at every headquater's tahsil - At every headquarters tahsil and for Abohar and Pathankot a general register of prices must be maintained for such articles as are required locally in order to comply with the orders contained in this chapter and standing order No.58. Entries will be made daily or weekly as circumstances require. At other tahsils it is left to the discretion of the Deputy Commissioner to abolish this register if price lists are rarely or never supplied to the military authorities under part G of standing order No.58 (Reproduced in paragraph 14.8 supra.)
14.10 Price list for general information In certain large towns, especially where there is a large civil station, a practice exists by which Deputy Commissioners publish a price list for general information. As long as this information is obtained from the tahsil registers referred to in paragraph 14.9 supra and causes no more labour than is involved in copying out the entries, the practice is unobjectionable, but is should be realised that it is not obligatory and is supported only by usage. The matter is left entirely to the discretion of the Deputy Commissioners. A simple way of meeting the expectation of the public is, where it can be so arranged without cost to Government, to send a weekly list to the local press. Individual applications for information as to prices should , in no circumstances, be entertained.
14.11 Price list not furnished to hospitals - No list of current prices will be furnished to hospitals or dispensaries under the control of the Director Health Services and any application for the supply of such lists should be referred for the orders of the Financial Commissioner.
14.12 Instructions for the attestation of prices - It is the duty of the Deputy Commissioners to see that instructions contained in paragraph 14.1 and 14.2 supra are properly carried out by the Extra Assistant Commissioners responsible for the attestation of prices. Care should be specially taken to avoid, in all lists of prices compiled, the following obvious errors :-
(i) the entry of constant prices for months together in one station, while in neighbouring stations considerable fluctuations are shown ;
(ii) the entry of wholesale prices higher than the retail prices reported for the same food grains in the same station for the same period ;
(iii) the entry of prima facie absured variations in prices from fortnight to fortnight in the same station.
(iv) the entry of prices apparently for the same quality of any particular foodgrain in successive periods when in fact the prices quoted are not for the same quality.
Experience has shown that unless precautionary meausresare taken, the actual work of recording prices is apt to degenerate into routine and to be left to a low paid clerk, and most of the mistakes may ultimately be traced to this fact.
14.13 Inspection of registers of prices - The Director of Land Records is required to check the register of prices maintained at district and tahsil offices at the time of his inspection
14.14 [Deleted]
14.15 Lists and registers of prices to be prepared with care - With regard to the lists and registers referred to in paragraphs 14.9 and 14.10 supra the attestation of Deputy Commissioners is drawn to the fact that the nirkhnama rates are often below bazar rates and consequently contractors and shopkeepers at camping grounds do not received full price. On the other hand, it must be remembered that the military authorities sometimes issu contracts, e.g., for the supply of bhusa to camel crops, based on the rates shown from time to time in the list of bazar prices supplied to them. These lists should therefore be carefully prepared to ensure that the public money is not wasted by the record of exaggregated rates.
14.16 14.16 [Deleted]
FORM P.C.1
(PARAGRAPH 14.1)
__________________DISTRICT
REGISTER OF RETAIL PRICES FOR THE MONTH OF ____________ STATED IN KILOGRAMS PER RUPEE.
Year First or Second Remarks
fortnight
______________________________________________
INSTRUCTIONS
Arrange the various articles of produce as nearly as may be under the groups and in the order prescribed for statement IV of the Season and crop report. No attempt should be made to strike averages for the fortnight. The rate given should be that obtained on the last date of each fortnight. The prices are to be those obtained at the headquarters of the district and no averages are to be struck for other places in the district. The salt of which the prices current will be entered should be that commonly used in the district.
FORM P.C.2
________________DISTRICT
RETAIL
PRICES CURRENT OF FOOD-GRAINS ETC. AT THE HEAD QUARTERS OF THE DISTRICT AT THE
CLOSE OF THE HALF MONTH ENDING____________________________(KILOGRAMS)
PARAGRAPH 14.1 (ii)
1 2 3 4
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Items Amount per
rupee
----------------
kilogram
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Wheat
Barley
Rice (Basmati)
" (Common Sort)
Jowar (Sorghum Vulgara)
Bajra (Pennistem typhoidium)
Massur
Mash
Gram (Cicer arietinum unhusked)
Moong
Maize
Arhar (Cejanus indicus)(husked dal)
(Tut)
Soft Coke
Fireweood
Charcoal (Refined ground)
Salt (Common unground)
Sugar (Refined)(Retail)
Gur (Sugar raw)
Cotton (unginned) {Desi
{American
Cotton (cleanned) {Desi
{American
Potatoes
Goat Meet
Pork
Fish
Eggs
Onions
Chillies
Turmeric
Groundnut
Til
Sarson
Kerosene Oil
Ghee (Desi)
Hydrigebatir Vegitable Oil
Milk
INSTRUCTIONS
No attempt should be made to strike averages for the fortnight. The rate given should be that entered in form P.C.1 and the other instructions appended to Form P.C.1 apply equally to this return.
NOTE :- 1.Full explanation should be given for all differences of 20 percent, or over in quotations as compared with those in the preceding statement.
2. The cause of ommission of any price should be given in the column of remarks.
FORM P.C.3
STATEMENT SHOWING PRICES CURENT (WHOLESALE) OF FOODGRAINS ETC.IN THE MART____________OF THE ___________DISTRICT DURING THE FORTNIGH ENDING______________.
(PARAGRAPH 14.2)
(Wholesale price per quintal)
Items Wholesale price Remarks
in rupees
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Rice unhusked (Basmati)
Rice husked (Basmati)
Rice unhussked (Common Sort)
Rice husked (Common Sort)
Wheat
Barley
Oats
Jowar
Bajra
Maize
Gram
Dal (Arhar or toor)
Moong
Mash
Massar
Linseed
Rapeseed(Sarshaff)
Groundnut
Til (jinjilli seed)
Sugar (raw) gur
Sugar (refined)
Cotton {Desi
(Cleanned) {American
Cotton {Desi
(unginned) {American
Cotton seed
Ghee
Potatoes
Onions
Chillies
Flour Wheat(Maida)
Atta Wheat
Tobacco
Turmeric (underground)
Salt refined (Ground
common(unground)
Dry hides (ist and 2nds { }Framed
rejection) of {Cows }
{ }Country
{ }Framed
{Bulls }
{ }Country
Hydrogenated Vegitable oils
Vrab
Grass (dry)
Bhusa (White)
Jowar stalks
Bengal Coal (Soft Coke)
Kerosene oil (per tin staint the brand)
Toraia
INSTURCTIONS
(a) No return need be made by any
district of prices of articles which are not staples of local trade.
(b) The rates quoted should be those for wholesale transacations on the last day fo teh fortnight under report, or , in default of such for the most recent transactions in the fortnight. Where wholesale price is not available retail price should be shown with the prefix "R" against the rate.
(c) Following quantities shall be regarded as wholesale transactions:-
(1) at least 40 kilometers of tobacco leaf (dry) turmeric (unground), and raw and refined sugar and at least 4 Quintals for all other articles
(d) The prices should be rendered in terms of rupees for a quintal.
(e) The prices should be collected on the 15th and on the last day of each month, on which dates the retail prices of foodgrains and salt arecollected and of which fortnightly returns are now published in the official gazette. This arrangement will enable the staff which now collects the retail prices to collect the wholesale prices at the same time.
(f) Full explanation should be given for all differences of 20 percent, or over in quotations as compared with those in the preceding statement.
FORM P.C.4.
[Deleted]
FORM P.C.5.
[Deleted}
FORM P.C.6.
[Deleted]
CHAPTER 15
CROP
EXPERIMENTS
(Replaces
standing order No.9-A original issue, dated 18th October,1929)
EXPERIMENTS BY REVENUE STAFF
15.1 The Government of India having directed tables to be prepared quinquennially showing the average produce of teh crops cultivated, the Agriculture Department in all districts of the State. With the help of the results of these experiments the existing estimates of the normal rates of yield will be revised at the end of each period of five years. When a district comes under settlement, the Settlement Officer will conduct as many reliable crop experiments as he can in the manner prescribed in appendix X to the Settlement Manual and report the results to the Commissioner, who will forward them with his remarks to the Director of Land Records.
15.2 Experiments by agricultural staff.- In all districts where agricultural officers are stationed, experiments will, under the orders of Government, be conducted by members of the Agricultural Department. Results of experiments conducted by them shall be communicated by the Director of Agriculture after each harvest to the Director of Land Records.
15.3
[Deleted].
15.4 Preliminary reports by agricultural staff – (a) Each Deputy Director of Agriculture and Statistical Department of Agriculture shall personally make one experiment with cotton and one with wheat each year. Each agricultural officer on district work shall conduct seven experiments in Kharif and six experiments in Rabi harvest with the crops shown in table C as follows :-
Kharif – Cotton two, and rice, maize, jowar, cane, and bajra, one each.
Rabi – Wheat two, barley, gram, toria, sarson and tobacco, one each.
Table C attached shows the principal crops in which, and the kind of land on which, experiments are to be made.
(b) On the following dates each year the officer in charge of the experiment should make a preliminary report in table D to the Director of Agriculture, stating in what villages and in what zamindars lands, he will conduct the experiment for the crop then ripening. The assessment circle in which the villages in question are situated should also be stated. This can be ascertained without any difficulty by enquiry from the tahsil :-
Crops Date
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Toria Ist December
Rape and taramira 15th January
Rabi Crops Ist March
Tobacco 21st May
Kharif Crops 15th September
15.5 Instructions as to how experiments are to be carried out. – The plots on which experiments are to be undertaken, should be selected at random.
15.6 As far as possible the plots selected for experiments should be long narrow strips, at least five times as long as broad, of which the areas should be not less than 1/20th of an hectare and not more than 1/10th of an hectare. In the case of cane the area should be 1/80th of an hectare.
15.7 The field selected should be an average field in an average village in the assessment circle concerned by irrigated crops are meant crops in which water has been supplied by the ordinary methods in use in the district, as by canals, wells etc. The kind of irigation applied to each crop experimented on should be noted. Experiments in crops which are specially noted as unirrigated should of course only be made in rain fed crops. AT the time of selection the Officer deputed to conduct the experiment should invariably deputed to conduct the experiment should invariably record what the zamindars associated with him in the selection calculate the outturn will be, and whether they consider it average of the harvest for the crop and soil under experiment. Their opinion should be noted in the column of remarks of table B. The particulars regarding the history and circumstances of the holding and other information required in the printed form of report should be stated intelligently, but in the briefest form.
15.8
With all the crops specified, excepting cotton, tobacco and cane, the process
of conducting the experiment is simple and easy. The crop should be dead ripe.
It may then be cut and exposed to the sun till it is fit for threshing. The
produce should then be trodden out or
threshed in the way common in the neighbourhood. Care must of course be taken
that grain is not lost during threshing or winnowing. In weighing the grain and
tobacco a deduction of five percent, will usually be sufficient for dryage,
but, if the grain and tobacco seem at all moist, five kilograms of them should
be thoroughly dried and wieghed again, and the resulting deduction applied
proportionately to the whole quantity.
15.9 Cotton is picked several times at intervals of
several days as the pods ripen. In the case of tobacco the crop after cutting
is exposed to the sun for about a week and then buried under ground for as
similar period after which it is taken out. The leaves are then dried, twisted
into ropes, and weighed to fix the yield per hectares. It will, therefore,
generally be difficult for an officer to supervise the whole of the experiment
on these two crops personally. He should see the first and at least one of the
subsequent pickings performed in case of cotton, and the cutting and weighing
operations in case of tobacco, and must depute the remainder of the work to a
trustworthy subordinate. In the case of sugar cane it may not be possible to
get the canes crushed at once and the juice boiled within a reasonable time. It
may, however be possible either to obtain a correct result by weighing the cut
cane after removal of the trash and tops, and by then ascertaining what weight
of gur or rab is produced from a given weight
of similar cane; or else the area of the experiment may be sufficiently
reduced to permit of a complete direct experiment being carried out.
15.10 The agricultural officer incharge of the experiment should at the end of each harvest submit to the Director of Agriculture a report of the result of the experiments in the form of table B. Separate forms should be used for each district experimented on. Printed copies of this form will be supplied by the Director of Agriculture's office. In filling up the form care should be taken that the instructions printed thereunder as foot notes are correctly carried out.
15.11 After each harvest all experiments made during it, by the agricultural staff, should be carefully examined in detail by the Directors of Agriculture and of Land Records, sitting together, and any experiment they consider unreliable, for reasons to be briefly recorded, should be discarded.
15.12 The Director of Land Records should, after each harvest, write a short note for the information of the Financial Commissioners and Government, showing for each crop experimented on in each district the results of teh experiments made by the Agricultural Department and by Settlement Officers separately in the proceeding crop, the number of experiments, are experimented on and the like. It should also show the outturn assumed at last settlement. To this note should be appended a statement in the following form:-
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Distt. Tehsil Assess Number of Outturn per hectare Total area Remar
ment circle expiments of all accepted exper experimen
conducted iments on ted on
Irrigated Unirrigated
Land Land
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------
15.13 Crop experiment returns should be kept till next settlement and then made over to Settlement Officers.
TABLE B
Statement of
results of crop experiments in the _______ district for __________Season 19
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1
1(a) 2 3 4 5
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Serial no. Tehsil Assessment circle Village Kind of Crop Area sown
with
the crop
------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6
7 8 9 10 11
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Class of State and resou Details of Details of name and rank Area out
irrigation rces of cultivation cultivation manuring of officers and
in three pre watering of date of making
ceding seasons crop under the experiment
experiment
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12
13 14 15 16 17 18
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Weight of produce Produce per hectatre Quinnquintal Average Remarks
in kilogram in kilogram average outtun outturn per
Grain Straw Grain Straw per hect. of assumed at
grain in kilogram last settle
ment of grain
in kilograms
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TABLE C
Crops in
which experiments will be made by the officers of the agriculture
department
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Kharif
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sr. No. District Sugarcane Jowar
-------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------
Planted Rantoon Irrigated Unirriga ------------------------------------------------------- ted
irrigated unirrigated irigated
unirrigated
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cotton Rice Maize
----------------------------------------------------- --------------------------- ---------------------
American Desi Irrigated Unirrigated Irrigated Unirrigate
----------------------------- ----------------------
Irigated Unirrigated Irrigated Unirrigated
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Rabi
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Wheat Barley Gram
------------------------------------ --------------------------------- -------------------------------
Irrigated Unirrigated Irrigated Unirrigated Irrigated Unirrigated
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Tobacco
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Irrigated Unirrigated
-------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------
N.Rustica N.Tobacum N. tobacum
Virginia type Desi type
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Toria and Rape Name of Officers incharge of experiments
-------------------------------------
Irrigated Unirrigated
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TABLE D
Preliminary
Report on crop experiments proposed to be conducted in the ___________District
for____________ Season 19_____
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Serial No. Kind of Crop Name of Village Assessment Circle and Tahsil
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 2 3 4
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Owner's name and Class of Soil Area of Estimated Remarks
description field outturn per hect.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 6
7 8 9
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
QUINQUENNIAL
WAGE CENSUS
[Deleted]
CHAPTER 17
GAZETTEERS
(Replaces
Standing Order No.43, Original Issue, dated 19th October,1909)
17.1
Introductory - The orders of the Government of India as to the preparation
of Gazetteers will be found in paragraph 836 of the Land Administration Manual.
The revision of Gazetteers has now been entrusted to a separate organization
under the supervision and control of the State Editor, Gazetteers, who
undertakes the work of revising Gazetteers under the administrative control of
the Financial Commissioner, Revenue. The latest instructions of the Government
of India regarding the revision of Gzetteers are contained in their letter
No.F.23-1/55.C-1(A) dated 17th November 1956. Besides making the
gazetteers more detailed and comprehensive, the new instructions provide for
only one volume of the gazetteers for both descriptive and statistical matter
instead of having two separate volumes 'A' and 'B' as provided in paragraph 836
of the Land Administration Manual.
17.2 Plan of Gazetters - The District
Gazetters will have 19 chapters. To ensure "uniformity of form contents and standard", the Government of India laid down chapter
headings and contents "providing", however, "room for variations
and additions to meet the local or special needs." This pattern is
detailed hereunder :-
DISTRICT
GAZETTERS
CHAPTER 1
GENERAL
(a) Introductory :-
(i) Origin of the name of the district.
(ii) Location, general boundaries, total area and population of the district.
(iii) History of the district as an administrative unit and the charges in its component parts;
(iv) Sub-Divisions, Tahsils and Thanas.
Note
– For the sake of convenience a general reference may be made these subjects in
the chapter of "General Administration".
(b) Topography :-
(i) Natural Divisions, Elevation, configuration etc.
(ii) Hills; Mountain system to which they belong, main peaks, heigh situation, vegetation etc.
(iii) Plateaus and plains; Variations in sea level and lines of natural drainage ;
(iv) Deserts.
(c) River System and Water Resources –
(i) Main Rivers and Tributaries and Canals
(ii) Mineral Resources.
(d) Geology –
(i) Geological Formation ;
(ii) Mineral Resources;
(iii) Seismicity
(e) Flora-
(f) Fauna –
(g) Climate –
(i) Climatic divisions and seasons and their duration;
(ii) Temprature and humidity
(iii) Rainfall ;
(iv) Atmospheric pressure and winds.
CHAPTER II
HISTORY
(a) Pre-history and Archaeology.
(b) Early period
(c) Medieval period
(d) Modren period.
Note – The section headings are given only to indicate the general scope of the subject and the State Editors might effect such changes as they consider necessary to present local history in the proper light. The study should be based on standard works, due attention being paid to recent advances in historical research . Adequate attention should be paid to the pre-British period and the post-Mutiny developments which have not received adequate attention in the old Gazetters. Matters relating to economic, social and cultural life should receive as much attention as political history. Particular regard should be had to public life and popular movements of the 19th century which have received scant attention in the past. In the treatment of events after the First world war, there is need for very great objectivity and the account should be limited to a narration of well-accepted facts. Since the history of India as a whole will be dealt with at length in the Central Gazetters, the District Gazetters should aim at highlighing the local history and local manifetation of all India events. Papers in the Local Record Rooms, family archives and papers with religious and other institutions may be utilised to the extent resources permit. Such of those papers as can well go in with the Gazetters may be given in the Appendix. But many documents of great historical value, which cannot appropriately be included in the Gazetters, may come to light in the course of the work on the Gazetters. The attention of the State Government may be drawn to them to secure their publication outside the Gazetters Scheme.
CHAPTER III
PEOPLE
(a) Population :-
(i) Total population :
Emigration and immigration.
(ii) Distribution of population between rural and urban areas.
(b) Language.
(c) (a) Religion and Caste.
Principal Communities
(d)
(b) Social life :-
(i) Property and Inheritence;
(ii) Marriages and morals :
Marriage.
Widow Re-marriage.
Morals.
Birth and Death Ceremonies.
(iii) (iii) Home Life –
Types of Dwellings.
Furniture and Decoration.
Dress and Ornaments.
(iv) (iv) Communal Life –
Fairs and Festivals.
Folk Songs and Cultural Life.
Games and Recreations.
(e) (c) Rehabilitation-
Rural Re-settlement
Urban Re-settlement.
Note – It was the practice of the
old Gazetters to deal with the manners, customs and belies of each caste and
tribe at length. A briefer treatment would appear to be adepate for the present
purpose. Those who are interested inf urther details can consult the old
Gazeteers and books on social anthropology. Castes and tribes which are
culturally distinct and unique may, however, require fuller treatment. The old
Gazeteers also overstressed the
prevalence of animistic beliefs and survivals of old customs and rituals.
Valuable as these studies are they do not give a correct picture of the people
as a shole. Sufficient attention should be paid to the influence of higher
religious ideas and also to the new religious and social reform
movements.
CHAPTER
IV
AGRICULTURE AND
IRRIGATION
(a) Land Reclamation and Utilisation -
(i) Land utilisation.
(ii) Cultivable waste.
(iii) Reclamation of Waterlogged Areas, Swamps , etc.
(b) Irrigation –
(i) Irrigation facilities -
Canals
Wells
Tube-wells and pumping sets.
(c) Agriculture including Horticulture –
(i) Set-up and Activities of the Agriculture
Department;
(ii) Soils, climate and crops -
Soils
Major and subsidary crops.
Vegetables.
Fruit crops and gardens.
(iii) Improved Agricultural Practices;
(iv) Crop competition scheme;
(v) Agricultural Co-operatives -
(1) (1) Primary Agricultural Credit-Service
Societies.
(2) (2) Agricultural Non-credit societies :
Co-operative Marketing Societies
Co-operative Farming Societies
Other Societies.
(vi) Programme of Scientific Agriculture-
Agriculture Implements.
Seeds.
Crop rotation.
Fallow cultivation.
Fertilizers and Manures.
Chemical Fertilizers.
Local Manurial resources.
Rural Compost and Cattle Dunge Manure.
Green Manuring
Town Compost and Sewage Utilization
Urban Compost
Sewage/Sullage Utilization.
(vii) Agriculture diseases and Pests and Obnox-
ious Weeds.
(d) Animal Husbandry and Fishries –
(i) Animal Health and Breeding Wings.
Animal Health Wing.
Animal Breeding Wing.
Intensive Cattle Development Project Centre
Development of Gaushalls.
Cattle Faris and Shows.
Castration.
Control of Menance of Wild and Stray Catt-
les.
Gosadans.
(ii) Area under Fodder Crops;
(iii) Dairy Farming;
(iv) Sheep Breeding;
(v) Poultry Farming;
(vi) Piggery ;
(vii) Fisheriesl
(viii) Animal Diseases and Veterniary Hospitals.
(e) Forestry -
(i) Importance of Forestry in the economey of the District;
(ii) Forest produce.
(f) Floods.
(g)
Famine.
APPENDICES.
Note – Particular attention may
be paid to institutions formed for exploiting
on a larger scale , agricultural, forest and animal husbandry resources,
e.g. coffee and tea plantation. Special attention may also be paid to
co-operation in the production and marketing of agriculture products.
CHAPTER
V
INDSUTRIES
(a) Old time Industries and Industrial Development.
(b) State Aid to Industries.
(c) Industrial Training.
(d) Industrial areas and Estates.
(e) Sources of Power.
(f) Growth and Development of Industry.
(g) Industries and Manufactures of the District –
(i) Large Scale Industries ;
(ii) Small-Scale Industreis ;
(iii) Village/Cottage Industries and Handicrafts;
(iv) Industrial Arts;
(h) Industrial Potential and Plans
for future Development.
(i) Role of Industrial Co-operatives.
(j) Labour and Employers' Organisations.
Note – In respect of each of the
Industries, the following particulars may be given; the location of the
factories, when they were started bumber of persons employed, capital
investment, wages, sources of supply of raw material, significant features in
the manufacturing process, and finished products and their marketing. More
important of the Industries may be considered individually, while the others
may be treated under appropriate groups. Special mention may be made of State or Municipal management of industris
and also of co-operative ownership and
management of industries. Under the head
"Ïndustrial Arts", the manufacture of articles which transcend
purely utility considerations and reach
the realm of art may be mentioned.
CHPATER VI
BANKING, TRADE AND COMMERCE
(A) Banking and Finance -
(a) (a) History of Indigenous Banking.
(b) (b) General credit facilities :-
(i) Indebtedness, Rural and Urban;
(ii) Role of private money-lenders and financers;
(iii) Government and Semi-Government credit
agencies.
(iv) Joint Stock Bank;
(v) Other loan and investment companies;
(vi) Co-operative credit;
(c) Insurance and Small Savings.
(d)
Currency and Coinage.
(B) Trade and Commerce –
(a) Course of a Trade.
(b) Trade Centres –
(i) Regulated and Unregulated Markets.
(ii) Fairs Melas and Other Rural Marketing Centres.
(c) Co-operation in Trade –
(i) Co-operative Marketing.
(ii) Co-operative Consumers Stores.
(d) State Trading.
(e) Merchants and Consumers Associations and Organs for Dissemination of Trade News.
(f) Wieghts and Measures.
(g) Storage and Warehousing.
Appendices.
CHAPTER
VII
COMMUNICATIONS
(a) Old tune trade routes and highways and modes of conveyance.
(b) Road Transport ;
(i) Classification of Roads -
National Highways.
State Highways.
District Major Roads.
District Minor Roads.
Village Roads.
Municipal Roads.
(ii) Vehicles and Conveyances –
Automobiles.
Cycles.
Cycle Rickshaws.
Horse Carriages.
(iii) Public and Private Transport
(c) Railways :
Rail Road Competition.
(d) Waterways, Ferries and Bridges.
(e) Air Transport
(f) Travel and Tourist Facilities ;
Dak Bungalows and Rest Houses.
(g) Posts, Telegraphs and Telephones.
(h) Radio and Wireless Stations.
(i) Organisations of Owners and Employees in the Field of Transport and Communications.
Appendices.
CHAPTER VIII
MISCLLANEOUS OCCUPATION
(a) Public Administration –
State, Central and Local Government Services.
Public Employees Organisation.
(b) Army.
(c) Learned Professionals –
Educational Services.
Medical and Health Services.
Legal Services.
Engineering Services.
(d) Personal and Domestic Services –
Personal Services.
Barbers.
Washermen.
Tailors.
Self-employed persons.
Domestic Services.
(e) Miscellaneous Services –
Transport Services.
CHAPTER IX
ECONOMIC TRENDS
(a) Livelihood Pattern and General Level of Prices and Wages and Standard of Living.
(b) Employment situation –
Employment Exchange.
Employment Market Information Scheme.
Vocational Guidance Scheme.
(c) Planning and Community Development.
Appendices.
CHAPTER X
GENERAL ADMINISTRATION
(a) Historical Background and Divisions of the District Administrative Divisions.
(b) District Authorities –
Deputy Commissioners.
Sub-Divisional Officers.
Tehsildars and staff.
(c) Development Organisation.
(d) Panchyati Raj –
Panchayats.
Panchayat Samitis
Zila Parishad.
(e) General Arrangement for disposal of Business-
General Assistants.
Public Greievances Officer.
Civil Defence Controller.
Executive Magistrate.
Assistant Commissioners.
Registration.
Official Receiver.
Oath Commissioners.
Notary Public.
District Attorney.
(f) District Committees.
(g) Other Important Officers –
Police.
Judiciary.
Military.
(h) Other State and Central Government Officers.
CHAPTER XI
REVENUE ADMINISTRATION
(a) Land Revenue Administration –
(i) History of Land Revenue Assessment and Management.
(ii) Collection of Land Revenue.
(iii) Organisation for purposes of Land Administration.
(iv) Income from Land Revenue and Special Cesses.
(b) Land Reforms –
(i) Security of Land Tenures.
(ii) Utilisation of Lands.
(iii) Consolidation of Holdings.
(iv) Agrarian movements, Bhoodan, peasent or-
ganisations etc.
(v) Rural wages and condition of agricultural
labour.
(c) Other sources of Revenue, State and Central.
CHPATER XII
LAW AND ORDER AND JUSTICE
(a) Incidence of Crime in District.
(b) History and Organisation of Police –
Organisation of Police.
Civil Police.
Punjab Armed Police and Mounted Police.
Prosecution Staff.
Criminal Investigation Department.
Vigilence Police.
Anti-Smuggling Staff.
Police Wireless Station.
Railway Police.
Excise Police Staff.
Village Police.
Punjab Home Guards.
(c) Jails and Lock-ups –
(i) Location of Jails and Lock ups and prison organisations.
(ii) Prison discipline.
(iii) Welfare of Prisoners : Vocational Training, educational facilities, recreation, etc.;
(iv) District Crime Prevention Officer.
(v) Organisation of Civil and Criminal Courts.
(vi) Bar Associations.
CHAPTER XIII
OTHER DEPARTMENTS
(a) Public Works Department.
(b) Public Relation Department.
(c) Co-operative Department.
(d) Food and Supplies Department.
(e) Finance Department
(f) Planning Department
(g) Language Department
Note – The arrangement should follow the organisational pattren of
each State. In
view of the recommendations of the Second State
Editors conference, the scope of the chapter is limited to a
consideration of the activities of those departments whose work has not been
reviewed in other chapters.
CHAPTER XIV
LOCAL GOVERNMENT
(a) (a) Evolution of Local Government in the District.
(b) (b) Organisation and Structure.
Functions and
Duties of Municipal Committees.
(c) (c) Town Planning and Housing.
(d) (d) Panchayati Raj; its organisation and structure;
powers and
duties; financial resources; special acheivements, if any ; etc..
APPENDICES.
CHAPTER XV
EDUCTION AND
CULTURE
(a) Historical Background : Centres of Learning in ancient, medieval and early modern time. Beginnings of Westren Education and pioneer work, done in the district.
(b) Literacy and Educational Standards :-
Educational Societies rendering service in the field of education;
Women's Education;
Education of Scheduled Castes and Backward Classes.
Role of Local Bodies in the Field of Education;
Medium of instruction ;
Educational Set-up ;
(c) General Education :-
Pre-primary Schools.
Primary and Basic Schools.
Secondary Schools.
Higher Education.
(d) Professional and Technical Education :-
Teachers Training.
Medical Education.
Engineering.
Technical Education;
Commercial Colleges, etc.
(e) (e) Physical Education :-
Sports Department.
National Fitness Corps.
National Cadet Corps.
Bharat Scouts and Guides.
(f) Schools for Cultivation of Fine Arts : Music, Dancing, Painting etc.
(g) Oriental Schools and Colleges.
(h) Education for the Handicapped : Deaf, Dumb and Blind.
(i) Adult Literacy, Social Education and Measures for the Diffusion of Culture among the Masses.
(j) Cultural and Literary Societies and Periodicals.
(k) Libraries and Museums.
CHAPTER XVI
MEDICAL AND
PUBLIC HEALTH SYSTEM
(a) Public Health and Medical Facilities in the Early Times.
(b) Vital Statistics : General Standard of health or reflected by the statistics. Important causes of mortality.
(c) Diseases Common to the District.
(d) Medical and Public Health Services.
Hospitals, Primary Health Centres, Dispensaries etc.
Blood Banks.
School Health Services.
Medical Aid during Floods.
Prevention of Adulteration of Foodstuffs.
(e) Private Hospitals and Nursing Homes.
(f) Medical and Public Health Education Institutions.
(g) Sanitation.
(i) Public Health and Sanitation in Urban Areas.
(ii) Rural
Sanitation and Water Supply.
Appendices.
CHPATER XVII
OTHER SOCIAL SERVICE
(a) Labour Welfare
Labour Legislation
Subsideised Industrial Housing Scheme
Labour Welfare Centres
(b) Prohibition
(c) Advancement of Backward Classes and Tribes
Scheduled Casts and Backward Classes
Measures Adopted for Betterment of the
Conditions of the Scheduled Castes and
Backward Classes.
Social Welfare Schemes
Industrial Training Schemes
Representative Institutions
(d) Other Social Welfare Activities
Old Age Pension Scheme
(e) Public Trusts, Charitable Endowments and Muslim Wakfs
Appendix
CHAPTER XVIII
PUBLIC LIFE
AND VOLUNTARY SOCIAL
SERVICE ORGANISATIONS
(a) Representation of the District in the State and the Union Legislatures.
Historical Retrospect
General Elections held under the Constitution of India
(b) Political Parties and Organisations
All-India Parties
State Parties
(c) Newspapers and Periodicals.
Newspapers and Periodicals Published in the
District and their Importance.
Newspapers and Periodicals Published outs-
ide but in Fairly Large Circulation in the District.
(d)
Voluntary Social Service Organisations
General Welfare Institutions.
Women's Organisations.
Youth Organisations.
Organistions of National or International Repute.
CHAPTER XIX
PLACES OF INTEREST
All plaes of historical and tourist interest , pilgrim centres, commercial and trading centres, and other important places.
Note – The names should be arranged
in a strictly alphabatical order.
17.3 Map, charts and photographs To
add to the utility and interest of the District Gazetters, a small scale
general map of the district 1 c.m. = 2.5344 k.m. (4 miles to the inch), charts
and photographs of important objects should be provided therein.
17.4 Printing and Publication - On completion, the draft of the Gazetteer will be submitted to the Government of India for scrutiny and approval. In the light of the suggestions of the Government of India, necessary additions and alterations will be made in it.
Thereafter,
the Gazetteer will be sent for printing to the Controller, Prnting and
Stationary, Punjab, Chandigarh, who will arrange that proof sheets are
forwarded to the State Editor, Gazetteers, for correction.
17.5 Collection and Compliation of material for Gazetteers - Whenever the preparation of a District Gazetteer is taken up, the State Editor, Gazetteers, will issue questionnaire/letters to the concerned district and State/Central Authorities and knowledgeable persons and institutions for supplying the necessary information. Information will also be collected personally by the State Editor, Gazetteers, and his staff from departmental reports and other Government publications, relevant books, periodicals and newspapers and by visiting place of interest.
Procedure
in Partition Cases
[This replaces
standing order no.27, original issue, dated 7th June 1909 and
reprint, dated 28th January,1920]
(IN CONNECTION WITH THIS CHAPTER, CHAPTER XIII OF THE LAND ADMINISTRATION MANUAL SHOULD BE CONSULTED)
18.1 Private
Partitions - Although no formal application ha sbeen made, the patwari is
bound, under chapter 7.1 to record voluntary partitions for orders in the
mutation register as soon as they have been acted on. In passing orders such
mutations care must be taken not to treat as partitions of proprietary right
arrangements which the parties dd not intend to be permanent. Share-Holders may
be content for years to have in their cultivating possession less than their
full share of a common holding without intending to give up any part of their
rights of ownership. If any of them objects of the record of the alleged
partition and the attesting officer considers the objection valid, he should
refuse mutation of names and refer the party seeking it to proceedings under
section 123 of the Land Revenue Act. But if he finds that the objection is
vexatious or frivolous, and that a fair private partition has actually been
carried out he should, either affirm the partition himself or refer the case to
the Assistant Collector Ist Grade.
18.2 Partition Cases - Partition cases are
excluded from the jurisdiction of the
civil courts, [Section 158(2) (xvii) and (xviii) of the Land Revenue Act]. They
are heard by a revenue officer of a clas not below that of an Assistant Collector,
Ist grade (section 126 of the Act). Only an officer who is empowered to decide
the case should receive an applicatio9n for partition. A qualified officer to
whom the applicatio9n has been presented can either conduct the whole enquiry
himsel or refer it, under section 17(3) of the Act, to a revenue officer of a
lower grade for investigation and report. The latter course is usually adopted,
and it is, as a rule, the best way of dealing with the case. But the officer
before whom the case has been instituted is responsible for its proper conduct
throughout and should exercise close supervision over the proceedings of the
subordinate official to whom he has referred it for enquiry. A revenue officer,
who in a disputed partition case, is content to pass orders on reports received
from the tehsildar or naib tehsildar , without ever having the parties before
himself distinctly fails in his duty. In particular, he is responsible that no
undue delay takes place at any stage of the proceedings. In serious cases of
delay it is not sufficient to issue reminder. The cause of the delay must be
ascertained, and if it be avoidable, suitable action must be taken against the
suboridnate official concerned.
18.3 Investigation by tehsildar or naib tehsildar - It is to the tehsildar, or to the naib tehsildar in whose circle the estate concerned lies under the division prescribed in paragraph 242, Land Administration Manual, that the case is referred for investigation or report. But when settlement operations are in progress the reference should be made to the settlement tehsildar, who should himself condut the first stages of the proceedings including the mnthond of partition(paragraphs 18.6 to 18.10 infra). When the method of partition has been sanctionedhe may, if he thinks fit, send the file to the naib tehsildar of the circle to complete the remaining stages of the case under his supervision. The naib tehsildar will maintain no register, and the tehsildar will remain responsible that the naib-tehsildar carries out the work entrusted to him correctly and without undue delay.
18.4 who may apply for partition - Any joint owner may apply for partition if –
(a) his share is entered in the last record-of-rights or
(b) his right to a share has been established by decree of court, or
(c) his title has been admitted in writing by all persons interested in the admission or denial thereof(section 111). The mere fact that a man is a "landowner" as defined in section 3(2) of the Land Revenue Act does not entitle him to apply unless he fulfills one or other of the above three conditions.
A mortgagee cannot apply for partiion unless he proves that he is entitled to it by custom or by the term of his mortgage.
A
widow in possession o her husband's undivided share can apply for partition.
18.5 Applications to be accompnied with an extract from jamabandi - The application should be accompanied with an extract from the last detailed jamabandi, giving usually the complete entry for the holding or holdings of which partition is desired. A note of any mutations attested after the iling of the last detailed mutaations attested after the filing of the last detailed jamabandi should be added. Althought he petittioner may only wish to divide part of the joint holding, he should , as a rule, be made to file a copy o the entries for the whole, for the other shareholders may object to a partial partition. The names of all onwers and mortgagees must be given. If the revenue officers has not from the first a list of all the interested parties on his file, great delays are certain to occur. If, however, the area to be devided is very large, consisting, e.g., of a whole village or patti, or of the common land of a whole village or patti convenient abbverations should be allowed in the extract. If the extract is manifestly incomplete, the applicationshould be returned to the petitioner by the officer receiving it, with an order endorsed on it that it may be presented again accompanied with a proper extract. If the imperfection of the extract is not discovered till the case has been referred to the tehsildar, that oficer should fix a reasonable time for the filing of a full extract, and, if the petitioner fails to comply with this order, he should return the application to the officer from whom he received it with the suggestion that it should be removed from the pending file.
18.6 Attendance of parties - All parties interested should be summoned by thge officer making the emquiry to appear [section 113(a)] If they are so numerous that personal service on each of them is not reasonable practicable, the procedure laid down in section 20(3) and 22 of the Land Revenue Act is generally desirable and is perferable to postal service under section 20(4) o the Act, as the latter procedure involves the parties in unnecessary expense. Whether the parties are many or few, it is expedient to post up a proclamation on a village rest house or on some other conspicous place in the village calling on any persons who may have objections to urge to appeal and state them within a certain time. The date ixed should usually be that on which the parties have been summoned to attend. The summonses and proclamation should be issued simultaneously. Dates should not be respeatedly changed because the parties have failed to appear. When the requirements of the law as regards the service of summonseshave been complied with, and the revenue officer is satisfied that all interested parties have had an oppourtunity o being present, he should proceed with the hearing on the date fixed, putting on the file a note of the names o any parties who have both appeared. In cases in which the share holders are numerous, or which are likely to present any difficulty, it is advisable to hold the first hearing in or near the village in which the land is situated. The real points in dispute and the merits of any objections raised are in this way easily brought to light and can be properly tested. The failure to ascertain from the first what is the actual contention of those who oppose partition is a fertile cause of delays and wrong decisions.
18.7 Rejection of application - The real points in dispute having been elicited by a careful examination of the parties, the Revenue Officer should consider thether there is any sufficient cause for absolutely rejecting the application (section 115) . If so, he should report the case for the decision of the officer who referred it to him for inquiry. The latter should usually, before passing his final orders, give the parties an opportunity to appear before himself. The discretion disallow partition given by section 115 of the Land Revenue Act should not be exercised arbitrarily but ordinarily on the grounds set forth in section 111 and 112. Special attention should be given to the requirements of the village including those of non-proprietors in the matter of grazing, and the Wajib-ul-arz must be dealt with under section 117 as a question of title.
18.8 Procedure when there are disputes as to title - If the investigating officer does not consider that there is any valid reason for rejecting the application entirely, but it appear that there are disputes as to title, which must be dealt with in manner laid down in section 117, he should record clearly what the points in issue are, and return the case for the orders of the officer who is competent to decide it. He must not himself take action under section 117. Examples o disputes as to questions of title are –
(a) the respondent denies the correctness of the entry in the record-o-rights;
(b)
The respondent admits the
correctness of the entry in the record-of-rights, but assets that the applicant
is not in possession of his share, and is, therefore, not entitled to claim
partition at all, or that he is not entitled to do so till he has had a
settlement of accounts with respondent, or raises any other objection as to the
locus standi of the applicant to ask for partition.
18.9 Procedure of Assistant Collector under section 117 - The Assistant Collector Ist grade on receiving back the file should himself examine the paties and, if he finds that there is a question of title involved, either decline to grant the application for partition until the question of title has been determined by a competent court, or himself decided the questions of title raised under one or other o the procedures laid down in section 117(2)(a) and (b). The cases which will involve action under this section may be divided broadly into two classes – first those in which an applicant believing that the partition proceedings will give him an advantage over the opposite party has chosen that procedure in order to evade direct resort to the civil courts in respect of a question of title which he knows would be disputed; and, secondtly, those in which the appliant is acting in a straight forward manner, that is to say, in which a partittion is really require official assistance. In the class of cases first mentioned the revenue officer should file the proceedings with leave to either party to apply to have them reopened, on showing that the point at issue had been determined by a competent civil court. In the latter class of cases a revenue officer should exercise the full jurisdiction vested in him by law, and should refrain from putting the parties to the trouble of separete proceedings in civil court, even although the question is one which would ordinarily fall with in the jurisdiction of such a court. When the respondent in the partition proceedings puts forward an objection as to tile the revenue officer should invariably unless there is some special reason to the contrary, proceed to determine the question himself and not refer the objector of a civil court. When he stays proceedings until the question of title has been settled in a civil court, he should send the partition file to the record returns as a decided one. If, on the termination of the proceedings in the civil court, the application petitions to revive the partition case, the file will be restored to the register of pending cases and he reckoned in the business return as a new institution. If the revenue oficer determines to hear the case himself and the burden of proof is on the application for partition, he should order the applicant to put in by a certain date a written statement giving full particulars of his claim. Similarly, if the objecting party is the respondent in the partition proceedings, he should be required to put in a written statement by a certain date giving full particulars of his objections. If either party fails or refuses to obey these instructions the revenue oficer should pass orders under order VIII, rule 10 o the Civil Procedure Code record a brief note stating whether the question at issue is cognizable by a revenue court, [section 117(2) (b)] of the Land Revenue Act, and consequently what his future procedure is intended to be. Although in case o appeal the appellate court would have to decide by what description of court the question was really cognizable, the note of the revenue officer will determine the course of appeal in the first instance and thus save both litigants and the appellate court much trouble.
18.10 Enquiry as to method of partition - (i) If there are no disputes as to title, or all such disputes have been decided under section 117, and the case has been retruned to him for report, the tahsildar should proceed to enquire into any question to the property to be divided and the method to be followed in dividing it [section 116(b)]. A map of the land to be partitioned should be otabined from the patwari and a statement showing the area to be divided and the sahre of the parties should be prepared. Form Ptn.-1 in the appendix is given as a specimen, but it may be modified to show further details when this is considered necessary. In reporting the mode of the partition for sanction, the tahsildar should state clearly what are the points remaining for decision, and they should be fully dealt with. The first matter to be noticed is whether the applicant's share only will be separated off, the other co-sharers continuing to be hold jointly, or whether all the shares will be divided. If there is any provision regulating partitions in the village administration paper, it should be referred to ; if not, the absence o any such provision should be stated. It should be noted whether all the land is to be thrown into one account or whether different classes are to be distinguished. The distinction may consist in part being cultivated, part culturable waste and part barren. Some land may be more valuable than the rest on account of its natural quality or its situation, or the existence of means of quality or its situation, or the existence of means of irrigation. Part may be mortgaged, or held by a tenant-at-will who cannot equitably be turned out. It will, as a rule, be quite impracticable to give every man his exact share of every sort of land, and the investigating officers should set forth clearly how far deviation from the rule of equal proportions is to be allowed, and how men receiving inferior land are to be compensated by an increasein the area allotted to them or otherwise. In this connection efforts should be made to persuade co-sharers to abstain insisting on an exact application of the rule fo equal proportions where this would result in the formation of an excessive number of small scattered plots or fields. It should be pointed out that such a division of holding has many disadvantages from the point o view o agricultural efficiency. It entails waste of the cultivator's time and labour, and adds to the work of his bullocks by multiplying journeys to and from his land. It causes waste of water and even water-logging by involving the use of unnecessarily long, tortuous or badly aligned watercourses from wells and canals. It makes the sinking of wells, draingage, levelling and other agricultural improvements more difficult, while small fields may often be an obstacle to the employment of improved agricultural implements and machinery. Should the parties, nevertheless, desire the application of the rule of equal proportions of each class of land, the revenue officer has discretion under section 118, Land Revenue Act, to refuse compliance if he thinks that the circumstances of the case render that rule inappropriate, and he may instead authorise duly specified deviations from it.
(ii) It is impossible to settle every detail till the partition is actually made on the ground. Something must be left to the patwari, aided if necessary by arbitratorsl but to order a partition, "balihaz nakas wa kamil" as is constantly done, is to throw everything into the patwari's hand. The extent to which existing possession will be respected must be noted. It should be maintained, especially when it is of old standing , as far as this equitably be done. If it is proposed to appoint arbitrators, the matters which they are to determine should be notec, and also what remuneration, if any, they are to receive. The value of the land, for the purpose of calculating the stamp duty on the instrument o partition, the amount of the stamp duty and all fees and costs, and the proportion of the total costs to be borne by the different parties, should be mentioned so that sanction to their recovery may be given. The stamp duty on instruments of partition should be calculated in accordance with item no.45, read with item no.15 in schedule I-A appended to the Indian Stamp Act,II of 1899, as amended by the Indian Stamp (Punjab Second Amendment ) Act, XXXIV of 1960. The provisions of the two items are reproduced below. Revenue Officers are warned that they should give immediate effect to give any further amendment of the stamp law without waiting for a correction slip to this chapter:-
For the amount o the value of the separated share or shares of the property –
Proper Stamp Duty
Where the amount or value secur- Thrity paise.
red does not exceed Rs.10
Where it exceeds Rs. 10 and does Sixty Paise.
not exceed Rs.50
Where it exceeds Rs.50 and does One rupee, Fiftee Paise
not exceed Rs.100
Where it exceeds Rs.100 and does Two rupees, Twenty paise
not exceed Rs.200
Where it exceeds Rs.200 and does Three rupees, Forty paise.
not exceed Rs.300
Where it exceeds Rs.300 and does Four rupees, Fifty paise.
not exceed Rs.400
Where it exceeds Rs.400 and does Five rupees, Sixty-five paise
not exceed Rs.500
Where it exceeds Rs.500 and does Nine rupees.
not exceed Rs.600
Where it exceeds Rs.600 and does Ten rupees, Fifty paise.
not exceed Rs.700
Where it exceeds Rs.700 and does Twelve Rupees.
not exceed Rs.800
Where it exceeds Rs.800 and does Ten rupees, Fifteen paise
not exceed Rs.900
Where it exceeds Rs.900 and does Seven rupees, Twenty five
not exceed Rs.1000 paise.
and for every Rs.500 or part thereof Five rupees, Sixty-five paise
in excess of Rs.1000
N.B. – The largest share remaining after the property is partitioned (or if there are two or more shares of equal value and not smaller than any of the other shares, then one of such equal shares) shall be deemed to be that from which the other shares are separated:
Provided always that –
(a) when an instrument of partition containing an agreement to divide property in severalty is executed and a partition is effected in pursuance of such agreement the duty chargeable upon the instrument effecting such partition shall be reduced by the amount of duty paid in respect o the first instrument, but shall not be less than one rupee, fifteen paise ;
(b) where land is held on revenue settlement for a period not exceeding thirty years and paying the full assessment, the value for the purpose of duty shall be calculated at not more than ten times the annual revenue;
(c) Where a final order for effecting a partition passed by any revenue authority or any civil court, or an award by an arbitrator directing a partition, is stamped with the stamp required or an instrument of partition and an instrument of pratition in pursuance of such instrument shall not exceed one rupee, fifiteen Paise;
(iii) The attention of revenue officers is drawn to the necessity of considering in partition cases any equitable claims which a shareholder who has spent money and labour in reclaiming ravine lands may have to protection from ejectment or to compensation as a preliminary to partition.
18.11 Orders
of Assistant Collector on method of partition - On receiving the file from the
investigating officer, the officer empowered to decide the case should, if he
finds that there is a dispute between the parties on any of the points
connected with the proposed mode of partition, fix a date for hearing the case,
and have be parties duly informed thereof, so as to give them an opportunity o
appearing before him. On the date so fixed, he should examine, so far as may
appear necessary, any of the parties who may be present, and should then record
with his own hand his orders as to the method of partition, the amount of
costs, and the proportion in which they are to be recovered from the different
parties. The orders as to the method of partition should be clear and
unmistakable, and care should be taken that every essential question raised by
the investigating officer's report, or contained in the pleadings, is decided.
Even in cases in which the investigating officer has indicated alternative
courses, and a decision is required between them, it is too common to find
vague and general terms of sanction used, such as "the method of partition proposed by the investigating
officer is sanctioned."The case, will then be returned to the
investigating oficer. Before taking any step to carry out the partition, the
investigating oficer should direct the parties to deposit the whole amount of
the costs in cash by a fixed date. If
the money is not deposited within that period, the case should be forwarded to
the officer empowered to decide it for orders. If the applicant is in earnest
in desiring the partition he is often willing to pay in the whole costs, if the
amount is not large, and the shares due from defaulters can ultimately, under section 98(a), be
recovered as arrears of land revenue and
made over to the applicant. But if it appears to the revenue officer that the
applicant has paid in his share of the costs, but that the respondent, in order
to delay the case, refuses or neglects to pay his share he should order the
amount due from the respondent to be at once recovered as an arrear of land
revenue. All sums received as costs will be credited in the naib sheriff's
accounts and paid into the treasury, the number and date of the dakhila being noted under the
tahsildar's signature in the tahsil register of partition cases (page 10 of
standing order no.55). Such costs, as are not susceptible of speedy disbursement,
should be treated as revenue deposits (Civil Account Code, article 195).
Receipts for all disbursements will be put on the partition file.
18.12. Method of carrying out partition - If the partition is to be made by the patwari, the tahsildar should give him on the spot, if possible, detailed instructions from which he should not be allowed to deviate. As little as possible should be left to the patwari's discretion, and he should not be called on to decide how land should be classified or as to its respective value. Points o this sort are for the parties to agree upon among themselves ; if they cannot agree, the tahsildar must decide them himself. He may, however, appoint arbitrators to do so, if the parties desire it, and he thinks their appointment likely to lead to an equitable and speedy decision. The patwari should only be required to make a correct survey and record o the lands to be partitioned, and of the manner in which they have been divided. Measurements are necessary i numbers are broken up, and in order to determine the proper boundaries of the joint fields, if these have been croached upon to a serious extent by any of the share holders. If the shares are equal and the particular parcels of land to be allotted to each shareholder are to be decided by lot, "kurras", in the form of khatauni slips, should be prepared for each share, the names being left blank. When the partition is completed, the following papers must be drawn up by the patwari and put on the file :-
(a) A tracing from the shajra showing the new field numbers. I the village has been measured on the square system, the square should be shown on the map and the position of the new numbers within the sqaure should be correctly indicated.
(b) A khatauni showing the names of the shareholders, and a full list of the fields allotted to each with their areas.
(c) A field-book of all new fields.
(d) A statement showing in separate columns the area to which each shareholder was entitled according to his recorded share and the area which he has actually received. A specimen form Ptn.-2 is given in the appendix, but it may be modified to whatever extent appears desirable.
18.13. Employment of amins forbidden - The employment of amins to carry out the partition in ordinary cases is forbidden. In the case of partitions of small joint holdings the atwari can do any survey and record work required without detriment to his ordinary work. When a large area, such as the common land o a village or patti has to be divided, the patwari should in ordinary cases be responsible for the partition, but if the work is heavy a qualified assistant may be appointed to help him in carrying on his ordinary duties and the assitant's pay can be charged as part of the costs of the partition. The patwari himself should receive no extra remuneration for what is part of his proper duties.
18.14. Duties of Field Kanungo - (a) The papers field in partition cases are often full of errors , which pass from them into the annual papers and are corrected with great difficulty when they come to light long afterwards in the course perhaps of a new settlement. The field kanungo is as responsble for the accuracy of the patwari's partition work as he is for that of his ordinary work, and this responsibility should be rigorously enforced. He is bound to see that the patwari is carrying out exactly the instructions he has received, and that the work is being done regularly and in order. If not carefully supervised, patwaris spend far more time than they need on partition cases. The map and khatauni should be tested and signed by the kanungo. He must compare the map and khatauni with each other and with the village shajra and the last jamabandi, and see that no numbers are omitted and none entered twice. He must check the entries as to the diensions and areas of fields as he would check similar entries in the patwari's map and field book when re-measurement is going on. He should make the patwari take copies and himself sign these in token o their agreement with the original. The kanungo should then point out to the parties on the spot the lands allotted to each, making over at the same time to each shareholder a copy of the khatauni relating to his land attested by himself. In forwarding to the tahsildar or naib-tehsildar the map and the khatauni which are to be filed with the record, he should report that he has pointed out the land and distributed the khatauni to the parties. Mud pillars should be put up to define boundaries where numbers are divided. It sometimes happens that, when the parties are asked by the tahsildar if they agree to the partition, they answer that they do not know what land has been alloted to each. And cases have frequently occured of a man being allotted one field in the khatauni , but in reality getting possession o another. The patwari following the partition papers records him as holding the latter field merely as a tenant-at-will , and the recorded proprietor may take out a notice of ejectment against him after he has ben dealing with the land for years as full owner. It is therefore, of the great importance that there should be no room left for misunderstanding as to the locality of each man's field or fields. In petty cases, the duty of pointing out his land to each shareholder may be entrusted to the patwari under a special order of the tahsildar recorded on the file.
(b)
In an estate or part thereof which has been repartitioned through the
Consolidation of Holdings Department the inspector or kanungo consolidation
shall give demarcations on the spot by actual measurement.
18.15.
Attestation of partition before the tahsildar - On receiving the map and khatauni with the
field kanungo's report, the tahsildar or naib tahsildar must give notice to all
the parties to appear and state whether they agree to the partition or not.
Repeated notice should not be issued to absentees, but, as soon as he is
satisfied that all parties have had an
opportunity of appearing, the tahsildar should dispose of the case, making any
modifications in the partition which are shown to be necessary, and correcting
the khatauni accordingly. He should then send the case for sanction to the
officer empowered to decide it. All corrections made by the tahsildar should be
commounicated to the kanungo and
patwari. The former should point them out to the parties on the ground and
correct their khatauni and the latter should correct his copy of the khatauni.
If the tahsildar can arrange to collect the parties when he is in or near the
village and dispose of objections on the spot, this stage of the proceedings
will be shortened and much trouble saved.
18.16. Transfer of shamilat at partition - The attestation of all revenue officers dealing with partition cases is drawn to the following ruling. The onus of proving that a deed relating to the transfer of specific land carries with it as necessary thereto a proportionate share of shamilat, lies, when the deed is silent upon the subject upon the pwerson who assets that the gift operates to grant more than it purports to grant. In other words , if a deed of transfer does not specifically mention that a share of the shamilat is transferred with the land the presumption is that the shamilat is not transferred. Officers should not blindly follow the khewat, but should thrown on alienees the onus of proving that they have a share in the shamilat. See also paragraph 7.19.
18.17. The instrument of partition - When sanction has been received, any urther correction in the papers which is rendered necessary by the ordre of the sanctioning officer must be made and communicated to the patwari and kanungo and to the parties. The kanungo should point out to the parties any changes in the allotment of land made under the order finally passed, and should correct their khataunis, after the period for appealing has elapsed without any appeal being lodged, or after any appeal that has been presented has been decided, an instrument of partition must be drawn upon stamped paper by the officer empowered to decide the case (section 121). It should describe the claim and give a detail of the division effected with a reference to the order sanctioning it. The date on which the partition is to take effect must be noted. The form Ptn.-3 given in the aappendix may conveniently be followed and to each such instrument of partition in which new field bumbers are shown in column 4 of the schedule a copy of the tracing of shajra referred to in paragraph 18.12(a) supra should be attached. The instrument of partition should thus be complete in itself so as to enable a civil court in any subsequent litigation to ascertain from it without reference to any other files or records (1) what belonged to whom jointly ; and (2) who got what severally. This object will be secured if the schedule of the form of instrument of partition given in the appendix is carefully filled up. Before sending the case to the record room, the deciding officer should ascertain that the sums paid in as costs have all been disbursed and that vouchers for the expenditure are on the file. If there is any balance, he should pass a distinct order as to the manner in which it is to be disposed of.
18.18. Obtaining possession As a rule the parties will have no difficulty in obtaining possession of the lands allotted to them if the procedure laid down in paragraph 18.14 supra is carefully observed. But i any party to the proceedings is refused possession by another party he can, at any time within threee years from the date entered in the instrument as that form which it will take effect, apply under section 122 to the revenue officer to be put in possession.
18.19.
Mutation in conseqence of partition
- As soon as may be after the date mentioned in the instrument of
partition as that form which it will take eect, the patwari should enter in his
mutation register all changes consequent on the partition. Before sanctioning
any mutation due to partition the attesting oficer must satisfy himself that
possession has been obtained. In the case of uncultivated land it is not
necessry that there should be any tangible sign of the possession of the person
to whom the land has been alloted so long as no one else is in adverse
possession.
18.20
District kanungos and record keepers not to be employed in checking partition
files - District kanungos and record keepers should not be employed in checking
partition files. All needful checking can be done by the reader of the revenue
officer who decides the case.
18.21.
Employment of arbitrators - Allusion has been made in paragraphs 18.10 and
18.12 supra to the employment of arbitrators in partition cases. If the patwari
is an experienced and trustworthy man, it is rarely advisable to appoint
arbitrators, who cannot in any case prepare the partition papers without his
help. Arbitrators nominated by the parties themselves are usually ignorant men,
and each is apt to the partizan of his own nominator. It will, therefore,
generally be expedient for the tahsildar to advise the appointment of some man
of more standing as umpire. In fact, it is often best to appoint some man of
influence in the neighbourhood sole, arbitrator [section 127, (2(d)] . The
tahsildar should carefully explain to the arbitrators what they are expected to
do, and should arrange that the patwari gives them the assistance they require.
APPENDIX
FORM PTN-1
(PARAGRAPH 18.10)
Statement of the area to be
divided and the shares of the parties.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9
No. Name Jama or Share Total Area to be divided Area to which owner
whichever is Cultivated Unculti Total owner entered in olumn
measure of right vated 2 is entitled
Culti- Unculti Total
vated vated
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Area already in possession of owner Deficiency to be made Excess to be given Remar
entered in column 2 good up
Nos. cultivated uncultivated total culti unculti total culti uncul total
vated vated vated tivated
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FORM
PTN-2 (PARAGRAPH 18.12)
Statement comparing area by share and area allotted
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 2 3 4 5 6
No. Name of share holder share Area according to share
cul;tivated uncultivated Total
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7 8 9 10
Area Alloted
Cultivated Uncultivated Total Remarks
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FORM PTN.-3 (PARAGRAPH 18.17).
INSTRUMENT OF PARTITION
(STAMP)
Before_____________________-, exercising the powres of an Assistant Collector of the Ist grade, undr section 6(3) of the Land Revenue Act. Partition case under chapter IX o the Land Revenue Act XVII of 1887, between A.B., first party, and D, second party. Claim to divide
Bighas/
ghumaos of land value ____________. Whereas this case come before me for final
disposal at _________the ________day of __________ and it was then ordered that
partition be made of the land described in columns 1 and 2 of the schedule
hereto annexed, and whereas the period of appeal against the said order has
expired without an appeal being presented
[or whereas the said order has been varied (or maintained) by an ordr of
the _____________ dated the
_____________ day of ___________]. This instrument of partition is now prepared
in order to give effect to my order aforesaid, dated the _________day of __________________[first
order (as varied or maintained), by the order of the ________dated the
___________day of _________second order if any] and it is hereby declared athat
this partition will take effect on and from the ________day of
______________19 .
(Seal of the Assitant
Collector Ist grade)
_________Signature
SCHEDULE
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1
2 3 4
5 6
JOINT LAND BEFORE PARTITION SEPARATE LAND (PARTITION)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Field No. Area Names of Joint Field no. in Area Name of Joint
in village owners with jamabandi village shajra owners to whom
shajra number or in tracing of field is allotted in
shajra hereto partition
attached (in case
of new numbers)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CHAPTER 19
LAND RECORD
OFFICE
Replaces part of sstanding order no.62, original issue, dated 4th March 1910, Ist reprint, dated 26th April 1915, and 2nd reprint, dated 2nd May, 1921.
PART I. –
DISTRICT LAND RECORDS OFFICE
19.1. The Land Records Office - In all districts a separate record room called the Land Records Oice has been provided for the revenue records proper. This office is in charge of the district kanunugo, the assistant district kanungo performing the duties of record-keeper. The exercise of constant supervisions over this oice will be performed by the Officer Incharge of Revenue Branches of the district.
The
rules in this chpater will also apply mutatis mutanids to the Land Records
Offices of the Sub-Divisions, the land records whereof are not consigned to the
District Land Records Offices. The Sub-Divisional offices will in such cases be
the officers-in-charge of the Land Record Offices.
19.2. Permanent establishment - The permanent establishment of the District Land Records Office consists of the district kanungo, assistant district kanungo, bills clerk special kanungo or patwari muharrir and one or two inspection muharrirs, where sanctioned. Where the muafi and jagir work is heavy a separate jagri muharrir will be appointed who will work under the supervision of the district kanungo.
19.3.
Temporary establishment - From Director of Land Records'grant under head
"9-Land Revenue-D-Land Records"- temporary clerk will be supplied for
such purely temporary purposes as the re-arrangement of records.
Where records have been damaged by book beetle or white-ants, coolies may be engaged temporarily for short periods to have the records dusted, aired and exposed to sun shine.
19.4. Destruction Work
- No separate destruction muharrirs are employed. The work must be done by the
ordinary establishement.
19.5. Settlement papers - All correspondence
papers, and maps relating to the settlement of a district should be made over
the Collector by the Settlemnt Oficer on the conclusion of settlement
operations and be kept in an entirely separate almirah in the Main Oice with a
separate register. The Superintendent of Office is responsible for its safe
custody. In order to enforce this responsibility , the outgoing Superintendent
should make over this correspondence, etc., to the incoming Superintendent who should verify that the files correspond
with the catelogue report. Inspecting Officers should at their inspections see
that this order is properly carried out.
19.6. Form
of catalogues The assistant district kanungo will keep in each basta a
catalogue (goshwara) in the annexed form, R.-20.
The goshwara will be divided into two sections, viz :-
(a) (a) Settelement records.
(b) (b) Annual records, etc.
Files will be entered in the goshwara in
order of their receipt.
Rejected mutations with lisits will, on reciept in the record room, be entered in these goshwaras. Since these must be kept for 12 years in the record room one entry for the sheets received with each jamabandi will be sufficient.
19.7. Supply
of copies of documents kept in the Land Records Office The rules for the
supply of copies of records under the control of Deputy Commissioner apply to
the Land Records Ofice. The copying work of this office will be under the
charge of the officer-in-charge of the copying agency at district headquarters.
Separate copyists should be employed for making copies of papers kept in the Land Records Office so that there may be no occassion for removing papers elsewhere for copying purposes.
Separate registers should be kept for the copying transactions of the Land Records Office.
19.8.
Record-keeper not to be asked for reports - The assistant district kanungo
will perform the duties of record-keeper but as he has to do a lot o other
ofice work, the inspection muharrirs, where they exist, will perform the duties
of deputy record-keepers and will be responsible for the safe custody, issue
and despatch of records kept in the record room. But it should be remembered
that the responsibilityof assistant district kanungo will in no way be relaxed.
In the interest of work it is essential that the record keeper and his
assistantsbe kept strictly to their proper duties. The officers should not call
upon them for reports stating particulars and result of previous cases but
should require the parties to a caseto file necessary copies or have an extract
prepared through the special kanungo or patwari muharrir.
19.9.
Control and Inspection of the Land Records Office - The control of the District Land Records
Office and the ultimate responsibility for its good working rests with the
Collector. The duty of exercising a constant supervision over the District Land
Records Office should be made over to the Officer-in-charge who will be
specially responsible for the proper performance of the work. The Financial
Commissioner attaches importance to the frequent detailed inspections of the
Land Records Oice registeres by the Collector and once a quarter at lease the
officer-in-charge must make complete inspections thoroughly examining the work
of temporary as well as the permanent establishment. For further instructions
in this behalf annexure G to chapter no.8 "Inspection of Revenue Records"should
be consulted.
The collector must insist on the
fact that no unde requistion for files is made on the record office. Any court
or officers continually infringing this rule should be brought to the notice of
the Collector by the officer-in-charge.
19.10. Monthly totals of work - The Collector should also require the
record keeper to lay before him or before the officer-in-charge, Land Records
Office, the work register maintained by the Deputy Record Keeperd (inspection
moharrir) in form R-12 monthly so that comparison with previous entries may be
made. Government will sanction applications for additional establishment only
to a limited extent and under well established necessity and it is, therefore,
essential that by constant vigilence a maximum outturn of work by existing
establishment should be secured.
The maintenance of diaries of work performed by each hand in the record room may be ordered if necessary by the Collector.
19.11. Arrangement of files before they are sent to record record room- In the arrangement of records there are two operations which muyst be separately noticed :-
1st. – The compliation of the file (misl) and record-of-rights, and
2nd – the placing of the file and record-of-rights in their proper place in the record room.
No standing records-of –rights,
annunal records or file should be received in the record room unless properly
complied. The district kanungo is responsible or checking the record-of-rights
or Jamabandis before they are actually consigned in the record room (Paragraph
7.68). In the case of other files the assistant district kanungo or inspection
muharrirs should see that they are properly indexed or the papers shown in the
fly index tally with those on the file.
The following rules relate to the compilation of files :-
I. – Papers which form part o the
same case or proceedings(misl) should be first brought together. The leaves
which compose it should be numbered accordng to date on the outer corner of
each leaf and should be united by a thgread and have an index on a separate
sheet attached to them.
The index should show prominently the name of the village , the nature of the case and the date of the final order. It should also give the designation and dates of the papers composing the file, each entry being marked with a number corresponding with that borne on the outer-cornerof the leaves of the paper. The lists should be totalled, closed ans signed where closed so as to prevent future additions, any additions necessary to be made by the record department being in red ink. The prepration of the index and the arrangement of the file should be very carefully attended to by the ahlmad, personally, as mistakes in them throw considerable work on the record room establishment. The record-keeper should be required to bring to the notice of the Collector constant neglect on the part of the ahlmad.
II. – The file of every case
belonging to the Branches under the control of Assistant Superintendent Revenue
and Record even if the case consists only of a single application, must have an
index, on which shall be entered a list of all papers belonging to the file.
III. – The list must be drawn up as the case proceeds and each paper entered in the proper column of the index.
19.12.
Papers which need not go into the record room - All files which are to come
into the recod room must be arranged in accordance with the above orders. This
is, however, a large number of general papers which are now excluded from the
record room. In their case it is not, as a rule, necessary to prepare an index
: the papers should, in the first instance, be arranged chronologically and
then disposed of by the moharrir in charge of them in the manner laid down in
the second column of the list referred to below. The destruction should be
carried out by the moharrir in the presence of the district kanungo and of
tahsildar or naib-tehsildar in tahsils.
A list of files to be excluded from
the record room will be found in Part III, paragraphs 19.52 and 19.53 infra.
19.13.
Arranmgment of village records - The records o each village should be
placed as can conveniently be kept together and should be bound in a cloth
basta. These bastas should be placed topographically. The bastas should be
arranged by tahsils, each tahsil having a different coloured cloth . Coloured
bastas can be obtained from the Jail Department and the cost should be debited
to district contigencies under head 19 – General Administration.
Bastas labels in Form R.-21 which has been standardised should be pased on each basta.
The goshwara (Form R.21) should
remain with their proper bastas. When the new goshwaras are prepared the old
ones should not be destroyed but kept in bastas.
The records-of-rights should be kept
in shelves, village maps in iron almirahs in flat condition and the other
records in the bastas as stated above.
19.14.
Kuliat files - Files tested as kuliat should be arranged in annual and not
in village bundles and are entered onlddy in the goshwaras in Form.R-4. The
index of these files will be prepared in Form R.-20. It is convenient to keep
certain classesof kuliat files in tahsil annual bundles instead of in the usual
district bundles and it is not necessary to have a separateset of kuliat
bundles for every class of kuliat file listed, but there should be a separate
goshwara for each set of bundeles. Whether any particular class of files should
be kept in most conveniently kept together in one bundle depends on local
consideration and for facility of destruction , on the period for which the
files are preserved. These questions are left to the discretion of the
Collector in each district.
19.15. Receipt of files in the Land Record Office
- As has been noted the record keeper and his assistants are charged with the
work of receiving, examining , registering, placing, issuing and restoring
files and records-of-rights on their entry into the Land Records Office.
Chalans should not be prepared in the case of ofices at headquarters but the mislband register should accompany the file.
Standing Record-of-rights or jamabandi and other files when sent to the
District Land Records Office for filing will be accompanied by duplicate
chalans one of which will be returned to tehsil duly signed by the
record-keeper.
19.16.
Particulars showing the date of destruction - Most of the records filed in
Land Records Office are of permanent nature. As regards the destruction of
khatauni with fard, partal, chitha wajib-ul-arz, chita hquq chahat shajra nasab
and sheets of rejected mutations the reocrd-keeper (naib-sadr kanungo)will make
such arrangementss that each documents is destroyed at the proper time. The
particulars for the destruction of kuliat file will be noted on the fly index.
19.17. Entry in goshwara and subsequent disposal - As soon as the file is prepared for record it will be entered in its appropariate goshwara and consigned to its proper place. As soon as it becomes ripe for destruction it will be destroyed and a note to this effect made in the column "Column of destruction".
19.18. Issue of files from record room - Files required by a court should be accompanied by a requisition in the form R.-8. A separate form should be used for each file as it has to be placed in the basta from which each file is taken and in the case of outlying courts this should be in duplicate as a copy has to go back with the file.
Issues to outlying courts should be amde by registered post : in the case of courts at headquarter the signature of the ahlmad should be taken in the issue registere.
The
district kanungo should comply with only those requisitions which are made in
accordance with the rules referred to above.
19.19. Register of Issues - (i) The form of issue registere (Daramad baramad) is prescribed in Form R.-9. It should, generally speaking, be kept separately for each cour but outlying courts may, if desirable, be included in one register. There should, hgowever, always be separate registeres for precepts from the High Court, and requisitions from the Financial Commissioners.
(ii)
On the send day of the first month of each quarter the record department should
send a list in Form R.-10 of the files, which have not been returned to all
courts below that of the Financial Commissioners and the High Court, and ask
them for a verification regarding each file.
(iii) When files are not returned within six months from the foffices of Financial Commissioners and High Court an official letter should be sent by the Collector to the officials concerned.
(iv) Copyists have been instructed to quote on the copy where the original has been consigned to the record room the name of the village in the basta of which the file is deposited and its hadbast number, also the basta number if that is available. These particulars should be entered int he requisition. When the copy does not show such particulars, the court making requisition should specify the name of the village in the basta of which the file is likely to be found. The duty of finding out what are the connected files which are likely to be required by the court making requisition should not be thrown on the record department except when it is beyond the knowledge of the said court to furnish such details. Sufficient time should always be given to the record department for complying with requisitions, and except in emergent cases immediate requistions should be avoided.
(v)(i) Ordinary records required by the copying department will be supplied by the regular revenue record room staff on production of the application or copies accompanied by a requisition, containing full particulars of the documents for being placed in the basta. Where, owing to the defective information supplied by the applicant the search for the record involves or is likely to involve an unreasonable amount of trouble, the office-incharge of the record room may impose a search fee at the following rates and endorse the charge on the requisition :-
(i) Re.1 for the first Jamabandi searched and Paise fifty for every additional jamabandi.
(ii) Misal-Haqiat-as above.
(iii) Field Map-as above, and
(iv) For all other documents-50 paise per document.
In such cases the search fee payable shall be certified by the record keeper to the Copying Agent who will recover it from the applicant and credit it under the head "IX-Land Revenue-B-Miscellaneous-as a Record Office receipt. The search, for which a fee is charged, will be madeby a member of the record room staf under the supervision of the record-keeper. The record keeper will furnish receipt for search fees from his counter-foil search fee book in Form R.-13.
(vi) As files are occasionally placed or replaced in the wrong bastas, in order to limit the ara of searching for a missing file so misplaced, the inspection moharrir will maintain a "Number Book" in Form R.-11 showing the bastas actually handled each day.
19.20. Test of the proper arrangements of records - Care will be requisite to maintain the proper arrangement of records when they have once been put in order. In a well regulated office only a few minutes should be occupied in producing required papers.
19.21.
Summary - In order then to satisfy oneself of the efficient state of a
record office, it will be necessary to ascertain that the records are rightly
arranged, and can be quicly produced; that they are placed up to the latest
date required by the standing rules of the office and entered where necessary
in the registers; that the goshwaraas for each village are properly kep up; and
that the files themselves are rightly complied, the papers being properly
numbered and enumerated in the list and the list closed and signed and the
stamps re-punched.
19.22. Revenue documents which may be inspected or of which copies may be granted - The followin are the documents which may be inspected:-
Records-of-rights and annual records and maps and any other record or proceedings framed under the Land Revenue Act.
Records of revenue courts and of any proceedings under the Tenancy Act, or under any other Act pursuant to which a revenue officer has jurisdiction. Any proceedings under the Colonization of Government Lands (Punjab) Act, V of 1912, instituted with regard to any person or persons and conducted by the Revenue Officer. Formal orders in the misl taqsim showing for each village the allotment of land actually sanctioned by the Colonization Officer.
Notes prepared by clerks and notes written by the presiding officer to refresh his memory are not open to inspection.
The inspection of general files containing records of executive proceedings including reports made by the Revenue Officers under the Colonization of Government Lands(Punjab) Act, V of 1912, is not permitted.
19.23. Inspection of revenue records and cases pending and not pending - Inspections of records and cases that are not pending are subject to the control of the head of the office in which they are kept for custody. They are open to the inspection of the public.
Ordinarily permission for inspection should only be granted by the officer-in-charge of the record office.
The inspection of pending cases is subject to the control of the Revenue Officer or court before whom they are pending. And they shall not be inspected on a day fixed for the hearing thereof, except with the special permission of that officer or court. Ordinarily they are open to the inspection of the parties only and of their pleaders or agents. "Inspection by petition writers is forbidden and legal practitioner concerned is present."
19.24. Time and place of inspection of revenue
records - The inspection of records shall be made at such time, in such
place, and in the presence of such official as the head of the office, in the
case of records of decided cases, and the presiding revenue officer, in the
case of records of pending cases, may direct. If a record is not inspected on
the date fixed by the proper officer, it shall be restored and a fesh application must be submitted
before the record can again be taken out for inspection. When any person
inspecting the record of acase desires to continue inspection of the same
record on the following day he may give notice of his intention to the official
in whose presence inspection is made in writing provided that the inspection is
continued from day to day. This will not affect the fees payable under
paragraph 19.26 infra.
19.25. Application for inspection of revenue records - Application for inspection of records shall be made in writing, and shall distinctly specify the record, inspection of which is desired.
The
application shall bear a one-rupee court fee stamp, being the amount of the fee
charged for search.
19.26. Fees
- The inspection fee is one rupe for each hour or part of hour for ordinary and
Rs.2 for each hour of part of hour for urgent inspections, i.e. inspections on
the date of hearing.
The fee shall be paid by means of an additional court-fee stamps, affixed to the original application before the file is handed over to the applicant.
If more time than is covered by the above fee is occupied in the inspection, the balance shall be paid at the close of the inspection by affixing an additional stamp or stamps to the application.
The fees prescribed by this rule is not payable in respect of records sent for inspection by a revenue court or office on the application of party in a suit or proceedings pending before it.
19.27.
Separate application and separate fee for each record - A separate application shall be made and a
separate fee paid for each record, inspection of which is desired unless the
records are so closely connected that, in the opinion of the head o the office
or presiding revenue officer, they may be regarded as one, in which case one
application and one fee will suffice.
19.28.
Copying of documents prohibited - The copying of any document or paper of a
record during inspection and the use of pen and ink are strictly prohibited.
Pencil and paper may be used for the purpose of taking notes, but no mark shall
be made on any record or paper inspected. Infringement or attempted
infringement of this rule shall deprive the person infringing of the right
of inspection.
19.29. Destruction of revenue files and registers
- The periods for which revenue files and registers are to be kept are given in
part III. At the conclusion of the periods specfied the iles mentioned will be
destroyed, a note of the destruction of files being entered in the goshwara if
all the papers are destroyed and in the fly index if some only are destroyed.
The note should be attested by the record keeper.
19.30. Destruction of records, how to be carreid out - All records and registers which under these rules have become liable to destruction shall be destroyed as soon as the period for their retention has expired. The destructions of such records and registers shall be carried out under the supervision of the record-keeper.
All
papers are liable to destruction shall be torn up care being taken that all
court fee stamps are duly cancelled; they shall then be sent to the
Superintendent of the nearest jail who will purchase the paper at market value
and return the bill drawn by the office , from which the purchase is made duly
countersigned for transmission to the Accountant-General. If there is no jail
,or if the jail authorities decline to take the paper,the orders of the
Commissioner shall be taken as to its
disposal.
19.31 The record-keeper should be responsible for the destruction work and should see that the inspection muharrirs are properly performing their duties in this respect.A progress statement should be kept by each muharrir in form R-14 Every quarter the record keeper should submiutt through the officer in charge statement in form R-15
19.32 Detail of destuction procedure - The receipts from the district revenue record room are as follows:-
(1) Fees for the inspection of records.
(2) Copying the record office feees.
(3) Search fees
(4) Sale-proceeds of waste paper
(5) Misc.
The first is credited to stamp rev as the fees is paid in court fee but the amount received can be seen from the stamp app;ications for inspection.,
Nos .2 and 3 are credited to IX Land Revenue – Misc or XVII- Administration of Justice,as the case may be, and nos 4 and 5 to IX- Land Rev-Misc.
It is important duty of the record keeper that inspection and search fees should be promptly recovered ,accounted for and credited to Govt. and that no abuse of any kind take place in the Land Record Office.
19.33 The budget estimates of revenue record receipts and expenditure are due on the dates specified in the Budget Manual. Cointingent charges,connected with Land Records Office,such as cost of stationery book-binding etc.,should be defrayed from the district allotment for revenue contingencies : major repairs ,extensions,cost of new rack,etc.,will be met by the Financial Commissioner from the funds placed ate his disposal for revenue works subject to the rule applying to major and minor works.
19.34 How registers,book and files should be kept - Registers and books should be kept in convenient shelves not in bastas and current registers and books should be kept in separate bastas. No other records should be kept in the Land Records Office,and no records shown in part III of this chapter should be kept elsewhere without the sanction of the director of Land Record. Papers shown in paragraph 19.52 and 19.53 infra as excluded from the Land Records Office should remain with the district Kanungo or clerk concerned or at the tahsil as may be ordered.
19.35 Transmission of record of right - When records of right are transmitted by post or otherwise to Civil or Rev. courts ,they should be securely packed in boxes of suitable ,size made of wood of block tin and fastened with lock and key.The key should be sent separately to the presiding Officer of the court or in the case of the High Court to the Retgistrar by whom it will be returned to the district record office. Boxes requied for the purpose should be paid for from rev. contingencies.
19.36
Supply of village mussavis
(maps)to Survey Deptt. - In order to avoid inconvenicee to civil and
rev.courts and officers besides involving risk of damage to the maps themselves
it has been decided by the Financial Commissioner that whenever the Survey
Deptatment stands in need of the musssavis for reference, the matter should be
reported to the Director of Land Records who will decide whether the mussavis
asked for should be sent to the office of the Surveys Deptt. or officials of
that department should make sue of them in the office of the district kanungo
or tahsil as the case may be. The Collectors are not authorised to supply such
mussavis direct to the Survey Deptt.
Part-II
Tahsil Land Records Office.
19.37 Tehsil Kanungo’s Office- In all tahsils a septate record room called the tahsil kanungo's office has been provided which is in charge of the tahsil office kanungo under the direct supervison of the tahsildars and the general control of the Sub Divisional Officer (Civil). The ultimate responsiblity for the good working of this office, as in the case of Disrtict Land Records Office, rests with the Collector.
19.38
19.38 Establishment -
with the exception of assistant patwaris and field kanungos as provided for in
paragraph 3.12 (4) and 2.50 no additional staff and no unpaid apprentices
should be allowed to work in the office.
19.39 19.39 Records etc. to be kept - The only books, papers files and registers which are kept in this office are the followings:-
(i) Books,pamphlets and manuals (printed in vernacular),furnished by Govt.manuscript circular orders and rules of practice.
(note-one
copy of obsolate and superseded books,parmphlets and manuals may be
kept,duplicates being destroyed)
(ii) papers withdrawn from patwaris under paragraph 3.101.
(iii) Registers mentioned in paragraph 8 of standing order 55
(iv) Asbtract village note books when they are kept in tahsil under paragraph 10.7(7)
(v) Sanctioned and rejected mutations sheets ,lists and misc.papers connected therewith-(paragraph 7.38 and 7.39)
(vi) Jamabandis and diluviion files of the current settlement received annually from patwaris.
(vii) Crop abstracts,Halat-Dehi statements for ordinary Thur and Sem girdawari ,annual and quinquennial returns and jiniswar statements received from patwaris.
(viii) Patwari and kanungo forms and plain paper.
(ix) Misc papers and files –(paragraph 8 (ii) and (iii) of standing order no.55)
19.40 19.40 Disposal of records etc. - The above records should be disposed of in the following way:-
(i) The registers and books should be kept in almirabhs or racks,the old volumes separate from the current.
(ii) The papers withdrawn from patwaris should be kept in village bastas with catalaogues (goshawaras) in formno.R-20 in which papers should be entered in order of their receipt. No other papers or registers should be kept in the village bastas or entered in the goshwaras.
(iii) The sheets of sanctioned and rejected mutations ( to be kept in separate bundles ) should be placed in almirhs until they are sent to the sadra office. Similarly jamadandis and diluvion papers of the current settlement should be kept in almirahs,racks or boxes until they are despatched to the sadr office.
(iv) Crop. abstracts,Halat Dehi statment ,for ordinary Thur and Sem girdawari annual and quinquennial returns jainwar styatement received from patwaris and their goshwaras (abstracts) prepared by the office kanungos for the posting of the circle and tahsil not books interrogatories,misc. applications,registration memoranda,etc. as well as annual lists of mutations and misc.papers connected with mutations should be kept in kuliat bastas and entered in a goshwara in form no. R-20 These records should be destroyed after the prescribed period and the necessary columnns of the goshwars filled in.
(v) The various kinds of patwari and kanungo forms and plain paper should be kept together on racks in bundles of convenient and uniforms size to facilitate check. A emmorandum should be palced with each bundle of forms showing the number of copies in stock . The memornadum should be corrected and dated whenever forms or plain paper are added or withdrawn.
(vi) All files of case,when complete,are returned to the sadr office; current files should be kept with the office kanungo in a separate basta. Misc papers which are kept in the tahsil kanungos office,such as those connected with.
(i) Inspection of tahsil kanungos office by Distt. kanungo
(ii) Census
(iii) Cattle enumeration
(iv) harvest prices
(v) inspection notes
(vi) business returns
(vii) forms and their bills.
(viii) crop estimates
(ix) harvest returns
(x) explanation of returns submitted will be placed in kuliat until they are destroyed under the relevant rules.
19.41 19.41 Copies - Copies of papers kept in the tahsil kanungos office should be made by the office kanungo himself as far as possiable and attested by the tahsildar or naib- tahsildar. The rules for the supply of copies of records under the control of the Deputy Commissioner apply to the tahsil kanungos office. The copying work of this offfice will be under the charge of the tahsildar of naib-tehsildar.
19.42 19.42 The following rule laid down in part I of this chapter apply to the tahsil kanungos office as far as practicable:-
Paragraph 19.11 supra- Arrangement of files befor they are sent to the sadr record room.
paragraph 19.12. supra- Papers which need not go into the record room.
Paragraph 19.13 supra Arrangement of village bundles.
Parapraph 19.14 supra Kuliat files.
Paragraph 19.15 supra Receipt of files in the record room
paragraph 19.17 supra Entries in goshwara and subsequent disposal
paragraph 19.20 supra Test of proper arrangement of records
paragraph 19.22 to Inspection of records
19.28 supra
paragraph 19.29 supra Destruction of Revenue files and registers
paragraph 19.30 supra Destruction of records,how to be carried out
paragraph 19.32 supra Record room receipts.
paragraph 19.33 supra Budget estimates of record room receipts.
PART III-
Preservation and Destruction of Records.
* * * * *
Note:- The rules regarding the
destruction of revenue records will be found in Financial Commissioner's
notification no.76, dated 2nd may, 1914, as amended by no.236, dated 21st
December, 1914, and Punjab Government notification no.272, dated 12th April,
1915, no.666, dated 26th October, 1915, and no.116, dated 19th February, 1916,
no.492, dated 31st July, 1916, no.643, dated 30th October, 1916, no.1571-R,
dated 23rd Junuary, 1917, no.4091-R, dated 27th February, 1917, and no. 6681-R,
dated 28th March, 1917, no. 14587, dated 10th July, 1917, and no.15412, dated
30th July 1917, the rules embodied in these notifications are reproduced
below.
Section A—General
19.43 For the purpose of these rules revenue records consist only of papers contained in files.
19.44 Classification - Revenue records consists of registers (including statements, returns, lists, & C.) books and files. As regards registers and books, no further classification is necessary: they will be kept or destroyed in accordance with the instructions contained in paragraphs 19.45 and 19.46 infra. As regards files, these are divided into two classes for the purpose of destruction:-
(i) Such as are consigned to the record room.
(ii) Such as are excluded from the record room.
List of the former are given in paragraphs 1947 to 1950 infra and of the latter in paragraphs 19.52 and 19.53 infra. In the case of files not specified in these lists the orders of the collector shall be taken as to whether they shall be brought on the Land Records Office register or not. The collector shall decide in the case of such files the periods for which they shall be preserved, but in the case of files of importance, shall refer the case to the Commissioner for his information before ordering destruction after any specified period.
Section B- Revenue files
and registers consigned to the District Land Records Office
I.—Destruction of registers.
19.45 The following revenue registers and books shall be preserved in perpetuity, except as provided in the note to (1) below:-
(1) All printed books, pamphlets and manuals furnished by Government, manuscripts, circular orders and rules of practice.
Note: One copy of obsolete and superseded books, pamphlets, and manuals to be kept and the rest to be destroyed. These papers will be divided between the District Record Room and Land Records Office according to subject.
(2) Tabular statements of former settlements, including counterparts of general statements for a tahsil or other tract.
(3) Register of estates the property of Government and of grazing or fuel preserve.
(4) Register of assignments of land revenue.
(5) Register of inam grants to members of the agrucultural community (Rule 1 (2) under paragraph 48 of standing order No.7)
(6) Registers of grants for the formation of wayside groves and the sinking of walls where such exist.
(7) Registers of pensioners.
(8) Register of prevailing castes and tribes.
(9) Note books kept up by tahsil office kanungos and district kanungos.
19.46 19.46 Tahsil registers should be destroyed after one year - The following revenue registers shall be preserved for a period of three years and shall than be destroyed:-
(1) Registers of patwari circles.
(2)
Registers of rainfall at sadr
(Paragraphs 12.15 and 12.16).
II.—Destruction
of files.
19.47. The following revenue files shall be preserved in perpetuity:-
(1) Standing record-of-rights (section 31 (2), land revenue act), including records of expired settlements.
(2) Village boundary musavis and index maps showing corners of squares and baseline stones, supplied by the Survey of India during reverain measurement.
(3) Mutains registers containing original orders and the files of mutaitons (except mutations by mortgage).
(4) Detailed jamabandis and the maps, statements of irrigation and customs and geneological trees, mutations sheets, and lists of revenue assignements appended thereto.
(5) Naqsha tankih haquq muzarian.
(6) Village boundary (thak bast) cases between adjecent village under section 101, Land Revenue Act.
(7) Mussavi Parat Sadar (Prepared in cosolidatin of Holdings Operations)
(8) Record of rights and other papers connected with it.
19.47 Deleted.
19.48 The following revenue files shall be preserved for 12 years and shall then be destroyed :-
|
SN |
Nature of case |
Time when period begins to run |
|
1
2
3
4 |
"Abbreviated Jamabandis (paragraph 3.106), work books (paragraph 3.85) consisting of counterfoils and notes of inspection, and inspection books (paragraph 3.86")
Sheets of rejected mutations (paragraph 7.38(ix))
Chitha shajra nasab and chitha naqsha haquq chahat
Roznamcha Partal Afsran |
From date of filing
From date of receipt in record room
Ditto
Ditto
|
19.49 The following revenue files shall be preserved for the periods specified in the last column of the schedule below and shall then be destroyed:-
|
Sr No |
Nature of case |
Period |
|
1
2
3
4
5
|
Papers connected with special assessments including deluvion assessments –(section 59, Land Revenue Act) Internal distribution of assessment at settlement (bachh) Papers regarding cattle enumeration
Khataunis
Misal Tarmin Triqa Bachh |
Until sanction of new settlements
Ditto
Until the next enumeration has been completed For the term of settlements to which they relate and destroyed after the khataunis for the next settlement have been prepared and filed. Until sanction of new Settlements |
1951 The work of destruction shall be carried out under the direct supervision of the record-keeper and shall be effected by tearing up the papers to be destroyed.
Section C:--
Revenue files and Registers excluded from the Land Records Office.
I.—Destruction of registers
19.52 The following registers shall be preserved for the period noted against each from the date of last entry and shall then be destroyed:-
|
Sr No |
Nature of case |
Period |
|
1
2 3 4
5
6
7
8
9 10 11 12
13
14
15
16 17
18
19 20 |
Copy of register of patwari circle –(Standing order No.55, paragraph 8) Canal khataanis Canal abstract statements Register of accepted patwari candidates – (Paragraph 3.6 and paragraph 7 of standing order No.55) Register of demand of mutation fees – (Paragraph 55 of standing order no.33) Monthly registers of prices current – (paragraph 14.1) Register of patwaris' forms, etc, etc, prescribed in paragraph 3.97 Tahsil annual statements of lapsed and resumed assignments. Statements of revenue business Registers of annual returns filled by patwari All registers not herein before pervided for Vernacular translation and inspection notes
Extact from issue register sent for verification of files Register of abstacts of orders to which effect is to be given in patwari's salary bills Mutation registers not containing original orders Rough copy (chitha) of the nakhilstan Rough copy (chitha) of the wajib-ul-arz
Papers connected with preparation of crop estimates, jiniswar statements
Dak bahis of field kanungos. Despatch register maintained by office and sadar kanungos. |
6 years
3 years
3 years
3 years after the date of inspection
1 year
To be destroyed as soon as they reach the tahsil.
3 years from close of settlement operations. 3 years from harvest under report.
12 years from the date of their completion.
|
II.—Destruction
of files
19.53 In
the case of files excluded from the Land Records Office, in the absence of orders
to the contrary, no fly index shall be prepared: the papers of each file shall
in the first instance be arranged chronologically by the clerk in charge of
them and preserved for the period prescribed in the second column of the lists
below and then destroyed. The destructions shall be carried out by the clerk in
the presence of the officer, under whose orders he works, and shall be effected
by tearing up the papers to be destroyed. In the case of continued
correspondence the file not be set aside for destruction until the
correspondence is complete.
(a) The following files shall be preserved for
the period noted against each from the end of the year to which the papers
relate and shall then be destroyed:-
|
Sr No |
Nature of case |
Period |
|
1 2
3
4 5
6
7 8 9
10 |
Distribution of work among officers Tahsildars and naib-tahsildars' diaries and their abstracts kept in the tahsil Diaries of daroghas of tirni, & C., and kanungos, and work books of patwaris and tour statements of kanungoes, abstract diaries of tahsildars and naib-tahsildars sent to headquarters. Monthly and quarterly business returns Applications of candidates including patwari and kanungo for employment Applications of officials for appointment to a particular vacancy. Reports from tahsil about cattle disease List of papers sent by post Applications for registers, papers and printed forms Orders for prepatation of statements. |
1 years
6 months
3 months |
(b) The following files shall be destroyed in accordance with directions noted against each:-
|
Sr No |
Nature of case |
Time of destruction |
|
11
12 13
14
15
16 17
18
19
20
21
22 23
24
25 26
27
28
29
30
31 32
33 34
35
36
37
38 39
40
|
Translation of reference from' higher authorities calling for explanation of returns submitted. Applications for travelling allowance Papers relating to prices current
Applications of tahsildars or other courts and offices for registers, papers and printed forms. Paper relating to enquiry about the heirs of deceased sepoys and the disposal their estates. Robkars of officers fixing date of arrival Reports of sadar ahilmads for statements due from tahsils and connected papers Rabkars calling an ahlmads to prepare annual statements Application for inspection of files
Application for copies of office documents Papers relating to the transfer of pensions from one district to another Indents for revenue forms 2nd copy of receipted or amended invoice relating to forms and blank papers (paragraph 3.96) Reports connected with preparation of half yearly harvest return under standing order No.53 Papers regarding intimation from Canal Department for closure of canal on certain dates. Monthly statements of unanswered references Papers regarding distribution of books Rainfall reports Reports of calamities of season or of epidemic diseases or of insanitary condition of village, sent for information only Half-yearly statement received from the head post office relating to military pensioners through the post office, and yearly lists received from Treasury Officers, relating to civil pensioners.
Casual leave papers Undisputed applications for boundary demarcation Translations of letters Annual fards bachh kept at the tahsil
Lists of mutation fee
Annual files of registration memoranda relating to transfer of agricultural land received from registration officers. District Land Revenue Administrati on report District Colony Reports Files of verification of jagirdars and muafidars including inspection registers of muafidars maintained in patwari and kanungo standard form No.79 Files of verification of civil and military pensioners, including inspection registers of such pensioners maintained in patwari and kanungo standard form No.43-B |
When the order passed have been carried out.
When the annual return has been submitted. When acknowledgment of receipt has been received.
One year after the reference has been replied to.
When tour is completed. When statements are complete. When the statements have been prepared and sent in When the audit note for the period is over.
At the end of the year to which the papers relate.
One year after the date of receipt in office.
At the end of the year to which the papers relate.
After the expiry of one year from the date of disposal.
At the end of the year to which the papers relate.
When the next jamabandi is filed with its fards. Three years from the date of receipt in tahsil. One year from date of receipt of last memorandum that completes the file. When the next settlement is included. Fifteen years after the report is printed. After the expiry of four years from the date of disposal.
Ditto.
|
19.53 For specimen of forms R-4, R-8, R-9, R-10, R-11, R-13, R-14, R-15, R-20 (fly index for kuliat files only) and R-21, Appendix A of chapter 9 of the District Office Manual should be consulted.
The specimen of forms R-12 (Land Records Office Work Register) and R-20 (goswara) are given below:-
R-12 LAND
RECORDS OFFICE WORK REGISTER
|
|
Date of receipt |
Details of files received |
|
|
Tahsil |
|
|
|
Village |
|
|
|
Record of rights |
|
|
|
khataunis |
|
|
|
field books |
|
|
|
Musavis |
|
|
|
Jamabandis |
|
|
|
Alluvion and dilluvion |
|
|
|
others
|
|
|
|
No. of files issued |
|
|
|
Remarks
|
R-20 – LIST OF PAPERS OF MAUZA
|
sr.no |
Description of record |
year to which it relate |
Date of filing |
Signature of district kanungo or assistant |
Date of destruction |
Signature of district kanungo |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note:- In the case of records kept at tahsil offices, columns 5 and 7 will be signed by the office kanungo instead of by the district kanungo.
APPENDIX 1
TO THE PUNJAB LAND RECORDS MANUAL
YEARLY
PROGRAMME OF THE WORK OF A SUB-DIVISIONAL OFFICER
|
Month |
Work
|
Authority |
Remarks |
|
October
November to the end of February
November – February
March
April to the end of September
|
1.
1.
Will check kharif girdawari work and will visit specially the village whose
circumstances are precarious and in which suspensions or remissions are to be
made or have been made. About such villages he will submit a note to the
Collector which will be of great assistance to him in deciding what course to
follow in the matter of recovering arrears or proposing remissions. 2.
2.
Will specially visit the villages in which there is fluctuating assesment 1.
1.
Will test the work of Field Kanungos in detail 2.
2.
Will test the land records work of Tahsildar or Naib-tahsildar in detail 3.
3.
Will attest jamabandis on spot, and note the result on the jamabandis to be
filed in the District Office. 4.
4.
Will visit Burd Baramad villages in which revenue affected is more than
Rs.100 5.
5.
The Deputy Commissioner or his assistants in the cold weather ascertain in a
number of cases by personal inspection at or near the village in which the
revenue-free plot is situated that the revenue-free holders not included in
the lists received from the Tahsildar are in existence, and that the lists
and reports furnished by the Tahsildar are correct. The number of cases so
tested should be mentioned in the annual revenue report of the district. 6.
6.
Recording of notes in the Abstract village note books. 1.
1.
Will check Rabi Girdawari and act as detailed in October. 1. Will make one inspection of the office of Tahsil Office Kanungo in a year
and should overhaul the mutation work of Tahsil Revenue Offiecers. The
Assistant Collector officer-in-charge of Revenue Branchs of the district
should also inspect the Sadar Kanungo's office. As these inspection
Rain-gauges should invariably be inspected. 2.
2.
Will supervise and check some work of jamabandis which are being prepared,
and see that they are filed in Tahsil in time. 3.
3.
Will make two crop experiments in each harvest. 4.
4.
The Assistant Collector/officer-in-charge of Revenue Branches of the district
should also make quarterly inspections of the Revenue Record Room.
|
Para 8.1, L.R.M.
Para 8.5, L.R.M.
Para 8.13, L.R.M.
Para 7.62, L.R.M.
S.O.7, Para 59(vii)
Para 407, L.A.M.
Para 8.1, L.R.M.
S.O.14, Para1, para 381, L.R.M, Para 8.16, L.R.M.
Para 7.62, L.R.M.
Para 15.3(b), L.R.M.
Para 19.9, L.R.M.
|
|
Note:-
The foregoing programme is only meant as a guide and the Collector can alter it
to suit local conditions. For detailed instructions the Dastur-ul-Amal of the
District and Land Records Manual should be consulted.
APPENDIX II
TO THE PUNJAB LAND RECORDS MANUAL
YEARLY
PROGRAMME OF THE WORK OF TAHSIL REVENUE OFFICERS
|
Month |
Work to be done |
Authority |
Remarks |
|
October
November to the end of February |
1.
1.
Will submit their diaries to the Collector on the 1st of each month 2. 2. They will so lay out their work that no part of Tahsil remains unvisited from the crop inspect a few villages thoroughly rather than a great number nominally. They will pay special attention to villages in which suspensions are likely to be required. 3. 3. Will check the work of the Patwaris and Kanungos in alluvial record and assessment work. In villages under fluctuating assessment they will check 50* per cent, kharaba fields and will sign all kharaba numbers. 4. 4. Will check the condition of Trigonometrical survey pillers, Trijunction pillers, survey marks, International bundary pillars and base line marks during their tours and will make report about those which are in need of repairs. They will make entries in their diaries of their having done so. 5. 5. A detailed report should be submitted to the Deputy Commissioner about Trigonometrical survey pillers International boundary pillars after kharif Girdawari
1. 1. Will check some of the entries of Bachh papers, and sign the Patwari's copy.
2. 2. Will make a through inspection of the work of all Patwari's circles in their charges, and of as many estates in the circles as possible with a view also to testfully the quality of the Qanungos work. This is called"partal Draft" such notes should be sent to the sadr kanungo's office for necessary action. 3. 3. Will satisfy themselves during the course of their tours that persons entered in Tahsil lists of assignments are living. 4. 4. Will check the Tatima Shajras prepared under the instructions in para 4.24, L.R.M.. They are not expected to do much in the way of chaining, but they are responsible for the general accuracy of the measurements. 5. 5. Will make the final attestation on the spot and shall observe the following instructions:- (i) (i) At least 25 percent, of the khatauni holdings should be read out on the spot in the presence of the assembled right holders. (ii) (ii) At least 25 percent, of the mutations attached to the jamabandis should be compared with the Khewats concerned. (iii) (iii) At least 25 percent of the khewat holdings should be compared with the old jamabandi. |
S.O. 12, para 46.
Annexure E, of Chapter 8 L.R.M. and para 363, L.R.M.
Item 5, Chapter 8, annexure E, (17) and L.A.M., para 444.
Para 4.11, L.R.M.
Para 4.6(3), L.R.M.
Para 3.21, L.R.M, and annexure E(13) Chapter 8, L.R.M.
Para 8.11, L.R.M.
S.O. 7, para 63(iv)
Para 4.24, L.R.M.
Para 7.62, L.R.M.
|
*25 percent, kharaba fields will be checked in certain districts where it has been specially prescribed by the Financial Commissioner |
(4) At lest 25 percent of the khewat entries in the original copy should be compared with the corresponding entry in the patwaris copy of the jamabandi.
The number of the fields,tatima shajras of which have been attested, must be specified as also that of the unattested mutations entered before the 16th june, or the date approved by the Director of Land Records of these there should be as few as possiable. They should also fill in two copies of the precribed final attestation slips and attach one of each of the two copies of the jamabandi.
6. will attest all the mutation in estates for Para 7.56 LRM which jamabandies are to be prepared befor the middle of Jan and the pending mutations of other as well, as far as possible.
7. Will enter on blank pages of the not book Para 10.4 LRM and of the tahsil copies a brief hisroty of the LAM para 400 villages since the last jamabandi have been for the village in which jamabandis hjave been prepared or at other times whenver any event of seriour importance occurs. Notes will be made when suspension,recoveries, or remission are ordered and also for tracts wheree threr are fluctuating assessments.
|
March |
1. Will check Rabi Girdawari etc. as detailed in Oct. nos 2,3 and 4
2.Will take with them registers of revenue free grants and veify personally the existence of assignees ,enteries note to this effect in the |
SO 7,para 59 (iv) |
|
|
Apr.
May&15th June |
1. In April they will furnish a list to the patwaris of changes by lapses of assignees,which have occurred during the year,and a list of assignees of land revneue who have eighter attended nor furnished a life certificate. They wil also report with refernce to all grants for institutions such as Mosques,Khangahs, etc, whether the terms on which they were made have been complied with and the assignees are alive. |
SO 7,para 59(v) and (vi) |
|
|
|
2.Will check extra Rabi Gurdawari |
|
|
|
|
3. Will attest all the mutations of village before 15th June of which jamabandi are to be prepared
|
para 7.56 and 7.59 LRM |
|
|
16th June to7th Sept. |
1. Will do local attestation of jamabandi being prepared in their circles in the bot weather before they are filed in the tahsil They will also check some entries of the jamabandi and their connected statements under prepared to see whether patwaris and' knaungo are doing their work carefully and accurately. |
para 7.62 ,LRM |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note-The programme detailed above is meant as a guide and the Collector can after it so suit local conditions for detailed instructions the Dastur Ul Amal of the District and Land Records Manual should be consulted.
APPENDIX III TO THE PUNJAB LAND RECORDS MANUAL
|
|||
|
YEARLY PROGRAMME OF THE WORK OF A FIELD KANUNGO |
|||
|
Month |
Work to be
done |
Authority |
Remarks |
|
October |
1.Will submit to the tahsildar his monthly diary and diariess of the patwari in his circle not later thanb the 4th of each month |
para 2.52 LRM |
|
|
|
2.Will check the birth and death register of chownkidars occasionalty thorugout the year |
para 2.67 LRM |
|
|
|
3.Will submitt to the Sadr kanungo his quarterly statement on the 10th of the month succeeding the conclusion of each quarter |
para 2.49 LRM |
|
|
|
4.Will inspect sufficient fielf on spot to assure field kanungo is resposible to sign each himself about the correct entry of kharif crips entered in the Khasra Girdawari by the partwair and every numbe |
|
|
|
|
5. Willl verify list of number in which any change of the areas in of cultivaing ,occupancy or rent has occured which there is flud total under his signature tuating assessmen |
para 9.9(b) LRM |
|
|
|
6. Will inspect the patwaris diaries and check the altrations which have been made in the khasra Girdawaris very carefully and get prepared their munta khibs |
9.9(c) LRM |
|
|
|
7. Will check crip abstracts and signa them and sing as correct. |
|
|
|
|
8.Will check condition or Trigonometrical survey pillars international boundry pillars recored in Khasra Girdwari and after khariff Girdawari will sed a report about alll such pillars to the tahsildar and also about the condition of tri juction pillars base lince marks,international boundry pillars etc. |
9.11.LRM |
|
Go to Index | LL. B. – I | LL. B. – II | LL. B. – III | LL. B. Directory | Home